Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Gambling, Resorts & Casinos / Everi

Everi

evri · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker evri
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Gambling, Resorts & Casinos
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Everi
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
GLOBAL CASH ACCESS  HOLDINGS,  INC.
NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF  STOCKHOLDERS
TO BE  HELD ON JUNE 25, 2015

22APR201518001600

Dear  Stockholder:

You are cordially invited to attend the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the ‘‘Annual Meeting’’)
of  Global  Cash  Access  Holdings,  Inc.  (the  ‘‘Company’’).  The  Annual  Meeting  will  be  held  on  Thursday,
June  25,  2015,  at  the  corporate  offices  of  the  Company  located  at  7250  S.  Tenaya  Way,  Suite  100,
Las Vegas, Nevada 89113, commencing  at 3:00  p.m., local time, for the following purposes:

1. To elect one Class I director to serve until the 2018 annual meeting of stockholders and until his

successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or  removal;

2. To  approve,  on  an  advisory  (non-binding)  basis,  the  compensation  of  the  Company’s  named

executive officers as disclosed in the accompanying Proxy  Statement;

3. To  ratify  the  appointment  of  BDO  USA  LLP  as  the  independent  registered  public  accounting

firm for the Company for the fiscal year ending December  31, 2015; and

4. To consider such other business as may properly be brought before the Annual Meeting and any

adjournment or postponement thereof.

These items of business are more fully described in the accompanying Proxy Statement, which is made

a part of this notice.

Our Board of Directors has fixed May 1, 2015 as the record date for the determination of stockholders
entitled  to  notice  of  and  to  vote  at  the  Annual  Meeting  or  any  adjournment  or  postponement  thereof.
Accordingly, you are entitled to notice of and to vote at the 2015 Annual Meeting and any adjournment or
postponement thereof if you were a stockholder at the close of business on May 1, 2015. For 10 days prior
to the Annual Meeting, a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting will be available for
inspection  in  the  Company’s  offices,  7250  S.  Tenaya  Way,  Suite  100,  Las  Vegas,  NV  89113,  between  the
hours of 8:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., local time, each weekday. Such list will also be available at the Annual
Meeting.

YOUR PROXY IS IMPORTANT TO ASSURE A QUORUM AT THE ANNUAL MEETING. Even if
you own only a few shares, and whether or not you expect to be present at the Annual Meeting, you are
urgently requested to submit the enclosed proxy by telephone or through the Internet in accordance with
the instructions provided to you. If you received a paper copy of the Proxy Card by mail, you may also date,
sign and mail the Proxy Card in the postage-paid envelope that is provided. The proxy may be revoked by
you at any time prior to being exercised, and submitting your proxy by telephone or through the Internet or
returning your proxy by mail will not affect your right to vote in person if you attend the Annual Meeting
and  revoke  the  proxy.  Your  proxy  is  revocable  in  accordance  with  the  procedures  set  forth  in  the
accompanying Proxy Statement.

Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the Stockholder Meeting to be held
on June 25, 2015. Our Proxy Statement is attached. Financial and other information concerning Global
Cash  Access  Holdings,  Inc.  is  contained  in  our  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders  for  the  fiscal  year  ended
December 31, 2014. A complete set of proxy materials relating to our Annual Meeting is available on the

Internet. These materials, consisting of the Notice of Annual Meeting, Proxy Statement, Proxy Card and
Annual Report to Stockholders are available and  may be viewed at www.proxyvote.com.

By Order of the Board of Directors,

11APR201519182977

Ram V. Chary
President and Chief Executive Officer

Las Vegas, Nevada
April 30, 2015

PROXY STATEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PROPOSAL 1—ELECTION OF CLASS I  DIRECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BOARD AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED  PERSONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PROPOSAL 2—ADVISORY VOTE TO  APPROVE NAMED EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION .

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND  MANAGEMENT . . .

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PROPOSAL 3—RATIFICATION OF  INDEPENDENT REGISTERED  PUBLIC

ACCOUNTING FIRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP  REPORTING COMPLIANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OTHER MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K  AND ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS . . . . . .

1

1

6

9

16

17

18

19

29

31

32

34

35

35

35

(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS,  INC.
7250 South Tenaya Way, Suite 100
Las Vegas, Nevada 89113
(800) 833-7110

PROXY STATEMENT

GENERAL INFORMATION

Why am I receiving these proxy materials?

The Board of Directors (the ‘‘Board’’) of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the ‘‘Company’’), is furnishing these proxy materials to you in connection with the Company’s 2015 annual
meeting of stockholders (the ‘‘Annual Meeting’’). The Annual Meeting will be held on Thursday, June 25,
2015, at the Company’s corporate offices  located at 7250 S. Tenaya Way, Suite 100, Las Vegas,
Nevada  89113  beginning  at  3:00  p.m.,  local  time.  You  are  invited  to  attend  the  Annual  Meeting  and  are
entitled and requested to vote on the proposals outlined in this proxy statement (this ‘‘Proxy Statement’’).

This  Proxy  Statement  is  dated  April  30,  2015  and  is  first  being  mailed  to  stockholders  on  or  about

May 11, 2015.

What proposals will be voted on at the  Annual Meeting and what are  the recommendations of the Board?

There are three proposals scheduled to be voted on at the Annual Meeting. Those proposals, and the

Board’s voting recommendations with  respect  to  such proposals, are as follows:

Proposal

1. To elect one Class I director to serve  until the 2018  annual  meeting  of
stockholders and until his successor is  duly elected and qualified  or
until his earlier resignation or removal.

Board’s Voting Recommendations

For  the Board’s  nominee

2. To approve, on an advisory (non-binding)  basis, the  compensation  of
the Company’s named executive officers as disclosed in  this  Proxy
Statement.

3. To ratify the appointment of BDO  USA  LLP  as the Company’s

independent registered public accounting  firm (hereinafter referred to
as ‘‘independent auditors’’) for the fiscal  year ending December 31,
2015.

For

For

Management does not know of any matters to be presented at the Annual Meeting other than those
set forth in this Proxy Statement and in the Notice accompanying this Proxy Statement. Without limiting
our ability to apply the advance notice provisions in our Amended and Restated Bylaws with respect to the
procedures  that  must  be  followed  for  a  matter  to  be  properly  presented  at  an  annual  meeting,  if  other
matters should properly come before the Annual Meeting, the proxy holders will vote on such matters in
accordance with their best judgment. Our stockholders have no dissenter’s or appraisal rights in connection
with any of the proposals to be presented at  the Annual  Meeting.

What is the record date and what does it  mean?

The record date for the Annual Meeting is May 1, 2015. The record date was established by the Board
as required by Delaware law. Only holders of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per
share (‘‘Common Stock’’), at the close of business on the record date are entitled to receive notice of, and
to vote at, the Annual Meeting and any adjournments or postponements thereof. At the close of business
on April 10, 2015, we had approximately 66,219,745 shares of Common Stock outstanding and entitled to
vote. Shares held in treasury by the Company are not treated as being issued or outstanding for purposes
of determining the number of shares of Common  Stock entitled to vote.

1

How  many votes do I have?

Each  holder  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  is  entitled  to  one  vote  for  each  share  of  Common  Stock

owned as of the record date.

Who is a ‘‘stockholder of record’’ and who is a ‘‘beneficial holder’’?

You are a stockholder of record if your shares of our Common Stock are registered directly in your
own name with our transfer agent as of the record date. You are a beneficial owner if a bank, brokerage
firm, trustee or other agent (called a ‘‘nominee’’) holds your stock. This is often called ownership in ‘‘street
name’’ because your name does not appear in the records of the transfer agent. If your shares are held in
street name, you will receive instructions from the holder of record. You must follow the instructions of the
holder of record in order for your shares to be voted. Internet voting also will be offered to stockholders
owning shares through certain banks and brokers. If your shares are not registered in your own name and
you plan to vote your shares in person at the Annual Meeting, you should contact your broker or agent to
obtain a legal proxy or broker’s proxy card  and  bring  it to the  Annual Meeting in order  to  vote.

Who votes shares held in street name?

If  you  are  a  beneficial  owner  of  shares  held  in  ‘‘street  name’’  by  a  bank,  brokerage  firm,  trustee  or
other holder of record, and you do not give that record holder specific instructions as to how to vote those
shares,  then  under  the  rules  of  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  (the  ‘‘NYSE’’),  your  record  holder  may
exercise discretionary authority to vote your shares on routine proposals, including the proposal to ratify
the  appointment  of  our  independent  auditors.  Without  your  specific  instructions,  however,  your  record
holder cannot vote your shares on non-routine proposals, including the election of directors, the advisory
vote  on  the  compensation  of  our  named  executive  officers  and  the  proposal  to  change  the  Company’s
name.  Accordingly,  if  you  do  not  instruct  your  record  holder  how  to  vote  with  respect  to  Proposal  1
(election  of  directors)  or  Proposal  2  (advisory  vote  on  executive  compensation),  no  votes  will  be  cast  on
your behalf with respect to such proposals (this is referred to as a ‘‘broker non-vote’’). Your record holder,
however, will continue to have discretion to vote any uninstructed shares on Proposal 3 (the ratification of
the  Company’s  independent  auditors).  If  you  hold  your  shares  in  street  name,  please  refer  to  the
information  forwarded  by  your  bank,  broker  or  other  holder  of  record  for  procedures  on  voting  your
shares  or  revoking  or  changing  your  proxy.  We  encourage  you  to  provide  instructions  to  your  broker
regarding the voting of your shares.

What constitutes a quorum?

The presence at the Annual Meeting, in person or by proxy, of a majority of the shares of Common
Stock  outstanding  and  entitled  to  vote  on  the  record  date  will  constitute  a  quorum  permitting  the
proposals described herein to be acted upon at the Annual Meeting. Abstentions and broker non-votes are
counted as present and are, therefore, included for purposes of determining whether a quorum of shares of
Common Stock is present at the Annual Meeting.

What is the voting requirement to approve  each of  the proposals?

(cid:127) Election  of  directors  (Proposal  1). The  affirmative  vote  of  a  plurality  of  the  outstanding  shares  of
Common Stock present in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting and entitled to vote is required
for the election to the Board of the nominee for Class 1 director. Stockholders do not have the right
to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Votes that are withheld, abstentions, and broker
non-votes will have no effect on the outcome of the  election.

(cid:127) Advisory  vote  on  the  compensation  of  our  named  executive  officers  (Proposal  2). The  proposal  to
approve,  on  an  advisory  (non-binding)  basis,  the  compensation  of  our  named  executive  officers
requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock present in
person or represented by proxy at the Annual Meeting and entitled to vote. Broker non-votes will

2

have  no  effect  on  the  outcome  of  this  proposal,  while  abstentions  will  have  the  effect  of  a  vote
against this proposal. Although this vote is advisory and is not binding on our Board of Directors,
the  Board  of  Directors  and  the  Compensation  Committee  will  consider  the  voting  results,  along
with  other  relevant  factors,  in  connection  with  their  ongoing  evaluation  of  our  compensation
program.

(cid:127) Ratification of the appointment of our independent auditors (Proposal 3). The proposal to ratify the
Audit  Committee’s  appointment  of  BDO  USA  LLP  as  the  Company’s  independent  registered
public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015, requires the affirmative vote of
a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy at
the Annual Meeting and entitled to vote. Broker non-votes will have no effect on the outcome of
this  proposal, while abstentions will have the effect of  a vote  against this proposal.

All valid proxies received prior to the Annual Meeting will be exercised. All shares represented by a
proxy  will  be  voted,  and  where  a  proxy  specifies  a  stockholder’s  choice  with  respect  to  any  matter  to  be
acted  upon,  the  shares  will  be  voted  in  accordance  with  that  specification.  If  you  are  a  stockholder  of
record and sign and return your proxy card or vote electronically without making any specific selections,
then your shares will be voted in accordance with the recommendations of the proxy holders on all matters
presented in this Proxy Statement and as the proxy holders may determine in their discretion regarding any
other matters properly presented for a vote  at the Annual  Meeting.

How  do I vote my shares?

You  can  either  attend  the  Annual  Meeting  and  vote  in  person  or  give  a  proxy  to  be  voted  at  the

Annual Meeting. A proxy may be given in one of the following three  ways:

(cid:127) electronically by using the Internet;

(cid:127) over the telephone by calling a toll-free  number;  or

(cid:127) by  mailing the enclosed proxy card.

The  Internet  and  telephone  voting  procedures  have  been  set  up  for  your  convenience  and  are
designed to authenticate stockholders’ identities, to allow stockholders to provide their voting instructions,
and to confirm that their instructions have been recorded properly. The Company believes the procedures
that have been put in place are consistent with the requirements of applicable law. Specific instructions for
stockholders  who  wish  to  use  the  Internet  or  telephone  voting  procedures  are  set  forth  on  the  enclosed
proxy  card.  If  your  shares  are  held  in  street  name  by  a  bank,  brokerage  firm,  trustee  or  other  holder  of
record,  you  will  receive  instructions  from  the  record  holder  that  you  must  follow  in  order  to  have  your
shares voted.

Who will tabulate the votes?

An  automated  system  administered  by  Broadridge  Financial  Solutions,  Inc.  (‘‘Broadridge’’)  will
tabulate votes cast by proxy at the Annual Meeting and a representative of Broadridge will tabulate votes
cast in person at the Annual Meeting.

Is my vote confidential?

Proxy instructions, ballots and voting tabulations that identify individual stockholders are handled in a
manner that protects your voting privacy. Your vote will not be disclosed either within the Company or to
third  parties,  except  as  necessary  to  meet  applicable  legal  requirements  or  to  allow  for  the  tabulation
and/or certification of the vote.

3

Can I change my vote after submitting my proxy?

You can change your vote at any time before your proxy is exercised at the Annual Meeting. You may

do so in one of the following four ways:

(cid:127) submitting another proxy card bearing a later date;

(cid:127) sending a written notice revoking your proxy to the Secretary of the Company at 7250 South Tenaya

Way, Suite 100, Las Vegas, Nevada 89113;

(cid:127) submitting  new  voting  instructions  via  telephone  or  the  Internet  (if  initially  able  to  vote  in  that

manner); or

(cid:127) attending the Annual Meeting and voting in person.

If you hold your shares in ‘‘street name’’ through a bank, broker, trustee or other holder of record and
you  have  instructed  the  bank,  brokerage  firm,  trustee  or  other  holder  of  record  to  vote  your  shares,  you
must follow the directions received from the holder of record to change those instructions. Please refer to
the information forwarded by your bank, brokerage firm, trustee or other holder of record for procedures
on revoking or changing your proxy.

Who is paying for this proxy solicitation?

This  proxy  solicitation  is  being  made  by  the  Company.  The  Company  will  bear  the  cost  of  soliciting
proxies, including the cost of preparing, assembling, printing and mailing the Proxy Statement. The Company
also  will  reimburse  brokerage  firms  and  other  persons  representing  beneficial  owners  of  shares  for  their
expenses in forwarding solicitation materials to such beneficial owners. In addition, proxies may be solicited
by  certain  of  the  Company’s  directors,  officers  and  regular  employees,  either  personally,  by  telephone,
facsimile  or e-mail. None of such persons will receive any additional compensation for their services.

How  can I find out the voting results?

The Company will report the voting results in a Current Report on Form 8-K to be filed within four

business days after the end of the Annual  Meeting.

How  do I receive electronic access to proxy  materials for future annual meetings?

Stockholders can elect to view future proxy statements and annual reports over the Internet instead of
receiving paper copies, which results in cost savings for the Company. If you are a stockholder of record
and would like to receive future proxy materials electronically, you can elect this option by following the
instructions provided when you vote your proxy over the Internet at www.proxyvote.com. If you choose to
view future proxy statements and annual reports over the Internet, you will receive an e-mail notification
next year with instructions containing the Internet address of those materials. Your choice to view future
proxy statements and annual reports over the Internet will remain in effect until you contact either your
broker  or  the  Company  to  rescind  your  instructions.  You  do  not  have  to  elect  Internet  access  each  year.

If your shares of Common Stock are registered in the name of a brokerage firm, you still may be eligible
to vote your shares of Common Stock electronically over the Internet. A large number of brokerage firms are
participating  in  the  Broadridge  online  program,  which  provides  eligible  stockholders  who  receive  a  paper
copy of this Proxy Statement the opportunity to vote via the Internet. If your brokerage firm is participating
in Broadridge’s program, your proxy card will provide instructions for voting online. If your proxy card does
not reference Internet information, please complete and return your proxy card.

How  can I avoid having duplicate copies  of  the proxy statements  sent to my household?

The  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (‘‘SEC’’)  has  adopted  rules  that  permit  companies  and
intermediaries  such  as  brokers  to  satisfy  delivery  requirements  for  annual  reports  and  proxy  statements
with respect to two or more stockholders sharing the same address by delivering a single annual report or

4

proxy  statement  addressed  to  those  stockholders.  This  process,  which  is  commonly  referred  to  as
‘‘householding,’’  potentially  provides  extra  convenience  for  stockholders  and  cost  savings  for  companies.
Brokers with account holders who are stockholders of the Company may be householding the Company’s
proxy materials. Once you have received notice from your broker that it will be householding materials to
your address, householding will continue until you are notified otherwise or until you revoke your consent.
If, at any time, you no longer wish to participate in householding and would prefer to receive a separate
annual report or proxy statement or if you are receiving multiple copies thereof and wish to receive only
one,  please  notify  your  broker  or  notify  the  Company  by  sending  a  written  request  to  the  Company’s
Investor Relations department at 7250 South Tenaya Way, Suite 100, Las Vegas, Nevada 89113, telephone
no: (702) 855-3000.

When are stockholder proposals due for next  year’s annual  meeting?

Stockholder proposals may be included in our proxy materials for an annual meeting so long as they
are provided to us on a timely basis and satisfy certain other conditions established by the Securities and
Exchange  Commission  (the  ‘‘SEC’’),  including  specifically  under  Rule  14a-8  of  the  Securities  Exchange
Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  ‘‘Exchange  Act’’).  To  be  timely,  a  proposal  to  be  included  in  our  proxy
statement  must  be  received  at  our  principal  executive  offices,  addressed  to  our  Secretary,  not  less  than
120 calendar days before the date of our proxy statement released to stockholders in connection with the
previous  year’s  annual  meeting.  Accordingly,  for  a  stockholder  proposal  to  be  included  in  our  proxy
materials  for  our  2016  annual  meeting  of  stockholders,  the  proposal  must  be  received  at  our  principal
executive  offices,  addressed  to  our  Secretary,  not  later  than  the  close  of  business  on  January 1,  2016.

Subject  to  certain  exceptions,  stockholder  business  that  is  not  intended  for  inclusion  in  our  proxy
materials may be brought before an annual meeting so long as notice of the proposal as specified by, and
subject  to  the  conditions  set  forth  in,  our  Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws,  is  received  at  our  principal
executive officers, addressed to our Secretary, not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, nor
later than the close of business on the 90th day, prior to the first anniversary of the date of the preceding
year’s annual meeting. For our 2016 annual meeting of stockholders, proper notice of business that is not
intended  for  inclusion  in  our  proxy  statement  must  be  received  no  earlier  than  the  close  of  business  on
February 26, 2016, nor later than the close of business on  March 27, 2016.

A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to
bring  before  the  annual  meeting  (i)  as  to  each  person  whom  the  stockholder  proposes  to  nominate  for
election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in
solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case
pursuant  to  Regulation  14A  under  the  Exchange  Act  and  Rule  14a-4(d)  thereunder  (including  such
person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if
elected);  (ii)  as  to  any  other  business  that  the  stockholder  proposes  to  bring  before  the  meeting,  a  brief
description  of  the  business  desired  to  be  brought  before  the  meeting,  the  reasons  for  conducting  such
business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial
owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and
the  beneficial  owner,  if  any,  on  whose  behalf  the  nomination  or  proposal  is  made  (A)  the  name  and
address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Company’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (B) the
class  and  number  of  shares  of  the  Company  which  are  owned  beneficially  and  of  record  by  such
stockholder  and  such  beneficial  owner,  and  (C)  whether  either  such  stockholder  or  beneficial  owner
intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least
the percentage of the Company’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in
the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the Company’s voting shares to
elect such nominee or nominees. 

5

PROPOSAL 1

ELECTION OF CLASS I DIRECTOR

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the number of directors that
shall constitute the Board shall be exclusively fixed by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized
directors constituting the Board. The Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws state that the number of
directors of the Company shall be fixed in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation as
then in effect. The authorized number of directors of the Company is currently set at seven, and there is
one position on the Board that is currently vacant. The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation  and  Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  provide  that  the  Board  shall  be  divided  into  three
classes  constituting  the  entire  Board.  The  members  of  each  class  of  directors  serve  staggered  three-year
terms. Proxies cannot be voted for a greater number of persons than the number of nominees named in
this  Proxy Statement. Currently, the Board is  composed of the following six members:

Class

Directors

Term Expiration

I . . . . . E. Miles Kilburn
II . . . . Geoff Judge, Michael Rumbolz and Ronald  Congemi
III . . . Ram V. Chary and Fred C. Enlow

2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders

Upon the recommendation of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board,
the  Board  has  nominated  E.  Miles  Kilburn,  who  is  currently  a  Class  I  Director  of  the  Company,  for
reelection as a Class I Director of the Company, to serve a three-year term until the 2018 annual meeting
of  stockholders  and  until  a  successor  is  duly  elected  and  qualified  or  until  his  earlier  resignation  or
removal. Mr. Kilburn has consented, if reelected as a Class I Director of the Company, to serve until his
term expires. The Board has no reason to believe that Mr. Kilburn will not serve if elected, but if he should
become unavailable to serve as a director, and if the Board designates a substitute nominee, the person or
persons named as proxy in the enclosed form of proxy may vote for a substitute nominee recommended by
the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and approved by  the Board.

Information  regarding  the  business  experience  of  our  nominee  for  election  as  a  Class  I  Director  is

provided below.

E. Miles Kilburn . . . . . . .

Age 52

E. Miles Kilburn has served as a member of the Board since March 2005 and
currently  serves  as  Chairman  of  the  Board.  Mr.  Kilburn  is  the  co-founder
and  a  partner  of  Mosaik  Partners,  LLC,  a  venture  capital  firm  focused  on
commerce enabling technology. He has been a private investor focused on
the electronic payments sector since June 2004 and serves as a director of a
number  of  privately  held  companies.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Kilburn  was
Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer of Concord EFS, Inc.,
a payment and network services company (which was acquired by First Data
Corporation  in  February  2004)  from  2003  to  2004,  and  Senior  Vice
President  of  Business  Strategy  and  Corporate  Development  from  2001  to
2003.  He  served  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Primary  Payment
Systems, Inc. (now Early Warning), a subsidiary of Concord EFS, Inc., from
2002 to 2003, and Chief Financial Officer from 1997 to 1999. From 1995 to
2001, Mr. Kilburn served in various roles at Star Systems, Inc., ultimately as
Group  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer.  The  Board
believes Mr. Kilburn is qualified to serve as a member on our Board due to
his management and investment experience in the financial technology and
payments  industry,  as  well  as  his  status  as  an  ‘‘audit  committee  financial
expert’’.

6

THE BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS  VOTE ‘‘FOR’’  THE
ELECTION TO THE BOARD OF THE  NOMINEE NAMED ABOVE

Each of the Company’s directors listed below will continue in office for the remainder of his term and
until  a  successor  is  duly  elected  and  qualified  or  until  his  earlier  resignation  or  removal.  Information
regarding the business experience of  each such director is provided below.

Class II Directors Whose Terms Will Expire  in 2016

Age 61

Geoff Judge . . . . . . . . . . . Geoff  Judge  has  served  as  a  member  of  the  Board  since  September  2006.
Since 2010, Mr. Judge has been a Partner at iNovia Capital, a manager of
early  stage  venture  capital  funds.  Prior  to  joining  iNovia,  he  was  an  early
stage  private  investor.  From  2003  to  2005,  he  was  an  investor  in  and  the
Chief Operating Officer of Preclick, a digital photography software firm. In
2002, he was the Chief Operating Officer of Media Solution Services, Inc., a
provider of credit card billing insert media. From 1997 to 2002, Mr. Judge
was  a  co-founder  and  Senior  Vice  President  and  General  Manager  of  the
media  division  of  24/7  Real  Media.  From  1995  to  1997  he  was  a  Vice
President of Marketing for iMarket, Inc., a software company. From 1985 to
1995,  Mr.  Judge  was  a  Vice  President  and  General  Manager  in  the  credit
card  division  of  American  Express.  Mr.  Judge  also  serves  as  a  director  of
numerous  privately  held  companies.  The  Board  believes  Mr.  Judge  is
qualified  to  serve  as  a  member  of  our  Board  due  to  his  knowledge  of  the
Company’s  business  and  his  experience  in  the  financial  services  and
payments industries primarily from his tenure at American Express.

Age  61

Michael Rumbolz . . . . . . . Michael Rumbolz has served as a member of the Board since August 2010.
From August 2008 to August 2010, Mr. Rumbolz served as a consultant to
the  Company  advising  the  Company  upon  various  strategic,  product
development  and  customer  relations  matters.  Mr.  Rumbolz  served  as  the
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Cash Systems, Inc., a provider of
cash access services to the gaming industry, from January 2005 until August
2008 when the Company acquired Cash Systems, Inc. Mr. Rumbolz also has
provided  various  consulting  services  and  held  various  public  and  private
sector  employment  positions  in  the  gaming  industry,  including  serving  as
Chairman  of  the  Nevada  Gaming  Control  Board  from  June  1987  to
December 1988. Mr. Rumbolz currently serves as a member of the Board of
Directors  of  Employers  Holdings,  Inc.  (NYSE:  EIG).  The  Board  believes
Mr.  Rumbolz  is  qualified  to  serve  as  a  member  of  our  Board  due  to  his
experience in the cash access and gaming industries, as well as his status as
an ‘‘audit committee financial expert’’.

7

Ronald Congemi

. . . . . . .

Age 68

Ronald Congemi has served as a member of the Board since February 2013.
Mr.  Congemi  currently  serves  as  a  member  of  the  Philadelphia  Federal
Reserve’s Payments Advisor Council. Mr. Congemi previously served as the
Chief  Executive  Officer  of  First  Data’s  Debit  Services  Group  from  2004
until his retirement at the end of 2008. Mr. Congemi also served as Senior
Vice  President  of  Concord  EFS,  Inc.  and  Concord’s  Network  Services
Group.  Mr.  Congemi  founded  Star  Systems,  Inc.,  an  ATM  and  PIN  debit
network  in  the  United  States  and  served  as  the  President  and  Chief
Executive  Officer  from  1984  to  2008.  The  Board  believes  Mr.  Congemi  is
qualified  to  serve  as  a  member  of  our  Board  due  to  his  management
experience in the payments industry.

Class III Directors Whose Terms Will Expire in 2017

Ram V. Chary . . . . . . . . .

Age 44

Fred C. Enlow . . . . . . . . .

Age 75

Ram V. Chary has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer, and
as a director, since January 2014. From 2007 to 2013, Mr. Chary served in
various roles at Fidelity National Information Services, Inc., a banking and
payments  technology  company,  most  recently  as  an  Executive  Vice
President  of  Global  Commercial  Services.  Mr.  Chary  previously  led  the
technology division of Fidelity National Information Services, Inc. Prior to
joining  Fidelity  National  Information  Services  Inc.,  Mr.  Chary  led  the
Professional  Services  organization  of  eFunds  Corporation,  a  payments
services  company.  Prior  to  eFunds,  Mr.  Chary  worked  at  IBM  Global
Services in infrastructure outsourcing and technology consulting. The Board
believes Mr. Chary is qualified to serve as a member of our Board due to his
management  experience  in  the  payments  and  information  technology
industries.

Fred  C.  Enlow  has  served  as  a  member  of  the  Board  since  October  2006.
Since  2000,  Mr.  Enlow  has  been  a  consultant  to  various  financial
institutions,  primarily  involving  international  consumer  financial  business.
Previously, he was a director, Chairman of the Board and Chairman of the
Audit  Committee  of  Prudential  Vietnam  Finance  Company,  a  group
executive director of Standard Chartered Bank PLC, a Vice Chairman and
director of MBNA America Bank, Chairman of MasterCard International’s
Asia  Pacific  region  and  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  Executive
Committee of MasterCard International. The Board believes Mr. Enlow is
qualified  to  serve  as  a  member  of  our  Board  due  to  his  experience  in  the
financial services and payments industries.

8

BOARD AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Corporate Governance Philosophy

The  business  affairs  of  the  Company  are  managed  under  the  direction  of  the  Board  in  accordance
with the Delaware General Corporation Law, as implemented by the Company’s Amended and Restated
Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws.  The  role  of  the  Board  is  to  effectively
govern the affairs of the Company for the benefit of its stockholders and other constituencies. The Board
strives to ensure the success and continuity of business through the selection of qualified management. It is
also  responsible  for  ensuring  that  the  Company’s  activities  are  conducted  in  a  responsible  and  ethical
manner. The Company is committed to having sound corporate  governance principles.

Board Leadership Structure

We separate the roles and responsibilities of the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
in  recognition  of  the  differences  between  the  two  roles.  The  Chief  Executive  Officer  formulates  our
strategic direction and oversees the day to day management and performance of the Company, while the
Chairman of the Board provides general guidance to the Chief Executive Officer and sets the agenda for
and  presides  over  Board  meetings.  The  Board  believes  that  Mr.  Kilburn’s  role  as  Chairman  ensures  a
greater  role  for  the  non-management  directors  in  the  oversight  of  the  Company  and  encourages  greater
participation  of  the  non-management  directors  in  setting  agendas  and  establishing  priorities  and
procedures for the work of the Board. In addition, Mr. Kilburn has been selected as the Presiding Director
to  preside  over  meetings  of  our  non-management  directors  that  take  place  in  executive  session  with  no
management directors or employees present. Our independent directors met in executive session with no
management directors or employees  present  seven  times last year.

Board Role in Risk Oversight

Our  Board  is  responsible  for  oversight  of  our  risk  assessment  process.  The  Board’s  role  in  the
Company’s  risk  oversight  process  includes  receiving  regular  reports  from  members  of  our  management
team  with  respect  to  material  risks  that  the  Company  faces,  including  operational,  financial,  legal  and
regulatory, strategic and reputational risks. The Board, or the applicable committee of the Board, receives
these  reports  from  members  of  our  management  team  to  enable  it  to  identify  material  risks  and  assess
management’s  risk  management  and  mitigation  strategies.  As  part  of  its  charter,  our  Audit  Committee
assesses  risks  relating  to  the  Company’s  financial  statements,  oversees  both  the  Company’s  external  and
internal audit functions and oversees the Company’s compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.
Our  Compensation  Committee  is  responsible  for  overseeing  the  management  of  risks  relating  to  the
Company’s executive compensation plans and arrangements. The Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee  manages  risks  associated  with  the  independence  of  the  Board.  While  each  committee  is
responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire Board is
regularly informed through committee reports about such risks.

Board Meetings and Attendance

During  fiscal  2014,  the  Board  held  15  meetings  and  each  director  attended  at  least  75%  of  such
meetings  of  the  Board.  The  Company  encourages,  but  does  not  require,  its  Board  members  to  attend
annual stockholders meetings. All of the Company’s Board members attended the Company’s 2014 annual
meeting  of stockholders, in person or  via teleconference.

Director Independence

Under independence standards established by the Board in accordance with the rules and regulations
of  the  SEC  and  the  NYSE,  a  director  does  not  qualify  as  independent  unless  the  Board  affirmatively
determines that the director does not have any material relationship with the Company, either directly or

9

as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the Company, which, in
the  opinion  of  our  Board,  would  interfere  with  the  exercise  of  independent  judgment  by  the  director  in
carrying  out  the  responsibilities  of  a  director.  The  Board  considers  such  facts  and  circumstances  as  it
deems  relevant  to  the  determination  of  director  independence.  To  assist  in  making  its  determination
regarding independence, the Board considers, at  a minimum, the  following  categorical standards:

(cid:127) a  director  who  is  an  employee,  or  whose  immediate  family  member  is  an  executive  officer,  of  the
Company  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  is  not  independent  until  three  years  after  the  end  of  such
employment relationship;

(cid:127) a director who receives, or whose immediate family member receives, more than $120,000 per year
in  direct  compensation  from  the  Company  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries,  other  than  director  and
committee  fees  and  pension  or  other  forms  of  deferred  compensation  for  prior  service  (provided
such  compensation  is  not  contingent  in  any  way  on  continued  service),  is  not  independent  until
three years after he or she ceases to  receive more than $120,000 per year in  such compensation;

(cid:127) a  director  who  is  affiliated  with  or  employed  by,  or  whose  immediate  family  member  is  affiliated
with or employed in a professional capacity by, a present or former internal or external auditor of
the Company or any of its subsidiaries is not ‘‘independent’’ until three years after the end of the
affiliation or the employment or auditing relationship;

(cid:127) a director who is employed, or whose immediate family member is employed, as an executive officer
of another company where any of the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries present executives serve
on that company’s compensation committee is not ‘‘independent’’ until three years after the end of
such service or the employment relationship;

(cid:127) a  director  who  is  an  executive  officer  or  an  employee,  or  whose  immediate  family  member  is  an
executive officer, of a company (which does not include chartable entities) that makes payments to,
or  receives  payments  from,  the  Company  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  for  property  or  services  in  an
amount  which,  in  any  single  fiscal  year,  exceeds  the  greater  of  $1.0  million,  or  2%  of  such  other
company’s  consolidated  gross  revenues,  is  not  ‘‘independent’’  until  three  years  after  falling  below
such threshold; and

(cid:127) any  director  that  has  a  material  relationship  with  the  Company  shall  not  be  independent.  Any
relationship not required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K of the Exchange
Act  shall  be  presumptively  not  material.  For  relationships  not  covered  by  the  preceding  sentence,
the determination of whether the relationship is material or not, and therefore whether the director
would be independent or not, shall be made by  the Board.

The  Board  has  determined  that  none  of  our  current  directors,  other  than  Mr.  Ram  V.  Chary,  our
President and Chief Executive Officer, has a material relationship with the Company (either directly or as
a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the Company), which, in
the  opinion  of  our  Board,  would  interfere  with  the  exercise  of  independent  judgment  by  the  director  in
carrying  out  the  responsibilities  of  a  director,  and  that  each  of  the  following  current  non-employee
directors is independent within the meaning of independence as set forth in the rules and regulations of
the  SEC  and  the  NYSE:  E.  Miles  Kilburn,  Geoff  Judge,  Fred  C.  Enlow,  Michael  Rumbolz  and  Ronald
Congemi.  The  Board  has  also  determined  that  Mr.  Scott  Betts,  our  former  chief  executive  officer  who
served  as  a  director  until  March  2014,  was  not  independent  within  the  meaning  of  independence  as  set
forth in the rules and regulations of the  SEC and the NYSE  at the  time he served as  a director.

Committees of the Board

The  Board  has  established  three  standing  committees:  the  Audit  Committee,  the  Compensation
Committee  and  the  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee.  Each  director  attended  at  least
75% of the meetings of each committee on which he served, other than Michael Rumbolz, who attended

10

less  than  75%  of  the  meetings  of  the  Audit  Committee  and  the  Compensation  Committee.  In  addition,
from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of the Board when necessary
to address specific issues. The composition of the Board committees complies with the applicable rules of
the SEC, the NYSE and applicable law. Our Board has adopted written charters for its Audit Committee,
Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

The members of our standing committees during fiscal 2014, each of whom our Board has determined
is ‘‘independent,’’ as defined under and required by the rules of the NYSE and the federal securities laws,
are identified in the following table. Mr. Chary, our President and Chief Executive Officer and a director,
does not serve on any committees of  the Board.

Name

Audit

Compensation

Nominating and
Corporate Governance

E. Miles Kilburn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chair
Geoff  Judge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fred C. Enlow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Michael Rumbolz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ronald Congemi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

X
X
X
X

Chair

X
X

X
Chair

X

Audit  Committee. The  Audit  Committee  met  four  times  in  fiscal  2014.  The  Audit  Committee  has

delegated responsibility to, among other things:

(cid:127) Review the policies and procedures adopted by the Company to fulfill its responsibilities regarding
the  fair  and  accurate  presentation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles and applicable rules and regulations  of the SEC  and the NYSE;

(cid:127) Review  any  analyses  prepared  by  management  and/or  the  Company’s  independent  auditor  setting
forth significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation
of  the  Company’s  financial  statements,  including  analyses  of  the  effects  of  alternative  generally
accepted accounting principles (‘‘GAAP’’) methods  on  the financial statements;

(cid:127) Review  major  issues  regarding  accounting  principles  and  financial  statement  presentations,
including any significant changes in the Company’s selection or application of accounting principles,
and major issues as to the adequacy of the Company’s internal controls and any special audit steps
adopted in light of material control deficiencies;

(cid:127) Discuss  policies  with  respect  to  risk  assessment  and  risk  management,  and  discuss  the  Company’s
major  financial  risk  exposures  and  the  steps  management  has  taken  to  monitor  and  control  such
exposures;

(cid:127) Review  with  the  Company’s  independent  auditor,  management  and  internal  auditors  any
information regarding ‘‘second’’ opinions sought by management from an independent auditor with
respect to the accounting treatment of a particular  event or transaction;

(cid:127) Review  and  discuss  with  management  and  the  Company’s  independent  auditor  the  effect  of
regulatory  and  accounting  initiatives,  as  well  as  off-balance  sheet  arrangements  and  aggregate
contractual obligations, on the Company’s financial statements;

(cid:127) Review  and  discuss  reports  from  the  Company’s  independent  auditor  regarding:  (a)  all  critical
accounting  policies  and  practices  to  be  used  by  the  Company;  (b)  all  alternative  treatments  of
financial  information  within  GAAP  that  have  been  discussed  with  management,  including
ramifications of the use of such alternative disclosures and treatments and the treatment preferred
by  the  independent  auditor;  and  (c)  other  material  written  communications  between  the
independent  auditor  and  management,  such  as  any  management  letter  or  schedule  of  unadjusted
differences; and

11

(cid:127) Review  and  discuss  the  Company’s  annual  audited  financial  statements  and  quarterly  financial
statements  with  management  and  the  Company’s  independent  auditor,  including  the  Company’s
disclosures  under  ‘‘Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of
Operations.’’

The  Board  has  determined  that  each  of  Mr.  Kilburn,  the  Chair  of  the  Audit  Committee,  and
Mr. Rumbolz, is an ‘‘audit committee financial expert’’ as defined under applicable federal securities laws.

Compensation  Committee. The  Compensation  Committee  met  six  times  during  2014,  either
separately  or  in  conjunction  with  full  Board  meetings.  The  Compensation  Committee  has  delegated
responsibility to, among other things:

(cid:127) annually  review  and  approve  the  Company’s  corporate  goals  and  objectives  relevant  to  Chief
Executive Officer compensation, evaluate the Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such
goals and objectives, and, either as a Committee or together with the other independent directors
(as directed by the Board), determine and approve the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation level
based on this evaluation;

(cid:127) annually  review  and  make  recommendations  to  the  Board  with  respect  to  non-Chief  Executive
Officer compensation and incentive compensation plans and equity based plans that are subject to
Board approval;

(cid:127) administer the Company’s incentive compensation plans and equity based plans as in effect and as
adopted  from  time  to  time  by  the  Board;  provided  that  the  Board  shall  retain  the  authority  to
interpret such plans;

(cid:127) approve  any  new  equity  compensation  plan  or  any  material  change  to  an  existing  plan  where

stockholder approval has not been obtained; and

(cid:127) ensure  appropriate  overall  corporate  performance  measures  and  goals  are  set  and  determine  the

extent that established goals have been  achieved and any related  compensation  earned.

Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee. The  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance
Committee  met  five  times  in  fiscal  2014.  The  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  has
delegated responsibility to, among other things:

(cid:127) develop and recommend to the Board, and implement, a set of corporate governance principles and

procedures;

(cid:127) develop  and  recommend  to  the  Board,  and  implement  and  monitor  compliance  with,  a  code  of
business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees, and promptly disclose any waivers
for directors or executive officers;

(cid:127) review  and  assess  the  adequacy  of  the  code  of  business  conduct  and  ethics  and  recommend  any

changes;

(cid:127) oversee the evaluation of the Board and management on an annual basis;

(cid:127) conduct annual reviews of each director’s independence and make recommendations to the Board

based on its findings;

(cid:127) assess the Board’s composition on an annual basis, including size of the Board, diversity, age, skills

and experience in the context of the needs of the Board;

(cid:127) advise  the  Board  on  member  qualifications  for  each  Board  committee,  committee  member
appointments and removals, committee structure and operations (including authority to delegate to
subcommittees), and committee reporting  to  the Board; and

12

(cid:127) identify  individuals  qualified  to  become  Board  members,  consistent  with  criteria  approved  by  the
Board, and select, or recommend that the Board select, the director nominees for the next annual
meeting of stockholders.

Director Nomination Process

As  provided  in  the  charter  of  the  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee,  nominations
for director may be made by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee or by a stockholder of
record  entitled  to  vote.  The  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  will  consider  and  make
recommendations to the Board regarding any stockholder recommendations for candidates to serve on the
Board.  Stockholders  wishing  to  recommend  candidates  for  consideration  by  the  Nominating  and
Corporate  Governance  Committee  may  do  so  by  writing  to  the  Company’s  Investor  Relations
Department—Attention  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  at  7250  South  Tenaya  Way,
Suite 100, Las Vegas, NV 89113 and providing the candidate’s name, biographical data and qualifications,
a  document  indicating  the  candidate’s  willingness  to  serve  if  elected,  and  evidence  of  the  nominating
stockholder’s  ownership  of  Common  Stock.  Submissions  must  be  received  at  our  principal  executive
offices, addressed to our Secretary, not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, nor later than
the  close  of  business  on  the  90th  day,  prior  to  the  first  anniversary  of  the  date  of  the  preceding  year’s
annual meeting. For our 2016 annual meeting of stockholders, stockholder nominations must be received
no earlier than the close of business on February 25, 2016, nor later than the close of business on March 27,
2016.  There  are  no  differences  in  the  manner  in  which  the  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance
Committee  evaluates  nominees  for  director  based  on  whether  the  nominee  is  recommended  by  the
committee or a stockholder. The Company does not pay any third party to identify or assist in identifying
or evaluating potential nominees.

In  reviewing  potential  nominees  for  the  Board,  the  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance
Committee considers the individual’s experience in the Company’s industry, the general business or other
experience  of  the  candidate,  the  needs  of  the  Company  for  an  additional  or  replacement  director,  the
personality  of  the  candidate,  and  the  candidate’s  interest  in  the  business  of  the  Company,  as  well  as
numerous  other  subjective  criteria.  Of  greatest  importance  is  the  individual’s  integrity,  willingness  to  be
involved and ability to bring to the Company experience and knowledge in areas that are most beneficial to
the Company. The Board intends to continue to evaluate candidates for election to the Board on the basis
of  the  foregoing  criteria.  A  detailed  description  of  the  criteria  used  by  the  Nominating  and  Corporate
Governance Committee in evaluating potential candidates may be found in the charter of the Nominating
and Corporate Governance Committee which is posted on the Company’s website at www.gcainc.com. In
general, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee seeks prospective nominees with a broad
diversity of experience, professions, skills and backgrounds but has no formal policies and procedures for
assessing,  and  does  not  assign  any  specific  weights  to,  any  particular  criteria.  Nominees  are  not
discriminated  against  on  the  basis  of  race,  religion,  national  origin,  sexual  orientation,  disability  or  any
other basis prohibited by law.

Communication between Interested Parties and  Directors

Stockholders  and  other  interested  parties  may  communicate  with  individual  directors  (including  the
Presiding Director), the members of a committee of the Board, the independent directors as a group or the
Board as a whole by addressing the communication to the named director, the committee, the independent
directors as a group or the Board as a whole c/o Secretary, Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., 7250 South
Tenaya  Way,  Suite  100,  Las  Vegas,  NV  89113  or  via  electronic  mail  to  secretary@gcamail.com.  The
Company’s  Secretary  will  forward  all  correspondence  to  the  named  director,  the  committee,  the
independent  directors  as  a  group  or  the  Board  as  a  whole,  except  for  spam,  junk  mail,  mass  mailings,
product complaints or inquiries, job inquiries, surveys, business solicitations or advertisements, or patently
inappropriate  material.  The  Company’s  Secretary  may  forward  certain
offensive  or  otherwise 

13

correspondence, such as product-related inquiries, elsewhere within the Company for review and possible
response.

Relationships Among Directors or Executive  Officers

There are no family relationships among any of the  Company’s directors or executive officers.

Code of Business Conduct, Standards and  Ethics and Corporate Governance  Guidelines

We  have  adopted  a  Code  of  Business  Conduct,  Standards  and  Ethics  for  our  directors,  officers  and
other employees that is designed to qualify as a ‘‘code of ethics’’ within the meaning of Section 406 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  and  the  rules  promulgated  thereunder.  To  the  extent  required  by  law,  any
amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the Code of Business Conduct, Standards and Ethics will
be promptly disclosed to the public. To the extent permitted by such legal requirements, we intend to make
such public disclosure by posting the relevant material on our website in accordance with SEC rules. We
have  also  adopted  Corporate  Governance  Guidelines  to  assist  the  Board  in  the  exercise  of  its
responsibilities.

Access to Corporate Governance Policies

Stockholders  may  access  the  Company’s  committee  charters,  the  Code  of  Business  Conduct,
Standards and Ethics and the Corporate Governance Guidelines at the Corporate Governance section of
the  Investors  page  on  our  website  at  www.gcainc.com.  Copies  of  the  Company’s  committee  charters,  the
Code of Business Conduct, Standards and Ethics and Corporate Governance Guidelines will be provided
to  any  stockholder  upon  written  request  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Company,  Global  Cash  Access
Holdings,  Inc.,  7250  South  Tenaya  Way,  Suite  100,  Las  Vegas,  Nevada  89113  or  via  electronic  mail  to
secretary@gcamail.com.

Director Compensation

We  have  a  compensation  program  in  place  for  our  non-employee  directors.  Under  this  program,  all
non-employee  directors  receive  an  annual  cash  fee  of  $40,000  except  for  the  chair  of  the  Board  who
receives  an  annual  cash  fee  of  $60,000.  In  addition,  each  member  of  the  Company’s  Audit  Committee,
Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee receives an additional
annual cash fee of $7,500. The chairperson of each such committee receives an additional annual cash fee
of $20,000, $10,000 and $10,000, respectively.

In addition, upon initial appointment to the Board, each non-employee director receives an option to
purchase 100,000 shares of our Common Stock at an exercise price equal to the closing market price of our
Common  Stock  at  the  date  of  grant.  Historically,  for  each  grant,  one  eighth  of  the  options  vest  after  six
months  of  service  as  a  director,  and  the  remainder  vest  ratably  in  equal  monthly  installments  over  the
succeeding  forty-two  months;  provided,  however,  that  all  outstanding  unvested  options  held  by
non-employee  directors  vest  in  their  entirety  upon  a  change  of  control  of  the  Company.  In  addition,
non-employee directors are typically granted additional options to purchase shares of our Common Stock
or awards of restricted shares of our Common Stock on an annual basis. Such option and restricted stock
grants historically have vested upon a schedule similar to that of the initial grants, although grants made
under  the  2014  Equity  Plan  are  subject  to  annual  vesting  of  25%  per  anniversary  over  four  years.  The
options have a term of ten years.

14

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the compensation of our non-employee

directors for the fiscal year ended December  31, 2014:

Name

E. Miles Kilburn(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Geoff Judge(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fred Enlow(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Michael  Rumbolz(2)(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ronald Congemi(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scott  Betts(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fees earned
or paid in
cash

$97,500
57,500
55,000
65,000
55,000
10,000

Option  awards(1)

Stock
awards(1)

$208,883
139,255
139,255
139,255
139,255
—

$—
—
—
—
—
—

Total

$306,383
196,755
194,255
204,255
194,255
10,000

(1) Represents  the  fair  value  of  the  directors’  equity  awards  in  fiscal  year  2014,  as  calculated  in
accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For a discussion of the assumptions made in the valuation of
the  directors’  stock  option  and  restricted  stock  awards,  see  the  notes  to  the  consolidated  financial
statements  contained  in  the  Company’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

(2) At  December  31,  2014,  our  directors  had  the  following  aggregate  numbers  of  option  awards  and

unvested stock awards outstanding:

Unvested
stock awards

Shares underlying
outstanding
options

E. Miles Kilburn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Geoff Judge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fred Enlow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Michael  Rumbolz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ronald Congemi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scott  Betts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7,676
5,118
5,118
5,118
—
—

113,889
75,927
75,927
75,927
104,167
—

(3) Mr. Rumbolz received an additional  $10,000 in  fees  for services  related to compliance matters.

(4) Mr. Betts resigned from the Board  in March  2014.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider  Participation

No  member  of  the  Compensation  Committee  is  or  was  formerly  an  officer  or  employee  of  the
Company  or  its  subsidiaries.  No  interlocking  relationship  exists  between  any  member  of  the  Company’s
Board or Compensation Committee and any member of the board of directors or compensation committee
of any other company, nor has such interlocking  relationship existed in the past.

15

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS

Under  procedures  adopted  by  the  Board,  any  transaction  that  is  required  to  be  reported  under
Item  404(a)  of  Regulation  S-K  promulgated  by  the  SEC  must  be  reviewed,  approved  or  ratified  by  the
Audit  Committee,  the  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  or  another  committee
consisting  entirely  of  ‘‘independent  directors’’  as  defined  under  applicable  NYSE  rules.  The  types  of
transactions  subject  to  these  procedures  include  but  are  not  limited  to  (i)  the  purchase,  sale  or  lease  of
assets  to  or  from  a  related  person,  (ii)  the  purchase  or  sale  of  products  or  services  to  or  from  a  related
person,  or  (iii)  the  lending  or  borrowing  of  funds  from  or  to  a  related  person.  Approval  of  transactions
with related persons shall be at the discretion of the reviewing body, but the reviewing body shall consider
(A)  the  consequences  to  the  Company  of  consummating  or  not  consummating  the  transaction,  (B)  the
extent  to  which  the  Company  has  a  reasonable  opportunity  to  obtain  the  same  or  a  substantially  similar
benefit  of  the  transaction  from  a  person  or  entity  other  than  the  related  person,  and  (C)  the  extent  to
which  the  terms  and  conditions  of  such  transaction  are  more  or  less  favorable  to  the  Company  and  its
stockholders  than  the  terms  and  conditions  upon  which  the  Company  could  reasonably  be  expected  to
negotiate with a person or entity other than the related person. Further, our Code of Business Conduct,
Standards  and  Ethics  requires  our  directors,  officers  and  employees  to  raise  with  our  Chief  Compliance
Officer any material transaction or relationship that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a personal
conflict  of  interest.  Our  Corporate  Governance  Guidelines  also  prohibit  the  Company’s  making  of  any
personal loans to directors, executive  officers or  their  immediate family  members.

Transactions with Related Persons in 2014

During  fiscal  2014,  the  Company  did  not  engage  in  any  transactions,  and  there  is  not  currently
proposed any transaction or series of similar transactions to which the Company was or will be a party, with
related  parties  that  required  review,  approval  or  ratification  of  the  Audit  Committee  or  any  other
committee.

16

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

In  addition  to  the  information  provided  above  regarding  Mr.  Chary,  the  following  sets  forth  certain

information regarding the Company’s executive officers:

Name

Age

Position and Offices

Ram V. Chary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Randy L. Taylor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Juliet  A. Lim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

44
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
52 Executive Vice President and Chief Financial  Officer
52 Executive Vice President, Payments, General Counsel

David Lucchese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edward Peters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

56 Executive Vice President, Games
52 Executive Vice President, Sales

and Corporate Secretary

Randy L. Taylor has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since March
2014.  Prior  to  his  appointment  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Mr.  Taylor  had
served as the Company’s Senior Vice President and Controller since November 2011. Prior to joining the
Company,  Mr.  Taylor  served  in  various  positions  for  Citadel  Broadcasting  Corporation,  a  radio
broadcasting  company,  from  April  1999  to  September  2005  and  September  2006  to  September  2011,
including  most  recently,  from  2008  to  2011,  as  Chief  Financial  Officer.  In  December  2009,  Citadel
Broadcasting  Corporation  filed  a  petition  for  voluntary  reorganization  under  Chapter 11  of  the  U.S.
Bankruptcy Code and emerged from reorganization under Chapter 11 in June 2010. Mr. Taylor also served
as  the  Vice  President  of  Finance  and  Corporate  Controller  of  Bally  Technologies,  Inc.  from  September
2005 to September 2006.

Juliet  A.  Lim  has  served  as  our  Executive  Vice  President,  Payments,  General  Counsel  and  Secretary
since  January  2015,  having  previously  served  as  our  Executive  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and
Secretary  from  March  2014  to  January  2015.  Prior  to  joining  the  Company,  Ms.  Lim  served  as  General
Counsel and Corporate Secretary and VP of Human Resources of Clear Energy Systems, Inc. from June
2013 until February 2014. From January 2010 to May 2013, Ms. Lim served as the General Counsel and
Corporate Secretary and VP of Human Resources of Arizona State University Foundation. Ms. Lim served
as the Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel and  in other senior legal positions at Fidelity
National Information Services, Inc. and eFunds Corporation (which was acquired by Fidelity National in
2007), from June 2003 to November 2009. Ms. Lim also served as VP and Associate General Counsel of
Honeywell, Inc. and was a partner at the law firm  now  known  as Lewis Roca Rothgerber.

David  Lucchese  has  served  as  our  Executive  Vice  President,  Games,  since  January  2015,  having
previously  served  as  our  Executive  Vice  President,  Client  Operations,  from  March  2014  to  January  2015
and as our Executive Vice President, Sales, from April 2010 to March 2014. Prior to joining the Company,
Mr.  Lucchese  served  in  various  positions  for  Bally  Technologies,  Inc.,  including  Vice  President  of  Sales,
Games from April 2005 to April 2010 and Senior Vice President of Sales, Systems from April 2003 to April
2005. Mr. Lucchese served as Vice President of Sales for Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. from July 2001 to
February 2003.

Edward Peters has served as our Executive Vice President, Sales, since January 2015, having previously
served  as  Senior  Vice  President,  Sales  for  the  Company  since  November  2014.  Prior  to  joining  the
Company, Mr. Peters served in various senior executive positions during the past several years, including
as:  Senior  Vice  President  Business  Development  in  Global  Commercial  Services  from  February  2010
through  November  2014  for  Fidelity  Information  Services;  Chief  Information  Officer  for  Silverton  Bank
from August 2004 through February 2010; and Senior Vice President for Prudential Bank from December
2000 through July 2004.

17

PROPOSAL 2

ADVISORY VOTE TO APPROVE NAMED EXECUTIVE  COMPENSATION

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, enacted
in  2010,  requires  that  companies  provide  their  stockholders  with  the  opportunity  to  vote,  on  an  advisory
(non-binding)  basis,  whether  to  approve  the  compensation  of  companies’  named  executive  officers,
commonly referred to as a ‘‘say-on-pay’’ vote, at least once every three years. In a vote held at our 2011
annual meeting, our stockholders voted in favor of holding say-on-pay votes annually. In light of this result
and other factors considered by the Board, we have adopted a frequency of obtaining say-on-pay votes on
an annual basis. Accordingly, the next opportunity for stockholders to participate in a say-on-pay vote after
the Annual Meeting is expected to occur in connection with our annual meeting of stockholders to be held
in 2016.

The  say-on-pay  vote  is  a  non-binding  advisory  vote  on  the  compensation  of  our  named  executive
officers as described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section, including the tabular disclosure
and accompanying narrative disclosure regarding such compensation, set forth in this Proxy Statement. It is
not a vote to approve our general compensation policies, the compensation of our Board of Directors, or
our  compensation policies as they relate  to risk management.

Our  Compensation  Committee,  which  is  responsible  for  designing  and  administering  our  executive
compensation  program,  has  designed  our  executive  compensation  program  to  provide  a  competitive  and
internally equitable compensation and benefits package that reflects company performance, job complexity
and the strategic value of the position, while ensuring long-term retention, motivation and alignment with
the  long-term  interests  of  the  Company’s  stockholders.  We  encourage  you  to  carefully  review  the
‘‘Compensation Discussion and Analysis’’ of this Proxy Statement for additional details on the Company’s
executive  compensation,  including  our  compensation  philosophy  and  objectives  and  the  processes  our
Compensation  Committee  and  the  Board  used  to  determine  the  structure  and  amounts  of  the
compensation of our named executive  officers for the year ended December 31, 2014.

The vote solicited by this Proposal No. 2 is advisory, and therefore is not binding on us, our Board or
our  Compensation  Committee,  nor  will  its  outcome  require  us,  our  Board  or  our  Compensation
Committee to take any action. Moreover, the outcome of the vote will not be construed as overruling any
decision by us or our Board. Furthermore, because this non-binding, advisory vote primarily relates to the
compensation  of  our  named  executive  officers  that  we  have  already  paid  or  are  otherwise  contractually
committed to pay, there is generally no opportunity for us to revisit these decisions. However, our Board,
including our Compensation Committee, values the opinions of our stockholders and, to the extent there is
any significant vote against the named executive officer compensation as disclosed in this proxy statement,
we will consider our stockholders’ concerns and evaluate what actions, if any, may be appropriate for us to
take in the future to address those concerns.

Stockholders will be asked at the Annual Meeting to approve the following resolution pursuant to this

Proposal No. 2:

‘‘RESOLVED,  that  the  stockholders  of  Global  Cash  Access  Holdings,  Inc.  approve,  on  an  advisory
basis,  the  compensation  paid  to  the  Company’s  named  executive  officers,  as  disclosed  pursuant  to
Item  402  of  Regulation  S-K,  set  forth  in  the  Company’s  definitive  proxy  statement  for  the  2015
Annual Meeting of Stockholders.’’

THE BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS  VOTE ‘‘FOR’’  THE
RESOLUTION APPROVING THE COMPENSATION  OF OUR NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AS
DISCLOSED IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT.

18

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The Company is a holding company, the principal asset of which is the capital stock of Global Cash
Access, Inc. and the capital stock of Multimedia Games Holding Company, Inc. The executive officers of
the  Company  are  employees  of  Global  Cash  Access,  Inc.  and  all  references  in  this  Proxy  Statement  to
executive  compensation  relate  to  the  executive  compensation  paid  by  Global  Cash  Access,  Inc.  to  such
executive officers.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The  following  discussion  and  analysis  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  ‘‘Compensation  of  Named

Executive Officers’’ and the related tables  that follow.

The  purpose  of  this  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  is  to  provide  information  about  each
material element of compensation that we pay or award to, or that is earned by, the individuals set forth in
the  Summary  Compensation  Table  set  forth  below  (our  ‘‘Named  Executive  Officers’’),  including  our
principal  executive  officer,  our  principal  financial  officer,  and  the  two  other  persons  whose  total
compensation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, was in excess of $100,000 and who were serving
as  executive  officers  at  the  end  of  that  fiscal  year.  We  also  provide  information  about  each  material
element  of  compensation  that  we  paid  or  awarded  to,  or  that  was  earned  by,  certain  former  executive
officers whose employment terminated during  2014.

Compensation Determinations

All of our current Named Executive Officers are parties to employment agreements. The level of base
salary  to  be  paid  to  those  officers  over  the  term  of  their  respective  employment  agreements  and  their
individual  target  bonus  percentages  were  determined  as  part  of  the  negotiation  process  relating  to  such
agreements  or  any  amendments  thereof.  Our  Compensation  Committee’s  charter  empowers  it  to  set  all
compensation, including, but not limited to, salary, bonus, incentive compensation, equity awards, benefits
and perquisites, for our Chief Executive Officer and to review and make recommendations to the Board
with regard to the compensation of our  other  Named  Executive Officers.

Objectives of Compensation Policies

The  principal  objective  of  the  Company’s  executive  compensation  policies  is  to  align  the  executives’
incentives with the achievement of the Company’s strategic goals, which are in turn designed to enhance
stockholder value. In order to achieve that objective, the Company’s executive compensation policies are
designed to help the Company attract and retain key personnel who possess the necessary leadership and
management  skills,  motivate  key  employees  to  achieve  specified  goals  and  ensure  that  compensation
provided  to  key  employees  is  both  fair  and  reasonable  in  light  of  performance  and  competitive  with  the
compensation paid to executives of similarly situated companies. The Company has attempted to design its
executive compensation policies to incent its executives to achieve the Company’s strategic goals while at
the same time discouraging them and other employees  from taking excessive risk as described below.

Risk Considerations in our Compensation  Policies

The  Compensation  Committee  has  reviewed  and  discussed  the  concept  of  risk  as  it  relates  to  the
Company’s  compensation  policies  and  it  does  not  believe  that  the  Company’s  compensation  policies
encourage excessive or inappropriate  risk  taking for the  following  reasons:

(cid:127) Our  compensation  structure  consists  of  both  salary  and  incentive-based  compensation.  The  salary
component of our compensation structure is designed to provide a steady income regardless of our
Company’s performance or stock price so that executives are not overly focused on our stock price
or potentially distracted from focusing on other important business metrics and strategic  goals.

19

(cid:127) Our  cash  incentive  bonuses  for  all  of  the  Named  Executive  Offices  are  not  guaranteed  and  are
based  equally  on  an  achievement  of  both  (i)  Company-wide  goals  and  (ii)  goals  for  the  Chief
Executive  Officer  that  are  set  by  the  Compensation  Committee  (the  ‘‘Individual  Performance
Goals’’).  The  Company-wide  performance  component  consists  of  achieving  a  pre-established
Adjusted  EBITDA  performance  target.  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  defined  as  operating  income  plus
depreciation  and  amortization,  non-cash  compensation,  asset  impairment  charge,  accretion  of
contract  rights,  acquisition  costs  and  purchase  accounting  adjustments.  In  2014,  the  Individual
Performance  Goals  established  by  the  Compensation  Committee  for  the  Chief  Executive  Officer
consisted  of  goals  related  to  corporate  strategy  (including  maintaining  and  expanding  the
Company’s gaming footprint through strategic gaming-related acquisitions, alliances or technology
development  while  seeking  growth  opportunities  outside  gaming  that  will  bring  value  to  gaming
customers),  leadership  (including  aligning  the  strategic  goals  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  Chief
Executive  Officer  and  senior  management  team),  and  customer  and  community  relationships
(including by improving customer retention and satisfaction through the establishment of a robust
technology  development  and  testing  discipline  and  implementation  of  a  new  delivery  and  service
model),  with  each  category  given  equal  weighting.  In  order  to  promote  alignment  of  goals  and
collective  responsibility  for  corporate  performance  among  our  senior  executive  team,  it  was
determined  that  each  Named  Executive  Officer  other  than  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  would  be
deemed to have satisfied or failed to have satisfied the Individual Performance Goals if and to the
extent  that  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  satisfied  or  failed  to  satisfy  the  Individual  Performance
Goals, as the case may be. We believe that this Company-wide performance component encourages
executives  to  focus  on  the  overall  profitability  and  financial  condition  of  the  Company.  We  also
believe  that  having  a  subjective  component  based  on  the  achievement  of  other  goals  properly
incentivizes  executives  to  focus  on  non-financial  goals  and  objectives  that  are  important  to  the
ability of the Company to achieve its long term  strategic goals.

(cid:127) The  amount  of  the  cash  incentive  bonus  payable  to  an  executive  based  on  the  Company-wide
financial performance goals and the subjective Individual Performance Goals components is capped
each  year  at  a  percentage  of  each  executive  officer’s  base  salary.  In  addition,  with  respect  to  the
Company-wide performance-component of the cash incentive bonuses, the Company must achieve
a certain minimum performance target before an executive is eligible to receive any cash incentive
bonus  relating to such Company-wide performance component.

(cid:127) Our stock-based compensation and incentive programs focus on the long term performance of the

Company.

(cid:127) Our time-based equity awards granted under the 2005 Stock Plan generally vest over a period
of  four  years  (with  25%  vesting  after  one  year  and  the  remainder  vesting  monthly  over  the
following three years).

(cid:127) Our time-based equity awards granted under the 2014 Equity Plan generally vest over a period

of four years (with 25% vesting in equal  annual installments  per  anniversary).

(cid:127) Our  market-based  stock  options  typically  vest  if  our  average  stock  price  in  any  period  of  30
consecutive trading days meets certain target prices during a four year period that commenced
on the date of grant for these options. If these target prices are not met during such four year
period, the unvested shares underlying the options will terminate, except if there is a change in
control  of  the  Company  as  defined  in  the  2005  Plan,  in  which  case,  the  unvested  shares
underlying  such  options  shall  become  fully  vested  on  the  effective  date  of  such  change  in
control.

(cid:127) Our cliff vesting time-based stock options granted under the 2005 Plan will vest based on the
requisite service periods with a portion to vest after five years and another portion to vest after
six years.

20

Design of Compensation Policies

The Company’s executive compensation policies are designed to reward executives in a manner that is
proportionate  to  the  achievement  of,  or  performance  above,  established  goals.  These  goals  may  be
expressed  in  terms  of  Company-wide  performance,  operating  segment  performance  or  individual
performance, and their achievement may be measured by either operating metrics or financial metrics. In
certain cases, the achievement of goals may be subjective in nature. Goals may be annual or longer term in
nature;  correspondingly,  elements  of  compensation  may  be  annual  (i.e.,  base  salaries  and  bonuses)  or
longer term in nature (i.e., stock-based  compensation and incentives).

Elements of, and Impact of Performance  on, Executive Compensation

The  Compensation  Committee  evaluates  both  performance  and  compensation  to  ensure  that
executive  compensation  is  serving  the  objectives  of  attracting,  retaining  and  motivating  key  executives,
including  our  Named  Executive  Officers.  To  that  end,  the  Compensation  Committee  believes  that
executive compensation packages provided by the Company to its key executives should include both cash
and stock-based compensation and incentives. Under the Company’s executive compensation policies, cash
compensation consists of annual base salaries and bonuses, and stock-based compensation and incentives
consist of stock options or awards of  restricted stock  or a combination  of  both.

Base Salaries. We want to provide our key executives with base salaries that provide an appropriate
level  of  assured  cash  compensation  that  is  sufficient  to  retain  their  services.  The  base  salary  of  each
executive officer is determined based upon his or her position, responsibility, qualifications and experience,
and reflects consideration of both external comparison to available market data and internal comparison to
other  executive  officers,  as  well  as  the  individual  performance  of  the  executive  in  the  prior  period.  Base
salary  amounts  are  initially  determined  through  the  recruitment  process  and  are  typically  reconsidered
annually as part of the Company’s performance  review process.

Cash Incentive Bonuses. Each Named Executive Officer’s potential incentive cash bonus for 2014 was
established as a target percentage of such Named Executive Officer’s base salary. Such target cash bonus
percentage was either negotiated and set forth in the Named Executive Officer’s employment agreement
or otherwise established by the Compensation Committee. The Chief Executive Officer had a target bonus
of 100% of his base salary with the potential to earn a bonus of up to 150% of his base salary. Each Named
Executive Officer other than the Chief Executive Officer had a target bonus of 50% of the executive’s base
salary, with the potential to earn a bonus  of up to 75% of  his  or her base  salary.

The  Company’s  cash  incentive  bonus  plan  consists  of  a  combination  of  Company-based  targets  and
goals  and  the  Individual  Performance  Goals.  For  2014,  the  Compensation  Committee  established  the
following performance targets and goals in connection with the payment of incentive cash bonuses to the
Company’s Named Executive Officers  for the  year ended December 31, 2014  (amounts in  thousands):

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Maximum %

Adjusted EBITDA target

(50% weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $71,000 to $72,600

$74,000 to $76,000

$77,500 or Greater

75%

Payout percentage of Adjusted

EBITDA target . . . . . . . . . . . .

25%

50%

75%

Individual Performance Goals

(50% weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

75%

The  Company’s  performance  targets  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014  relating  to  Adjusted
EBITDA were weighted 50% and the Individual Performance Goals were weighted 50% in calculating the
amount  of  annual  incentive  cash  bonuses  that  could  be  payable  to  the  Company’s  Named  Executive
Officers. A Named Executive Officer would not receive any bonus compensation if the Company failed to
meet  the  minimum  threshold  for  the  Adjusted  EBITDA  performance  target  and  the  Individual

21

Performance  Goals  were  not  satisfied.  The  actual  amount  payable  under  the  Adjusted  EBITDA
performance  target  increases  proportionately  assuming  the  minimum  threshold  amount  is  achieved.  The
maximum percentage amount for the objective and subjective performance targets for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2014 was equal to 150% of  the target  percentage amount.

For 2014, the Company established an Adjusted EBITDA target of $74.0 million to $76.0 million with
a minimum threshold of $71.0 million. The Company had Adjusted EBITDA of $76.0 million for the year
ended  December  31,  2014,  which,  under  the  formula  above,  would  have  resulted  in  a  50%  payout
percentage with respect to the Company’s Adjusted EBITDA objective performance target. In December
2014,  prior  to  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year  and  before  becoming  eligible  to  receive  a  cash  incentive  bonus
under the plan, each of Messrs. Chary, Taylor and Lucchese and Ms. Lim waived their eligibility for and
right to receive a cash incentive bonus for  2014.

Stock-Based  Compensation  and  Incentives. We  believe  that  the  award  of  stock-based  compensation
and  incentives  is  an  effective  way  of  aligning  our  executives’  interests  with  the  goal  of  enhancing
stockholder value. To that end, including the grants of stock options and awards of restricted stock made in
2014,  grants  of  stock  options  and  awards  of  restricted  stock  have  been  made  to  executives  and  other
employees under the Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the ‘‘2005 Plan’’). In 2014, our Board adopted,
and at the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders our stockholders approved, the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
(the  ‘‘2014  Plan’’)  and  authorized  and  reserved  a  total  of  10,275,000  shares  of  our  common  stock  for
issuance  thereunder.  In  addition,  in  connection  with  the  Company’s  acquisition  of  Multimedia  Games
Holding  Company,  Inc.  (‘‘Multimedia  Games’’)  in  December  2014,  we  assumed  an  additional  4,117,917
shares that were authorized for issuance under the Multimedia Games equity incentive plan as in effect at
the closing of the acquisition.

Due  to  the  direct  relationship  between  the  value  of  an  equity  award,  on  the  one  hand,  and  the
Company’s  stock  price,  on  the  other,  we  believe  that  equity  awards  motivate  executives  to  manage  the
Company’s business in a manner that is consistent with stockholder interests. Equity awards are intended
to focus the attention of the recipient on the Company’s long-term performance which we believe results in
improved stockholder value. Through the grant of stock options and restricted stock awards that vest over
time,  we  can  align  executives’  interests  with  the  long-term  interests  of  our  stockholders  who  seek
appreciation in the value of our common stock. To that end, the equity awards that we grant to executives
typically vest and become fully-exercisable over a four-year period, subject, in certain cases, to accelerated
vesting upon the occurrence of certain events such as termination of employment without cause or changes
in  control  of  the  Company.  The  grant  of  equity  awards  also  provides  significant  long-term  earnings
potential in a competitive market for executive  talent.

In the past, we have typically granted stock options to executives shortly following the commencement
of their employment, and restricted stock awards as part of our regular performance review process. Our
policy is to award stock options with an exercise price equal to, or to grant restricted stock at a value equal
to,  the  closing  price  of  our  stock  on  the  NYSE  on  the  date  of  grant.  The  principal  factors  considered  in
granting  stock  options  or  restricted  stock  awards  to  executives  are  prior  performance,  level  of
responsibility, the amounts of other compensation attainable by the executive and the executive’s ability to
influence the Company’s long-term growth and profitability. However, the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan did
not, and the 2014 Plan does not, provide any quantitative method for weighing these factors and a decision
to grant an award is primarily based upon a subjective evaluation of the executive’s past performance as
well  as  anticipated  future  performance.  The  compensation  associated  with  stock  options  and  restricted
stock awards granted to Named Executive Officers is included in the Summary Compensation Table and
other tables below.

Retirement Plans. We have established and maintain a retirement savings plan under Section 401(k)
of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986  (the  ‘‘Code’’)  to  cover  our  eligible  employees,  including  our
executive  officers.  The  Code  allows  eligible  employees  to  defer  a  portion  of  their  compensation,  within

22

prescribed  limits,  on  a  tax  deferred  basis  through  contributions  to  the  401(k)  plan.  Our  401(k)  plan  is
intended to constitute a qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code and its associated trust is intended
to be exempt from federal income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code. We make contributions to
the 401(k) plan for the benefit of certain  executive officers.

Severance  Benefits  and  Change  in  Control  Payments.

In  order  to  retain  the  ongoing  services  of  our
Named Executive Officers, we have provided the assurance and security of severance benefits and change
in  control  payments.  As  described  more  fully  below  under  the  caption  ‘‘Employment  Contracts,
Termination  of  Employment  and  Change  in  Control  Arrangements,’’  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  is
entitled, in the event of the termination of his employment by the Company without cause or by him for
good reason (as such terms are defined in his employment agreement), to a lump sum payment equal to
twenty four months’ salary plus two times the then target amount of his discretionary bonus, plus eighteen
months of continued group health insurance for him and his eligible dependents, and all unvested equity
awards subject to time-based and market-based vesting become fully vested. Our other Named Executive
Officers  are  entitled,  in  the  event  of  the  termination  of  the  executive’s  employment  by  the  Company
without cause or by the executive for good reason (as such terms are defined in the respective employment
agreements), to twelve months salary continuation plus one times the then target amount of the executive’s
discretionary bonus payable over twelve months, plus twelve months of continued group health insurance
for the executive and the executive’s eligible dependents, and all unvested equity awards with time-based
vesting become fully vested. In addition, the agreements for each of our Named Executive Officers provide
that all unvested equity awards vest upon a change in control of the Company (as such term is defined in
the Company’s 2014 Plan). We believe that these severance benefits and change in control payments reflect
the fact that it may be difficult for such executives to find comparable employment within a short period of
time  and  that  providing  such  benefits  should  eliminate,  or  at  least  reduce,  the  reluctance  of  senior
executives  to  pursue  potential  change  in  control  transactions  that  may  be  in  the  best  interests  of
stockholders.  We  believe  that  these  benefits  are  appropriate  in  size  relative  to  the  overall  value  of  the
Company.

Other  Compensation  Plans. The  Company  has  adopted  general  employee  benefit  plans  in  which
Named  Executive  Officers  are  permitted  to  participate  on  parity  with  other  employees.  The  Named
Executive Officers, together with other executives, are entitled to reimbursement of certain out-of-pocket
payments incurred for health care.

Results  of  Most  Recent  Stockholder  Advisory  Vote  on  Executive  Compensation.

In  response  to  our
stockholders’ non-binding approval of the compensation of the Company’s named executive officers at the
2014 annual meeting of stockholders, the Company has not materially deviated from its approach to, and
the structure of, its executive compensation  decisions  and  policies.

Conclusion

We believe that the compensation amounts paid to our named executive officers for their service in

2014 were reasonable and appropriate  and  in our best interests.

23

Compensation of Named Executive Officers

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth the total compensation earned for services rendered by each person who
served  as  our  principal  executive  officer  during  2014,  each  person  who  served  as  our  principal  financial
officer during 2014, two other persons whose total compensation for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2014 was in excess of $100,000 and who were serving as executive officers at the end of that fiscal year, and
one other person who would have been among our three most highly compensated executive officers but
for the fact that he was no longer serving  as  an executive officer at  the end  of  2014.

Name and principal position

Year Salary

Bonus

awards(1) awards(2)

compensation(3) compensation(4)

Total

Stock

Option

Non-equity
incentive  plan

All other

Ram V. Chary

.
. .
President, Chief Executive Officer

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

. 2014 632,692(5) —

1,424,000

9,438,033

Randy L. Taylor .

.
Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

. 2014 275,962(7) —

313,280

601,310

Juliet A. Lim .

.
.
Executive Vice President, General
Counsel and Corporate Secretary

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

. 2014 266,539(8) —

341,760

601,310

David Lucchese .

.
.
Executive Vice President, Gaming

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

. 2014 340,000
2013 340,000
2012 340,000

David Lopez* .

.
.
Former Chief Executive  Officer

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Mary E. Higgins* .

.
Former Chief Financial Officer

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

. 2014

50,000
2013 500,000
2012 269,231

. 2014 116,827
2013 375,000
2012 375,000

Robert Myhre* .

.
. .
Former Executive  Vice President,
Chief Information Officer

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

. 2014 330,000
2013 330,000
76,154
2012

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

356,000
127,499

601,310
127,497
— 322,480

—
337,498
430,300

—
337,489
758,760

—
187,502

—
187,493
— 322,480

— 601,310
148,495
420,140

148,500
147,600

—

—

—

—
170,000
182,750

—
375,000
156,762

—
236,250
230,937

—
173,250
46,660

159,944(6)

11,654,669

11,501

1,202,053

46,164(9)

19,187
26,390
17,519

24,627(10)
26,247
1,796

428,676(11)

15,069
10,533

704,857(12)
84,173
4,194

1,255,773
—

1,316,497
791,386
862,749

74,627
1,576,234
1,616,849

545,503
1,001,314
938,950

1,636,167
884,418
694,748

*

(1)

(2)

(3)

The employment  of Mr. Lopez, Ms.  Higgins  and Mr.  Myhre terminated in  January  2014, March 2014  and  December 2014,  respectively.

Represents the fair value of the Named Executive Officers’ restricted stock grants, as calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For a
discussion of the assumptions made in determining the valuation of the restricted stock awards, see our notes to the financial statements in the
Company’s Annual Report on Form  10-K  for the  years ended December  31, 2014, 2013  and 2012.

Represents  the  fair  value  of  the  Named  Executive  Officers’  stock  option  grants,  as  calculated  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  Topic  718.  For  a
discussion  of  the  assumptions  made  in  determining  the  valuation  of  the  stock  option  awards,  see  our  notes  to  the  financial  statements  in  the
Company’s Annual Report on Form  10-K  for the  years  ended  December 31,  2014,  2013  and 2012.

Represents the amount of cash bonus earned under the Company’s cash incentive bonus program for the applicable fiscal year. Amounts earned
for a particular fiscal year are typically paid out to the Named Executive Officers in the first quarter of the following calendar year. In December
2014, prior to the end of the fiscal year and before becoming eligible to receive a cash incentive bonus under the plan, each of Messrs. Chary,
Taylor and Lucchese and Ms.  Lim waived their  eligibility for  and  right to receive a  cash  incentive bonus  for 2014.

(4)

Represents the  amounts for  out-of-pocket health care expenses and  contributions made  by  the Company  under its 401(k) plan.

(5) Mr. Chary’s employment  began  in January 2014.

(6) Mr. Chary received reimbursement of $148,441 in connection  with relocating to the  Las Vegas metropolitan area.

(7) Mr. Taylor was promoted to the  position of Executive  Vice President  and Chief Financial  Officer in  March 2014.

(8) Ms. Lim’s employment  began in  March 2014.

(9) Ms. Lim received reimbursement  of $37,336  in  connection with  relocating to the Las  Vegas  metropolitan area.

(10) Mr. Lopez received  reimbursement for out-of-pocket health  care  expenses of $18,820.

(11) Ms. Higgins received cobra medical benefits of $23,801  and severance related  amounts of $402,404.

(12) Mr. Myhre received severance related amounts of  $693,000.

24

Grants of Plan Based Awards in 2014

The following table sets forth certain information concerning grants of awards made to each Named

Executive Officer during the fiscal year  ended December  31, 2014:

Name

Grant  Date Threshold(2) Target Maximum(3)

Estimated future payments under
non-equity incentive  plan awards(1)

All other stock
awards: number
of shares of
stock or units

All  other  option
awards: number
of  securities

Exercise or
base price  of
underlying  options option  awards

Grant date  fair
value of stock and
option  awards(4)

Ram V. Chary .

.

.

.

Randy L. Taylor . . .

Juliet A. Lim .

.

.

.

David Lucchese . . .

—
1/27/2014
1/27/2014
1/27/2014
1/27/2014
5/2/2014
5/2/2014
10/30/2014

—
5/2/2014
5/2/2014
5/2/2014
5/2/2014
10/30/2014

—
5/2/2014
5/2/2014
5/2/2014
5/2/2014
10/30/2014

—
5/2/2014
5/2/2014
5/2/2014
5/2/2014
10/30/2014

175,000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

37,500
—
—
—
—
—

41,250
—
—
—
—
—

42,500
—
—
—
—
—

700,000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

150,000
—
—
—
—
—

165,000
—
—
—
—
—

170,000
—
—
—
—
—

1,050,000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

225,000
—
—
—
—
—

247,500
—
—
—
—
—

255,000
—
—
—
—
—

David Lopez*† . . .

5/2/2014

93,750

375,000

562,500

Mary E. Higgins*† .

5/2/2014

56,250

225,000

337,500

Robert Myhre* . . .

—
5/2/2014
5/2/2014
5/2/2014
5/2/2014

41,250
—
—
—
—

165,000
—
—
—
—

247,500
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
200,000

—
—
—
—
—
44,000

—
—
—
—
—
48,000

—
—
—
—
—
50,000

—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—
1,000,000
333,333
333,333
333,334
250,000
250,000
—

—
40,000
40,000
40,000
100,000
—

—
100,000
40,000
40,000
40,000
—

—
40,000
40,000
40,000
100,000
—

—

—

—
100,000
40,000
40,000
40,000

—
8.92
8.92
8.92
8.92
6.59
6.59
7.12

—
6.59
6.59
6.59
6.59
7.12

—
6.59
6.59
6.59
6.59
7.12

—
6.59
6.59
6.59
6.59
7.12

—

—

—
6.59
6.59
6.59
6.59

—
3,711,800
1,389,999
1,356,665
1,306,669
761,975
910,925
1,424,000

—
115,200
107,600
100,000
278,510
313,280

—
278,510
115,200
107,600
100,000
341,760

—
115,200
107,600
100,000
278,510
356,000

—

—

—
278,510
115,200
107,600
100,000

*

†

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

The employment  of Mr. Lopez, Ms.  Higgins  and Mr.  Myhre terminated in  January  2014, March 2014  and  December 2014,  respectively.

No grants of awards  were issued  to  Mr.  Lopez  and  Ms. Higgins  in 2014.

Represents amounts potentially payable under the Company’s cash incentive bonus program. A more detailed discussion of how the threshold,
target  and  maximum  amounts  are  determined  and  calculated  is  found  in  the  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  section  of  the  Company’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K. Each Named Executive Officer waived his or her eligibility for and right to receive a cash incentive bonus for 2014.

Represents the amount  payable  to  the  Named Executive Officer under the  Company’s cash incentive  bonus program at  the threshold level.

Represents the maximum  amount  payable  to  the  Named Executive Officer under  the  Company’s  cash incentive bonus program.

Represents the total fair value of the Named Executive Officers’ restricted stock grants and stock option grants, as calculated in accordance with
FASB ASC Topic 718. For a discussion of the assumptions made in the valuation, please see the notes to the financial statements in our Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the  years ended  December  31,  2014, 2013 and 2012.

Employment Contracts, Termination of Employment and  Change in Control  Arrangements

The  Company  is  a  party  to  employment  agreements  with  Messrs.  Chary,  Taylor  and  Lucchese  and
Ms. Lim, each of which provide that, in the event of the termination of the executive’s employment by the
Company without cause or by the executive for good reason (as such terms are defined in the respective
employment agreements), the executive is entitled to twelve months salary continuation plus one times the
then  target  amount  of  the  executive’s  discretionary  bonus  payable  over  twelve  months  (or  in  the  case  of
Mr. Chary, a lump sum payment equal to two times his then current base salary plus two times the then

25

target  amount  of  his  discretionary  bonus),  plus  twelve  months  (or  in  the  case  of  Mr.  Chary,  eighteen
months) of continued group health insurance for the executive and the executive’s eligible dependents, and
all  unvested  equity  awards  with  time-based  vesting  become  fully  vested  (or  in  the  case  of  Mr.  Chary,  all
unvested  equity  awards  with  time-based  vesting  and  market-based  vesting  become  fully  vested).  In
addition,  the  agreements  provide  that  all  unvested  equity  awards  vest  upon  a  change  in  control  of  the
Company (as such term is defined in  the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan).

The following table sets forth the estimated payments and benefits to the Named Executive Officers
based  upon  (i)  a  hypothetical  termination  without  cause  or  for  good  reason  of  each  such  executive’s
employment  on  December  31,  2014  that  is  not  in  connection  with  a  change  in  control  of  us,  (ii)  a
hypothetical  change  in  control  of  us  on  December  31,  2014,  and  (iii)  a  hypothetical  termination  without
cause  or  for  good  reason  of  each  executive’s  employment  on  December  31,  2014  in  connection  with  a
change in control of us. Information is not included for Messrs. Lopez or Myhre or Ms. Higgins because
the severance benefits for those former officers were triggered upon the respective effective dates of their
termination of employment and are included  in the Summary  Compensation  Table above:

Termination without Cause or For Good
Reason

Change  in
Control

Termination without Cause
following Change in Control

Name

Cash

Payment(1) Benefits(2)

Ram V. Chary . . . . . . . . . $2,800,000
450,000
Randy L. Taylor . . . . . . . .
495,000
Juliet  A. Lim . . . . . . . . . .
510,000
David Lucchese . . . . . . . .

$19,135
11,000
12,460
26,411

Acceleration of Acceleration of

Stock and
Options(3)

$1,990,000
434,989
399,200
559,563

Stock and
Options(3)

$1,990,000
502,189
466,400
626,763

Cash

Payment(1) Benefits(2)

Acceleration of
Stock and
Options(3)

$2,800,000
450,000
495,000
510,000

$19,135
11,000
12,460
26,411

$1,990,000
502,189
466,400
626,763

(1) Assumes a termination date of December 31, 2014, and is based on the executive’s salary and target bonus in effect at such date.

(2) Estimated value of continued coverage under group health insurance plans through the end of the applicable severance period.

(3) The value attributable to the hypothetical acceleration of the vesting of any restricted stock awards held by a Named Executive
Officer is determined by multiplying the number of unvested shares of restricted stock accelerated by $7.15 (the closing price of
our Common Stock on December 31, 2014). The value attributable to the hypothetical acceleration of the vesting of any stock
option awards held by a Named Executive Officer is determined by multiplying (i) the difference between the exercise price of
the  applicable  stock  option  award  and  $7.15  (the  closing  price  of  our  Common  Stock  on  December  31,  2014)  and  (ii)  the
number  of  unvested  shares  underlying  the  applicable  stock  option  award.  The  equity  awards  held  by  the  Named  Executive
Officers that are subject to possible acceleration are described as unexercisable or not vested in the table entitled ‘‘Outstanding
Equity Awards at December 31, 2014’’ below.

26

Outstanding Equity Awards at December  31,  2014

The following table sets forth certain information concerning unexercised stock options and unvested
restricted  stock  awards  under  the  Company’s  equity  incentive  plans  for  each  Named  Executive  Officer
outstanding as of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014:

Option awards

Stock awards

Number of securities
underlying unexercised underlying unexercised Number of securities underlying

Equity incentive plan awards:

Number of  securities

Name

options exercisable

options unexercisable

unexercised unearned options

Ram  V.  Chary .

.

Randy  L. Taylor .

Juliet  A.  Lim .

.

David Lucchese .

David Lopez

.

.

Mary E. Higgins

Robert  Myhre .

.

—
—
—
—
—

7,500
7,500
2,965
—
—

—
—
—

100,000
56,250
68,750
16,799
—
—
—
—

—

—

100,000
44,722
100,000

1,000,000(1)

—
—
—
—

7,500(4)
9,375(4)
8,894(4)
100,000(1)
—

100,000(1)
—
—

—
6,250(4)
31,250(4)
21,599(4)
100,000(1)
—
—
—

—

—

—
—
—

—

1,000,000(2)
250,000(3)
250,000(3)
—

—
—
—
—
120,000(2)
—
—

—
120,000(2)
—

120,000(2)
—
—

Option
exercise
price

Option
expiration
date

Number of shares
or units of stock
that have not vested

Market value of
shares or units of stock
that have not vested

$8.92
8.92
6.59
6.59
—

4.57
5.58
7.09
6.59
6.59

6.59
6.59
—

8.68
3.41
5.58
7.09
6.59
6.59
—
—

—

—

7.38
7.09
6.59

1/27/24
1/27/24
5/2/24
5/2/24
—

12/7/21
3/2/22
3/6/23
5/2/24
5/2/24

5/2/24
5/2/24
—

4/30/20
3/1/21
3/2/22
3/6/23
5/2/24
5/2/24
—
—

—

—

1/31/16
1/31/16
1/31/16

—
—
—

$

—
—
—

200,000(1)

1,430,000

—
—
—
—
—
4,166(1)
44,000(1)

—
—
48,000(1)

—
—
—
—
—
—
10,116(1)
50,000(1)

—

—

—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
29,787
314,600

—
—
343,200

—
—
—
—
—
—
72,329
357,500

—

—

—
—
—

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

These equity awards vest over four years from the date of grant, with 25% of the shares subject to such awards vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the
remainder  vesting annually for the succeeding three  anniversary dates thereafter.

These equity awards vest if our average stock price in any period of 30 consecutive trading days meets certain target prices during a four year period that commenced on
the date of grant for these options. If these target prices are not met during such four year period, the unvested shares underlying the options will terminate, except if
there  is  a  change  in  control  of  the  Company  as  defined  in  the  2005  Plan,  in  which  case,  the  unvested  shares  underlying  such  options  shall  become  fully  vested  on  the
effective date  of  such  change in control.

Our cliff vesting time-based stock options granted under the 2005 Plan will vest based on the requisite service periods with a portion to vest after five years and another
portion to vest after six  years.

These equity awards vest over four years from the date of grant, with 25% of the shares subject to such awards vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the
remainder  vesting monthly for the  succeeding  36  months  thereafter.

27

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  concerning  the  exercise  of  stock  options,  and  the
vesting of restricted stock, for each Named Executive Officer during the fiscal year ended December 31,
2014:

Name

Number of
shares
acquired on
exercise

Value
realized on
exercise(1)

Number  of
shares
acquired on
vesting

Value
realized on
vesting(2)

Ram V. Chary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
David Lopez . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Randy L. Taylor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mary E. Higgins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
David Lucchese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Juliet A. Lim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Robert Myhre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

— $

79,166
3,952
337,030
—
—
—

— $

—
1,355
101,332
3,239
6,481
26,446
1,175,299
7,867
—
—
—
— 35,112

—
12,805
26,801
220,560
65,092
—
257,813

(1) The value realized equals (i) the closing price of our Common Stock on the date of exercise
minus  the  exercise  price  of  options  exercised,  multiplied  by  (ii)  the  number  of  shares  that
were exercised.

(2) The  value  realized  equals  (i)  the  closing  price  of  our  Common  Stock  on  the  vesting  date,

multiplied by (ii) the number of shares that vested.

Report of Compensation Committee

The  Compensation  Committee  has  reviewed  and  discussed  the  Compensation  Discussion  and
Analysis  with  management.  Based  upon  such  review  and  discussions,  the  Compensation  Committee
recommended  to  the  Board  that  the  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  be  included  in  this  Proxy
Statement.

Members of the Compensation Committee:
E. Miles Kilburn (Chair)
Fred C. Enlow
Michael Rumbolz

28

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND  MANAGEMENT

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  known  to  the  Company  with  respect  to  the
beneficial ownership as of February 28, 2015 (except as otherwise noted in the footnotes to the table) by
(i)  all  persons  who  are  beneficial  owners  of  five  percent  (5%)  or  more  of  our  Common  Stock,  (ii)  each
director and nominee, (iii) each of our current Named Executive Officers, and (iv) all current directors and
executive officers as a group.

There were 66,036,489 shares of our Common Stock issued and outstanding as of the close of business
on March 5, 2015. The amounts and percentages of our Common Stock beneficially owned are reported on
the  basis  of  regulations  of  the  SEC  governing  the  determination  of  beneficial  ownership  of  securities.
Under  the  SEC  rules,  a  person  is  deemed  to  be  a  ‘‘beneficial  owner’’  of  a  security  if  that  person  has  or
shares  ‘‘voting  power,’’  which  includes  the  power  to  vote  or  to  direct  the  voting  of  such  security,  or
‘‘investment power,’’ which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A
person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire
beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed a beneficial
owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest. Unless otherwise noted the address
of each beneficial owner in the table is  7250 South  Tenaya Way, Suite 100,  Las Vegas, Nevada  89113.

Name

Principal stockholders

Shares Beneficially Owned

Number

Percentage(1)

Mast  Capital Management, LLC(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BlackRock, Inc.(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,422,947
5,344,973

8.2%
8.1%

Directors and named executive officers(4)

E. Miles Kilburn(5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ram V. Chary(6) 
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Geoff Judge(7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fred Enlow(8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
David Lucchese(9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Michael Rumbolz(10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Robert Myhre(11)† . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Randy L. Taylor(12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ronald Congemi(13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Juliet A. Lim(14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mary E. Higgins(15)† . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
David Lopez† . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edward Peters(16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

620,069
527,499
418,954
378,379
352,006
303,379
284,838
103,978
79,666
78,000
22,413
—
—

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

Directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons) .

3,169,181

4.6%

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

†

The  employment  of  Mr.  Lopez,  Ms.  Higgins  and  Mr.  Myhre  terminated  in  January  2014,
March 2014 and December 2014, respectively.

(1) The percentage of beneficial ownership as to any person as of a particular date is calculated
by  dividing  the  number  of  shares  beneficially  owned  by  such  person,  which  includes  the
number  of  shares  as  to  which  such  person  has  the  right  to  acquire  voting  or  investment
power within 60 days after such date, by the sum of the number of shares outstanding as of
such date plus the number of shares as to which such person has the right to acquire voting
or  investment  power  within  60  days  after  such  date.  Consequently,  the  numerator  and

29

denominator  for  calculating  beneficial  ownership  percentages  may  be  different  for  each
beneficial owner.

(2) As  reported  on  Schedule  13G/A,  filed  on  February  13,  2015,  for  shares  held  by  MAST
Capital  Management,  LLC  on  its  own  behalf  and  on  behalf  of  its  principal,  Mr.  David  J.
Steinberg.  The  address  for  MAST  Capital  Management  LLC  is  200  Clarendon  Street,
51st Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

(3) As  reported  on  Schedule  13G/A,  filed  on  January  23,  2015,  for  shares  held  by
BlackRock, Inc. on its own behalf and on behalf of the following subsidiaries: (a) BlackRock
Advisors,  LLC,  (b)  BlackRock  Investment  Management  Canada  Limited,  (c)  BlackRock
Fund  Advisors,  (d)  BlackRock  Institutional  Trust  Company,  N.A.,  (e)  BlackRock
International  Limited,  (f)  BlackRock  Investment  Management  (Australia)  Limited,
(g)  BlackRock 
Investment
Management,  LLC,  and  (i)  BlackRock  Japan  Co.,  Ltd.  The  address  for  BlackRock,  Inc.  is
40 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10022.

Investment  Management 

(h)  Blackrock 

(UK)  Ltd., 

(4) Includes shares owned and shares issuable of common stock issuable upon exercise of vested

stock options and unrestricted and restricted  stock  awards.

(5) Consists  of  128,645  shares  owned  by  Mr.  Kilburn  and  471,424  shares  issuable  upon  the
exercise  of  stock  options  that  are  currently  exercisable  or  exercisable  within  sixty  (60)  days
for Mr. Kilburn.

(6) Consists  of  215,000  shares  owned  by  Mr.  Chary  and  291,666  shares  issuable  upon  the
exercise  of  stock  options  that  are  currently  exercisable  or  exercisable  within  sixty  (60)  days
for Mr. Chary.

(7) Consists of 49,676 shares owned by Mr. Judge and 355,949 shares issuable upon the exercise
of  stock  options  that  are  currently  exercisable  or  exercisable  within  sixty  (60)  days  for
Mr. Judge.

(8) Consists of 54,097 shares owned by Mr. Enlow and 310,949 shares issuable upon the exercise
of  stock  options  that  are  currently  exercisable  or  exercisable  within  sixty  (60)  days  for
Mr. Enlow.

(9) Consists  of  65,342  shares  owned  by  Mr.  Lucchese  and  259,581  shares  issuable  upon  the
exercise  of  stock  options  that  are  currently  exercisable  or  exercisable  within  sixty  (60)  days
for Mr. Lucchese.

(10) Consists  of  9,097  shares  owned  by  Mr.  Rumbolz  and  280,949  shares  issuable  upon  the
exercise  of  stock  options  that  are  currently  exercisable  or  exercisable  within  sixty  (60)  days
for Mr. Rumbolz.

(11) Consists of 34,385 shares owned by Mr. Myhre and 244,722 shares issuable upon the exercise
of  stock  options  that  are  currently  exercisable  or  exercisable  within  sixty  (60)  days  for
Mr. Myhre.

(12) Consists of 54,071 shares owned by Mr. Taylor and 24,282 shares issuable upon the exercise
of  stock  options  that  are  currently  exercisable  or  exercisable  within  sixty  (60)  days  for
Mr. Taylor.

(13) Consists  of  13,000  shares  owned  by  Mr.  Congemi  and  52,083  shares  issuable  upon  the
exercise  of  stock  options  that  are  currently  exercisable  or  exercisable  within  sixty  (60)  days
for Mr. Congemi.

(14) Consists exclusively of shares owned by  Ms. Lim.

(15) Consists exclusively of shares owned by  Ms. Higgins.

(16) The employment of Mr. Peters began  in December 2014.

30

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2014 with respect to shares of common

stock that may be issued under the Company’s  equity compensation plans

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS

Plan category

Equity compensation plans

Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of outstanding
options,  warrants and rights

Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding
options,
warrants  and  rights

Number of securities
remaining  active for
future issance under equity
compensation plans

approved by stockholders(1) . . .

12,531,000

Equity compensation plans not

approved by stockholders(2) . . .

1,095,119(3)

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13,626,119

$7.75

$6.43

8,870,000(4)

3,022,798(5)

11,892,798

(1) Represents  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  options  outstanding  under  the

Company’s 2005 Plan and 2014 Plan.

(2) In connection with its acquisition of Multimedia Games in December 2014, the Company has assumed
awards in accordance with applicable NYSE listing standards under the Multimedia Games Holding
Company,  Inc.  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan,  which  has  not  been  approved  by  the  Company’s
stockholders, but which was approved  by the  Multimedia Games  stockholders.

(3) Consists of shares of our Common Stock subject to outstanding options assumed in connection with

the acquisition of Multimedia Games.

(4) Consists of shares of our Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the 2014 Plan. No further

grants or awards may be made under the 2005 Plan.

(5) Represents shares of our Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan as a result of the
assumption  of  the  number  of  shares  remaining  available  for  grant  under  the  Multimedia  Games
Holding Company, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan at the effective time of the merger. The Company
elected  to  assume  the  available  shares  reserved  for  use  under  the  Multimedia  Games  Holding
Company, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan to grant awards following the merger to former Multimedia
Games employees and others who were not employees of the  Company prior to the  merger.

31

RATIFICATION OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED  PUBLIC ACCOUNTING  FIRM

PROPOSAL 3

Ratification of BDO USA LLP

The  Board  has  appointed  BDO  USA  LLP  (‘‘BDO’’)  to  serve  as  the  Company’s  independent
registered public accounting firm for the Company’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2015. Although the
Company  is  not  required  to  seek  stockholder  approval  of  its  selection  of  independent  registered  public
accounting firm, the Board believes it to be sound corporate governance to do so. If the appointment is not
ratified, the Board will investigate the reasons for stockholder rejection and will reconsider its selection of
its  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm.  However,  because  of  the  difficulty  in  making  any
substitution so long after the beginning of the current year, the appointment of BDO for fiscal 2015 will
stand, unless the Audit Committee finds other good reason for making a change. Even if the appointment
is ratified, the Audit Committee, in its discretion, may direct the appointment of a different independent
registered public accounting firm at any time during the fiscal year if the Audit Committee determines that
such  a  change  would  be  in  the  Company’s  and  its  stockholders’  best  interests.  Proxies  solicited  by  our
Board  of  Directors  will,  unless  otherwise  directed,  be  voted  to  ratify  the  appointment  of  BDO  as  our
independent registered public accounting  firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015.

Change in Accountant

During the first quarter of 2015, the Audit Committee conducted a competitive process to review the
appointment of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the 2015 fiscal year. On
March 18, 2015, as a result of this process and following careful deliberation, the Audit Committee notified
Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP  (‘‘Deloitte’’),  the  Company’s  then-current  independent  registered  public
accounting  firm,  that  it  had  determined  to  dismiss  Deloitte  as  the  Company’s  independent  registered
public accounting firm, effective as of that same date. On and effective as of March 18, 2015, the Company
selected  BDO as the Company’s independent registered  public accounting firm.

Deloitte’s  audit  reports  on  the  Company’s  financial  statements  for  the  past  two  fiscal  years  did  not
contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were they qualified or modified as to uncertainty,
audit  scope  or  accounting  principles.  During  the  Company’s  two  most  recent  fiscal  years  and  during  the
subsequent interim period through March 18, 2015, (i) there were no disagreements with Deloitte on any
matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure
which,  if  not  resolved  to  Deloitte’s  satisfaction,  would  have  caused  Deloitte  to  make  reference  to  the
subject matter in connection with their reports on the Company’s financial statements for such years; and
(ii) there were no reportable events, within the meaning set forth in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

In  addition,  during  the  Company’s  two  most  recent  fiscal  years  and  during  the  subsequent  interim
period through March 18, 2015, neither the Company, nor any party on the Company’s behalf, consulted
BDO  with  respect  to  (i)  the  application  of  accounting  principles  to  a  specified  transaction,  either
completed  or  proposed,  or  the  type  of  the  audit  opinion  that  might  be  rendered  on  the  Company’s
financial  statements,  and  no  written  report  or  oral  advice  was  provided  to  the  Company  that  BDO
concluded was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to any accounting,
auditing or financial reporting issue, or (ii) any matter that was subject to any disagreement, as defined in
Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions thereto, or a reportable event within the
meaning set forth in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

Attendance at Annual Meeting

A  representative  of  BDO  is  expected  to  be  present  at  the  Annual  Meeting.  The  representative  will
have an opportunity to make a statement if he or she desires to do so, although we do not expect him or
her to do so.  The representative is expected to be available to respond to appropriate questions.

32

THE BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS  VOTE FOR  THE
RATIFICATION OF THE APPOINTMENT  OF BDO USA LLP AS THE COMPANY’S
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM FOR THE YEAR ENDING
DECEMBER 31, 2015

Audit and Non-Audit Fees

The  following  table  presents,  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  fees  invoiced  for
professional  audit  services  rendered  by  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP,  our  prior  independent  registered  public
accounting  firm,  for  the  audit  of  the  Company’s  annual  financial  statements  and  fees  invoiced  for  other
services rendered by Deloitte & Touche LLP (amounts in thousands):

Year Ended
December 31,

2014

2013

Audit fees(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax  fees(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,462
291

$1,001
248

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,753

$1,249

(1) Audit fees include fees for the following professional services:

(cid:127) audit of the Company’s annual financial statements for fiscal years 2014  and 2013;

(cid:127) attestation  services,  technical  consultations  and  advisory  services  in  connection  with

Section  404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

(cid:127) reviews  of  the  financial  statements  included  in  the  Company’s  Quarterly  Reports  on

Form 10-Q;

(cid:127) statutory  and  regulatory  audits,  consents  and  other  services  related  to  SEC  matters;  and

(cid:127) professional services provided in connection  with other statutory  and regulatory filings.

(2) Tax  fees  include  fees  for  tax  planning  (domestic  and  international),  tax  advisory  and  tax

compliance.

In  making  its  recommendation  to  ratify  the  appointment  of  BDO  USA  LLP  as  the  Company’s
independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  December  31,  2015,  the  Audit
Committee has considered whether services other than audit and audit-related services provided by BDO
USA LLP are compatible with maintaining the independence  of BDO  USA  LLP.

Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit  and  Permissible Non-Audit  Services of Independent Registered Public

Accounting Firm

The  Audit  Committee  pre-approves  all  audit  and  permissible  non-audit  services  provided  by  its
independent  registered  public  accounting  firm.  These  services  may  include  audit  services,  audit-related
services, tax services and other services. The Audit Committee has adopted a policy for the pre-approval of
services provided by its independent registered public accounting firm. Under the policy, pre-approval is
generally  provided  for  up  to  one  year  and  any  pre-approval  is  detailed  as  to  the  particular  service  or
category  of  services  and  is  subject  to  a  specific  budget.  In  addition,  the  Audit  Committee  may  also
pre-approve  particular  services  on  a  case-by-case  basis.  For  each  proposed  service,  the  independent
registered  public  accounting  firm  is  required  to  provide  detailed  back-up  documentation  at  the  time  of
approval. None of the hours expended on the engagement to audit the Company’s financial statements for
2014  were  attributed  to  work  performed  by  persons  other  than  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP’s  full-time,
permanent employees.

33

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

The information contained in the following report shall not be deemed to be ‘‘soliciting material’’ or to be
‘‘filed’’ with the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference
into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it  by reference in such  filing.

The Audit Committee of the Board consists of Messrs. Kilburn, Enlow, Judge, Rumbolz and Congemi.
Mr. Kilburn serves as Chairman of the Committee. The Board has determined that each member of the
Audit  Committee  meets  the  experience  requirements  of  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  NYSE  and  the
SEC,  as  currently  applicable  to  the  Company.  The  Board  has  also  determined  that  each  member  of  the
Audit Committee meets the independence requirements of the rules and regulations of the NYSE and the
SEC, as currently applicable to the Company.

The Audit Committee operates under a written charter approved by the Board. A copy of the charter

is available on our website at www.gcainc.com.

The  primary  function  of  the  Audit  Committee  is  to  assist  the  Board  in  fulfilling  its  oversight
responsibilities by reviewing financial reports and other financial information provided by the Company to
any  governmental  body  or  the  public,  the  Company’s  systems  of  internal  controls  regarding  finance,
accounting,  legal  compliance  and  ethics  that  management  and  the  Board  have  established,  and  the
Company’s  auditing,  accounting  and  financial  reporting  processes  generally.  The  Audit  Committee
annually recommends to the Board the appointment of an independent registered public accounting firm
to  audit  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  of  the
Company and meets with such personnel of the Company to review the scope and the results of the annual
audits, the amount of audit fees, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting, the Company’s
consolidated  financial  statements  in  the  Company’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and  other  related
matters.

The  Audit  Committee  has  reviewed  and  discussed  with  management  the  consolidated  financial
statements for fiscal year 2014 audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Company’s independent registered
public  accounting  firm  for  its  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  2014,  and  management’s  assessment  of
internal controls over financial reporting. The Audit Committee has discussed with Deloitte & Touche LLP
various  matters  related  to  the  financial  statements,  including  those  matters  required  to  be  discussed  by
Auditing  Standards  No.  61,  as  amended  (AICPA,  Professional  Standards,  Vol.  1  AU  Section  380)  as
adopted by the Public Accounting Oversight Board in Rule 3200T. The Audit Committee has also received
the  written  disclosures  and  the  letter  from  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP  required  by  the  Public  Company
Accounting  Oversight  Board  regarding  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP’s  communications  with  the  Audit
Committee  concerning  independence  and  has  discussed  with  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP  its  independence.
Based  upon  such  review  and  discussions,  the  Audit  Committee  recommended  to  the  Board  that  the
audited consolidated financial statements be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 2014 for  filing with the SEC.

The Audit Committee and the Board also has recommended, subject to stockholder ratification, the
selection  of  BDO  USA  LLP  as  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  for  the  year  ending
December 31, 2015.

Members of the Audit Committee:

E. Miles Kilburn (Chair)
Fred C. Enlow
Geoff Judge
Michael Rumbolz
Ronald  Congemi

34

SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

Section  16(a)  of  the  Exchange  Act  requires  the  Company’s  directors,  executive  officers  and  any
persons who directly or indirectly hold more than 10 percent of our Common Stock (‘‘Reporting Persons’’)
to  file  reports  of  ownership  and  changes  in  ownership  with  the  SEC.  Reporting  Persons  are  required  by
SEC regulations to furnish the Company with copies of all  Section 16(a) forms they file.

Based  solely  on  its  review  of  the  copies  of  such  forms  received  and  written  representations  from
certain Reporting Persons that no such forms were required, the Company believes that during fiscal 2014,
all Reporting Persons complied with the applicable filing requirements on  a timely basis.

OTHER MATTERS

As of the date of this Proxy Statement, the Company knows of no other matters that will be presented
for consideration at the Annual Meeting. If any other matters properly come before the Annual Meeting,
it  is  intended  that  proxies  in  the  enclosed  form  will  be  voted  in  respect  thereof  in  accordance  with  the
judgments of the person voting the proxies.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K AND ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS

UPON  WRITTEN  REQUEST  TO  THE  CORPORATE  SECRETARY,  GLOBAL  CASH  ACCESS
HOLDINGS,  INC.,  7250  SOUTH  TENAYA  WAY,  SUITE  100,  LAS  VEGAS,  NEVADA,  89113,  THE
COMPANY WILL PROVIDE WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH PERSON SOLICITED A COPY OF THE
FISCAL  2014  REPORT,  INCLUDING  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  FINANCIAL  STATEMENT
SCHEDULES FILED THEREWITH.

By Order of the Board of Directors,

11APR201519182977

Ram V. Chary
President and Chief Executive Officer

Las Vegas, Nevada
April 30, 2015

35

(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

(cid:1) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13  OR  15(d) OF  THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF  1934

For the  fiscal year ended December 31, 2014
OR

(cid:2) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13  OR  15(d) OF  THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT  OF  1934

For the  transition period from 

 to

Commission File Number 001-32622

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS  HOLDINGS,  INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

20-0723270
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

7250 S. Tenaya Way, Suite 100, Las Vegas, Nevada 89113
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(800) 833-7110
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered  pursuant  to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Name of  each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per  share

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to  Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:2) No (cid:1)
Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  not  required  to  file  reports  pursuant  to  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Act.  Yes  (cid:2) No  (cid:1)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange  Act  of  1934  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  file  such
reports), and (2) has been  subject to  such  filing  requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:1) No (cid:2)
Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  Web  site,  if  any,  every
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes (cid:1) No (cid:2)
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not
contained  herein,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements
incorporated by reference in  Part III of  this  Form  10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:1)
Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  or  a  non-accelerated  filer.  See
definition  of  ‘‘accelerated  filer,’’  ‘‘large  accelerated  filer’’  and  ‘‘smaller  reporting  company’’  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the  Exchange  Act.
(Check  one):
Large  accelerated  filer (cid:2)

Smaller reporting company  (cid:2)

Accelerated  filer (cid:1)

Non-accelerated filer  (cid:2)
(Do  not check if  a
smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes (cid:2) No (cid:1)
As  of  June  30,  2014,  the  aggregate  market  value  of  the  registrant’s  common  stock  held  by  non-affiliates  was  approximately
$589.4 million.

There were 65,607,569 shares of the registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding as of the close of business on March 5, 2015.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Certain portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (which is expected to be
filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  within  120  days  after  the  end  of  the  registrant’s  2014  fiscal  year)  are
incorporated  by  reference  into  Part  III  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Except  as  expressly  incorporated  by  reference,  the
registrant’s Proxy Statement  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1.

Business.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 2.

Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common  Equity,  Related Stockholder Matters  and Issuer

Purchases of Equity Securities.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial Condition  and Results of

Operations.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3

18

39

39

39

40

41

44

45

64

65

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements  with Accountants.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

112

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

112

Item 9B. Other Information.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

116

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers  and Corporate Governance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

116

Item 11.

Executive Compensation.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

116

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain  Beneficial  Owners and  Management and Related

Stockholder Matters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

116

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and  Director Independence.

. . . . . .

116

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees  and  Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

116

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

117

SIGNATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

123

EXHIBIT INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

i

(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. (‘‘Holdings’’) is a holding company, the principal assets of which are the
issued and outstanding capital stock of each of Global Cash Access, Inc. (‘‘GCA’’) and Multimedia Games
Holding  Company,  Inc.  (‘‘Multimedia  Games’’).  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  the  terms  the  ‘‘Company,’’
‘‘we,’’ ‘‘us’’ and ‘‘our’’ refer to Holdings  together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

Our disclosure and analysis in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including all documents incorporated by
reference,  and  in  our  2014  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders  contain  ‘‘forward-looking’’  statements  within
the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the ‘‘Securities Act’’), Section 21E
of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  ‘‘Exchange  Act’’),  and  the  Private  Securities
Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.  From  time  to  time,  we  also  provide  forward-looking  statements  in  other
materials  we  release  to  the  public,  as  well  as  oral  forward-looking  statements.  We  have  tried,  wherever
possible,  to  identify  such  statements  by  using  words  such  as  ‘‘anticipate,’’  ‘‘believe,’’  ‘‘expect,’’  ‘‘intend,’’
‘‘estimate,’’  ‘‘project,’’  ‘‘may,’’  ‘‘should,’’  ‘‘will,’’  ‘‘likely,’’  ‘‘will  likely  result,’’  ‘‘will  continue,’’  ‘‘future,’’
‘‘plan,’’  ‘‘target,’’  ‘‘forecast,’’  ‘‘goal,’’  ‘‘observe,’’  ‘‘seek,’’  ‘‘strategy’’  and  other  words  and  terms  of  similar
meaning.  The  forward-looking  statements  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  reflect  the  Company’s
current views with respect to future events and financial  performance.

Forward-looking  statements  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  statements  regarding  the  following  matters:
trends in gaming establishment and patron usage of our products; benefits realized by using our products
and  services;  product  development  and  regulatory  approval;  gaming  regulatory,  card  association  and
statutory compliance; the implementation of new or amended card association and payment network rules;
consumer collection activities; future competition; future tax liabilities; international expansion; resolution
of  litigation;  dividend  policy;  new  customer  contracts  and  contract  renewals;  future  results  of  operations
(including revenue, expenses, margins, earnings, cash flow and capital expenditures); future interest rates
and interest expense; future borrowings;  and  future equity incentive activity and  compensation  expense.

Forward-looking statements are neither historical facts nor assurances of future performance. Instead, they
are based only on our current beliefs, expectations and assumptions regarding the future of our business,
future  plans  and  strategies,  projections,  anticipated  events  and  trends,  the  economy  and  other  future
conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to certain risks and
uncertainties,  including,  without  limitation,  our  ability  to  replace  revenue  associated  with  terminated
contracts; margin degradation from contract renewals; our ability to introduce new products and services;
our ability to execute on mergers, acquisitions and/or strategic alliances including our ability to integrate
Multimedia Games; gaming establishment and patron preferences; our ability to successfully complete the
conversion  of  our  third-party  processor;  our  ability  to  comply  with  the  Europay,  MasterCard  and  Visa
global  standard  for  cards  equipped  with  computer  chips  (‘‘EMV’’);  national  and  international  economic
conditions;  changes  in  gaming  regulatory,  card  association  and  statutory  requirements;  regulatory  and
licensing difficulties; competitive pressures; operational limitations; gaming market contraction; changes to
tax laws; uncertainty of litigation outcomes; interest rate fluctuations; inaccuracies in underlying operating
assumptions; unanticipated expenses or capital needs; technological obsolescence; employee turnover; and
those  other  risks  and  uncertainties  discussed  herein,  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially
from  historical  results  or  those  anticipated.  In  light  of  these  risks  and  uncertainties,  there  can  be  no
assurance that the forward-looking information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K will in fact
transpire  or  prove  to  be  accurate.  Readers  are  cautioned  to  consider  the  specific  risk  factors  described
herein  and  in  ‘‘Item  1A.  Risk  Factors’’  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  and  not  to  place  undue
reliance on the forward-looking statements contained herein, which speak only as of the date hereof.

The  Company  undertakes  no  obligation  to  update  or  publicly  revise  any  forward-looking  statement
whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. All subsequent written or oral
forward-looking  statements  attributable  to  the  Company  or  persons  acting  on  its  behalf  are  expressly

1

qualified in their entirety by this paragraph. You are advised, however, to consult any further disclosures
we make on related subjects in our reports and other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the  ‘‘SEC’’).  Also  note  that  we  provide  a  cautionary  discussion  of  risks,  uncertainties  and  possibly
inaccurate assumptions relevant to our business under ‘‘Item 1A. Risk Factors’’ of this Annual Report on
Form  10-K.  We  note  these  factors  for  investors  as  permitted  by  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform
Act of 1995. You should understand  it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors.

2

Item 1. Business.

Overview

PART I

GCA is dedicated to providing integrated gaming payments solutions, video and mechanical reel gaming
content and technology solutions, as well as compliance and efficiency software. The Company’s Payments
business  provides:  (a)  access  to  cash  at  gaming  facilities  via  Automated  Teller  Machine  (‘‘ATM’’)  cash
withdrawals, credit card cash access transactions, point-of-sale (‘‘POS’’) debit card transactions, and check
verification and warranty services; (b) fully integrated gaming industry kiosks that provide cash access and
related  services;  (c)  products  and  services  that  improve  credit  decision  making,  automate  cashier
operations and enhance patron marketing activities for gaming establishments; (d) compliance, audit and
data solutions; and, (e) online payment processing solutions for gaming operators in States that offer intra-
state, Internet-based gaming and lottery activities. The Company’s Games business, under the Multimedia
Games  brand,  provides:  (a)  comprehensive  content,  electronic  gaming  units  and  systems  for  Native
American  and  commercial  casinos,  including  the  award-winning  TournEvent(cid:3)  slot  tournament  solution;
and, (b) the central determinant system for the video lottery terminals (‘‘VLTs’’) installed at racetracks in
the State of New York.

Holdings was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on February 4, 2004 and was converted to a
Delaware corporation on May 14, 2004. Our principal executive offices are located at 7250 South Tenaya
Way, Suite 100, Las Vegas, Nevada 89113. Our telephone number is (800) 833-7110. Our website address is
www.gcainc.com. The information on our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or our
other filings with the SEC.

Recent  Developments

On December 19, 2014, Holdings completed its acquisition of Multimedia Games. Pursuant to the terms of
the  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger,  dated  as  of  September  8,  2014  (the  ‘‘Merger  Agreement’’),  by  and
among  Holdings,  Movie  Merger  Sub,  Inc.,  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Holdings  (‘‘Merger  Sub’’),  and
Multimedia  Games,  Merger  Sub  merged  with  and  into  Multimedia  Games,  with  Multimedia  Games
continuing  as  the  surviving  corporation  (the  ‘‘Merger’’).  In  the  Merger,  Multimedia  Games  became  a
wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings. Also, as a result of the Merger, each outstanding share of common
stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Multimedia Games, other  than shares held by Holdings,  Multimedia
Games, Merger Sub or their respective subsidiaries, was cancelled and converted into the right to receive
$36.50  in  cash,  without  interest  (‘‘Merger  Consideration’’).  In  addition,  as  of  the  effective  time  of  the
Merger:

(cid:127) each outstanding option to purchase Multimedia Games common stock granted prior to September 8,
2014,  whether  vested  or  unvested,  was  canceled  in  exchange  for  the  right  to  receive  a  cash  payment
equal to the number of shares of Multimedia Games common stock subject to such option multiplied by
the excess of the Merger Consideration  over  the exercise price of such option;

(cid:127) each  outstanding  equity-based  award  of  Multimedia  Games  that  was  subject  to  performance-based
conditions, whether vested or unvested, was canceled in exchange for the right to receive a cash payment
equal to the number of shares of Multimedia Games common stock subject to such performance share
award  (assuming  achievement  of  the  applicable  performance-based  conditions  at  the  maximum  level)
multiplied by the Merger Consideration;

(cid:127) each  outstanding  Multimedia  Games  restricted  stock  unit  award  (‘‘RSU’’)  granted  on  or  prior  to
September  8,  2014,  whether  vested  or  unvested,  was  canceled  in  exchange  for  the  right  to  receive  the
Merger Consideration multiplied by the number of Multimedia Games shares subject to such RSU; and

3

(cid:127) each option to purchase shares of Multimedia Games common stock granted after September 8, 2014,
was converted into a new award covering shares of Holdings common stock using a customary exchange
ratio of the Merger Consideration to  Holdings’ stock  price  on  the closing date of  the Merger.

The cash amounts described above (collectively, the ‘‘Total Merger Consideration’’) totaled approximately
$1.1  billion.  To  fund  the  Merger,  we  entered  into  a  credit  facility  consisting  of  a  $500.0  million,  six-year
senior secured term loan facility (the ‘‘Term Loan’’) and a $50.0 million, five-year senior secured revolving
credit  facility  (‘‘Revolving  Credit  Facility’’,  and  together  with  the  Term  Loan,  the  ‘‘Credit  Facility’’)  and
issued $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 (the ‘‘Secured
Notes’’), and $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10.00% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2022 (the
‘‘Unsecured  Notes’’  and,  together  with  the  Secured  Notes,  the  ‘‘Notes’’).  The  Revolving  Credit  Facility
remained undrawn at the closing of the Merger.

Multimedia Games designs, manufactures and supplies gaming machines and systems to commercial and
Native  American  casino  operators  as  well  as  select  lottery  operators  and  commercial  bingo  facility
operators.  Multimedia  Games’  revenue  is  generated  from  the  operation  of  gaming  machines  in  revenue
sharing or lease arrangements and from the sale of gaming machines and systems that feature proprietary
game themes.

Multimedia Games operates in the Class II and Class III slot markets. The Class II market, which consists
of bingo, both in traditional and electronic form, is regulated by tribal governments with the oversight of
the National Indian Gaming Commission (‘‘NIGC’’). Class II games are not subject to gaming taxes. The
Class  III  market  consists  of  casino  style  games,  including  traditional  slot  machines  located  in  both
commercial  and  tribal  casinos.  Class  III  gaming  on  Native  American  tribal  lands  is  subject  to  the
negotiation of a compact between the tribe and the state in which the tribe plans to operate, or operates a
gaming  facility.  These  tribal  state  compacts  typically  include  provisions  entitling  the  state  to  receive  a
portion of the tribe’s gaming revenue.

Throughout Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, except as otherwise specified, we have described
our  business as currently operated, giving  effect to the  Merger.

Our Business Segments

We  organize  and  manage  our  operations  across  the  following  business  segments:  (a)  Cash  Advance,
(b) ATM, (c) Check Services, (d) Games, and (e) Other. A summary of our segment financial information
is contained in ‘‘Note 20. Segment Information’’ of our notes to consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Prior  to  the  Merger,  Multimedia  Games  operated  in  a
single segment.

Cash Advance Segment

Patrons  can  perform  credit  card  cash  access  transactions  and  POS  debit  card  transactions  using  many  of
our enabled devices. A patron’s credit card cash access limit is usually a sub-limit of the total credit line
and  is  set  by  the  card-issuing  bank.  These  limits  vary  significantly  and  can  be  larger  or  smaller  than  the
POS debit limit. A credit card cash access transaction obligates the patron to repay the issuing bank over
time on terms that are preset by the cardholder agreement. A patron’s POS debit card allows the patron to
make cash withdrawals at the point of sale in an amount equal to the lesser of the amount of funds in the
account or a daily limit that is generally  five  to  ten times  as large as  the patron’s daily ATM limit.

When a patron requests a credit card cash access or POS debit card transaction, our processor routes the
transaction request through one of the card associations or EFT networks to the issuing bank. Depending
upon  several  factors,  such  as  the  available  credit  or  bank  account  balance,  the  transaction  is  either
authorized  or  declined  by  the  issuing  bank.  If  authorized,  the  patron’s  bank  account  is  debited  or  the
patron’s credit card balance is increased, in both cases, by an amount equal to the funds requested plus our

4

service fee. The service fee is a fixed dollar amount, a percentage of the transaction size or a combination
of a fixed dollar amount and percentage of the transaction size. If the transaction is authorized, the device
informs the patron that the transaction has been approved. The device then further instructs the patron to
proceed to the gaming establishment’s cashier, or Company-operated booth, to complete the transaction
because  credit  card  cash  access  and  POS  debit  card  transactions  must,  in  most  circumstances,  be
completed in face-to-face environments and a unique signature must be received in order to comply with
rules of the card associations. Once at the cashier booth, the patron acknowledges acceptance of the fee.
We  reimburse  the  gaming  establishment  for  the  amount  of  cash  that  it  provided  to  the  patron  by  either
issuing a negotiable instrument to the gaming establishment or paying the gaming establishment via wire
transfer  or  other  similar  form  of  electronic  payment.  In  addition,  we  generally  pay  the  gaming
establishment a portion of the service fee as a commission for the right to operate on its premises, although
this payment as a percentage of the fee is generally smaller for credit card cash access and POS debit card
transactions than for ATM withdrawals. In addition, we are obligated to pay interchange fees to the issuing
bank and processing costs related to  the electronic payment  transaction to card associations.

ATM Segment

ATM cash withdrawal transactions represent the largest category of electronic payment transactions that
we process, as measured by dollar and transaction volume. In an ATM cash withdrawal, a patron directly
accesses  funds  from  a  device  enabled  with  our  ATM  service  by  either  using  an  ATM  or  debit  card  to
withdraw funds from the patron’s demand deposit account or using a credit card to access the patron’s line
of credit. In either event, the patron must use the Personal Identification Number (‘‘PIN’’) associated with
such card. Our processor then routes the transaction request through an electronic funds transfer (‘‘EFT’’)
network  to  the  patron’s  bank  or  issuer.  Depending  upon  a  number  of  factors,  including  the  patron’s
account  balance  or  credit  limit  and  daily  withdrawal  limit,  the  bank  or  issuer  will  either  authorize  or
decline the transaction. If the transaction is authorized, then the ATM-enabled device dispenses the cash
to the patron. For a transaction using an ATM or debit card, the patron’s bank account is debited by the
amount of cash disbursed plus a service fee that we assess the patron for the use of the ATM service. For a
transaction using a credit card with a PIN, the patron’s credit card account is charged by the amount of the
cash disbursed plus a service fee that we assess the patron for the use of the ATM service. In both cases,
the  service  fee  is  currently  a  fixed  dollar  amount  and  not  a  percentage  of  the  transaction  size.  We  also
receive  a  fee,  which  we  refer  to  as  a  reverse  interchange  fee,  from  the  patron’s  card-issuing  bank  for
accommodating the bank’s customer. In most circumstances, we pay a percentage of the service fee that we
receive from the patron and, in some circumstances, a portion of the reverse interchange fees we receive,
as a commission to our gaming establishment customers for the right  to  operate  on their premises.

Check Services Segment

Patrons  may  be  able  to  cash  checks  at  gaming  establishments.  When  a  patron  presents  a  check  to  the
cashier,  the  gaming  establishment  can  accept  or  deny  the  transaction  based  on  its  own  customer
information and at its own risk, obtain third-party verification information about the check writer, the bank
account  number  and  other  information  relating  to  the  check  to  manage  its  risk,  or  obtain  a  warranty  on
payment of the check, which entitles the gaming establishment to reimbursement of the full face amount of
the check if it is dishonored.

If a gaming establishment chooses to have a check warranted, it sends a request to a check warranty service
provider, asking whether it would be willing to accept the risk of cashing the check. If the check warranty
provider accepts the risk and warrants the check, the gaming establishment negotiates the patron’s check
by providing cash for the face amount of the check. If the check is dishonored by the patron’s bank upon
presentment,  the  gaming  establishment  invokes  the  warranty,  and  the  check  warranty  service  provider
purchases the check from the gaming establishment for the full check amount and then pursues collection
activities on its own.

5

For  those  gaming  establishments  that  seek  to  manage  their  own  risk,  we  provide  a  subscription  check
verification  service  via  a  database  operated  by  our  subsidiary,  Central  Credit,  which  is  used  by  gaming
establishments to make credit issuing decisions. Central Credit maintains information on the check cashing
and credit history of many gaming establishment patrons. For those gaming establishments that prefer to
obtain  a  warranty,  we  currently  provide  check  warranty  services  through  a  third-party  check  warranty
service  provider.  We  pay  this  third-party  provider  to  assist  with  the  warranty  decision,  check  processing,
billing and collection activities. On our behalf, this third-party provider charges our gaming establishment
customers a fee for the check warranty services, which is typically a percentage of the face amount of the
check  being  warranted.  In  such  circumstances,  we  receive  all  of  the  check  warranty  revenue.  We  are
exposed to risk for the losses associated with any warranted items that cannot be collected from patrons
issuing the items. Warranty expenses are defined as any amounts paid by the third-party provider to gaming
establishments to purchase dishonored checks that will not be collectible from patrons and any expenses
related to the collection on these amounts. We also pay certain fees and operating expenses to our third-
party provider related to the provision of these  services.

Games Segment

Although we view the financial information from Multimedia Games to be a single operating segment, we
continue to evaluate these operations.

Gaming Operations

The  gaming  operations  business  line  includes  participation  or  lease  revenue  generated  from  Multimedia
Games’  commercial  products,  Class  III  products,  Native  American  Class  II  products,  and  other  bingo
products,  lottery  systems,  and  back  office  systems.  Under  these  arrangements,  Multimedia  Games
generally  retains  ownership  of  the  leased  gaming  equipment  installed  at  customer  facilities  and  receives
recurring revenue based on a percentage of the net win per day generated by the leased gaming equipment
or a fixed daily fee based on the number of player terminals installed at the  facility.

Multimedia  Games’  significant  gaming  operations  growth  in  recent  years  has  been  driven  by  licensing  in
new jurisdictions, increased investment in research and development, and introduction of premium game
products  (which  typically  include  high  definition  (‘‘HD’’)  dual-screens,  liquid  crystal  display  (‘‘LCD’’)
panels and red green blue (‘‘RGB’’) top box lighting). From its historical focus on placement of standard
games into the Oklahoma and Washington tribal markets, Multimedia Games has diversified its installed
base  in  recent  years  with  entry  into  new  commercial  and  tribal  markets  as  well  as  development  and
placement  of  premium  products.  Multimedia  Games  has  grown  premium  game  installations  with
approximately 1,540 units installed (representing more than 11% of our installed base) since entering the
category two years ago. Development of high-earning premium games has supported Multimedia Games’
ability to enter new markets, expand its footprint and provide broad and fresh content across its installed
base. Multimedia Games launched three new premium cabinets in 2014, which we believe will continue to
support growth in win per unit and the  installed base of recurring revenue generating machines.

Multimedia Games provides the New York Lottery with an accounting and central determinant system for
the  VLTs  in  operation  at  licensed  State  of  New  York  racetracks.  As  of  December  31,  2014,  this  central
determinant  system  connected  to  approximately  18,000  VLTs  and  electronic  table  games  (‘‘ETGs’’)
provided by third-party providers and has the ability to interface with, provide outcomes to, and manage
the VLTs as well as interface with and manage the 1,300 ETGs. Pursuant to its agreement with the New
York  Lottery,  Multimedia  Games  receives  a  portion  of  the  network-wide  net  win  (generally,  cash-in  less
prizes  paid)  per  day  in  exchange  for  provision  and  maintenance  of  the  central  determinant  system.  In
February 2009, the New York Lottery awarded Multimedia Games a contract extension through December
2017  and  provides  Multimedia  Games  an  opportunity  to  expand  its  network  as  the  New  York  Lottery
licenses  additional  race  track  gaming  facilities  in  the  state.  Multimedia  Games  also  provides  central

6

determinant system technology to Native American tribes in the State of Washington for which it receives a
portion of the revenue generated from the VLTs  connected to the system.

Machine Sales and Other

The machine sales and other business line includes the direct sale of player terminals, licenses, back office
systems  and  other  related  equipment.  The  majority  of  Multimedia  Games’  sales  contracts  are  for  some
combination  of  gaming  equipment,  player  terminals,  content,  system  software,  license  fees,  ancillary
equipment  and  maintenance.  Machine  sales  include  gaming  machines  that  feature  proprietary  game
themes.  Other  revenue  includes  gaming  systems,  maintenance  and  service  contracts,  entry  fees  and
partnerships associated with the National TournEvent of Champions.

Other  Segment

Fully Integrated Kiosk Sales and Services

We sell cash access devices, such as fully integrated kiosks and jackpot kiosks, which may be enabled with
our cash access services, and we provide certain professional services, software licensing, and certain other
ancillary services associated with the sale,  installation and maintenance  of those devices.

Central Credit

Central  Credit  is  a  gaming  patron  credit  bureau  specifically  designed  for  the  gaming  industry  to  allow
gaming  establishments  to  improve  their  credit-granting  decisions.  Our  Central  Credit  database  contains
gaming  patron  credit  history  and  transaction  data  on  gaming  patrons.  Our  gaming  credit  reports  are
comprised of information recorded from patron credit histories at hundreds of gaming establishments. We
provide such information to gaming establishments that subscribe to the service. These establishments then
use that data, among other things, to determine how much credit, if any, they will grant to a gaming patron.
We typically charge our customers for access to gaming patron credit reports on a monthly basis and our
fees are generally  comprised of a fixed minimum  fee plus per-transaction charges  for certain  requests.

Anti-Money Laundering and Tax Compliance Software

Through  our  acquisition  of  NEWave,  Inc.  (‘‘NEWave’’)  in  April  2014,  we  now  provide  anti-money
laundering and tax compliance software  used  in casino cages.

Other

We  market  our  information  services  to  gaming  establishments  to  assist  in  automating  cashier  operations
and enhancing patron marketing activities.

Our Products and Services

Cash Access Solutions

Our cash  access solutions consist of the following products  and  services:

Casino  Cash  Plus  3-in-1  ATMs  are  unmanned,  cash-dispensing  machines  that  enable  ATM  cash
withdrawals,  POS  debit  card  transactions  and  credit  card  cash  access  transactions  directly  or  using  our
patented 3-in-1 Rollover functionality. Most financial institutions that issue debit cards impose daily ATM
withdrawal limits, and, in many instances, aggregate and count Friday, Saturday and Sunday as a single day
in calculating such limits. If a patron has reached his or her daily ATM limit, our patented 3-in-1 Rollover
functionality automatically enables the patron to obtain funds via a POS debit card transaction or a credit
card cash access transaction instead.

7

Check verification and warranty services allow gaming establishments to manage and reduce risk on patron
checks that they cash. A gaming establishment can query our Central Credit database to review the check
cashing history of a gaming establishment patron before deciding whether to cash the patron’s check. If the
gaming establishment desires additional protection against loss, it can seek a warranty on payment of the
check.  We  have  an  exclusive  relationship  with  a  third-party  check  warranty  service  provider  to  market
check warranty services to gaming establishments.

Fully  Integrated  Kiosks  are  multi-function  terminals  that  combine  our  cash  access  3-in-1  Rollover
functionality with slot machine ticket redemption and bill breaking service capabilities. The availability of
our  cash  access  services  on  these  slot  ticket  redemption  devices  provides  us  with  additional  points  of
contact with gaming patrons at locations that are closer to the slot machines than traditional cash access
devices that are typically located on the periphery of the gaming area within the gaming establishment and
also  provides  gaming  patrons  with  more  opportunities  to  access  their  cash  with  less  cashier  involvement,
thereby creating labor cost savings for  gaming establishments.

Jackpot kiosks are multi-function employee kiosks that allow casino personnel to immediately process and
dispense  taxable  jackpots  in  the  form  of  cash,  tickets  or  a  combination  of  both.  Jackpots  that  exceed
established  local  or  federal  dollar  limits  are  taxable  and  require  a  casino  employee  to  complete  the
transaction  in  order  to  issue  the  patron  a  W-2G  or  1042-S.  The  jackpot  kiosk,  which  may  also  offer  our
other  cash access services, automates and streamlines  this process.

Central  Credit  is  our  gaming  patron  credit  bureau  service  which,  on  a  subscription  basis,  allows  gaming
establishments  to  improve  their  credit-granting  decisions  by  obtaining  access  to  a  database  containing
credit information and transaction data  on  millions of gaming patrons.

Anti-Money  Laundering  and  Tax  Compliance  Solutions  is  our  suite  of  compliance  software  solutions  for
gaming  operators.  Our  compliance  solutions  help  our  gaming  establishment  customers  comply  with
financial  services  and  gaming  regulations.  These  solutions  include  software  to  assist  in  compliance  with
anti-money  laundering  regulations,  such  as  filing  currency  transaction  reports  (‘‘CTRs’’)  and  suspicious
activity reports (‘‘SARs’’). Additionally, these compliance solutions also assist casinos in filing required tax
forms in connection with the payout of jackpot winnings to patrons and assist casinos with auditing cash on
the floor and in casino cages.

We  also offer:

(cid:127) stand alone, non ATM terminals that perform authorizations for credit card cash access and POS debit

card transactions;

(cid:127) database  services  that  allow  gaming  establishments  access  to  information  from  our  proprietary  patron
transaction  database  for  purposes  of  player  acquisition,  direct  marketing,  market  share  analysis  and  a
variety  of  other  patron  promotional  uses.  Our  proprietary  patron  transaction  database  includes
information that is captured from transactions we process. Patrons may ‘‘opt out’’ of having their names
included in marketing mailing lists; and

(cid:127) an  online  payment  processing  solution  for  gaming  operators  in  states  that  offer  intra-state,  Internet-

based gaming and  lottery activities.

Games Products

Our gaming products include:

Classic  Mechanical  Reel  Games. Our  full  range  of  classic  mechanical  reel  games  provide  players  with  a
traditional high denomination slot gaming experience. These games leverage our enduring brands, such as
Black Diamond, Crystal Jackpots, Smokin’ 777 and Jackpot Fire, among others, and feature a unique take on
traditional slot games with eye-catching features. The new Skyline mechanical reel series was released with

8

a  vintage-inspired  bezel  showcasing  RGB  lighting  and  a  24-inch  LCD  display,  with  the  initial  release  of
titles Ultra Mega Meltdown and Canary Diamonds.

Video Reel Games. We offer a growing range of video reel games that provide a uniquely entertaining slot
gaming experience. These games leverage the Player HD cabinet to deliver eye-catching graphics and full,
rich  sound.  High  denomination,  high  multi-line  themes  have  been  introduced  to  the  market,  such  as
Warrior Legacy and Starry Night-HD, along with a batch of gameplay features, such as the Windfall Reels on
Buckaroo, the Story Stacks on Aeronauts; and the Wild Pairs feature on Antony and Cleopatra and Bonnie
and Clyde.

High  Rise  Games. Our  current  premium  participation  slot  game  series  features  one  of  the  industry’s
largest top boxes, a vertically oriented 37-inch LCD screen that eliminates overhead signage, creates new
possibilities for gaming action and offers LED lights around the perimeter of the top box screen as well as
unique bonus features. Four themes are being unveiled on the High Rise Games series, including Queen of
Diamonds,  Pirates  Skull  &  Bones,  The  Money  Man  Big  Cash  Spin,  and  Smokin’  Hot  Diamonds.  Queen  of
Diamonds  is  a  9-Reel,  32-Line  theme  featuring  our  new  Jackpot  Jump.  Once  any  jackpot  trigger  is  hit,
players pick from one of four cards to find a diamond-suited Jackpot Jump card or a Queen of Diamonds
card, which will ‘‘jump’’ the progressive prize by one or two tiers, respectively.

Platinum  MPX  and  The  Texan  HDX. The  award-winning  Platinum  MPX  represents  a  premium
participation cabinet and game series that offers a 40-inch monitor, full 1080p HD graphics capabilities, a
fully-customizable  touchscreen  button  panel,  game-controlled  runway  lighting  and  six  custom  speakers,
including two speakers in the fully integrated interactive sound chair with Earthquake Shakers technology.
The Platinum MPX debuted with two games in 2014, the award-winning Thundering Herd and Invasion 2:
The Return, with new themes Cabinet of Curiosities, Dracula, Haunted House-After Dark, and The Valkyries
scheduled to be released in 2015. The Texan HDX is an 8-foot tall cabinet with twin 42-inch video screens,
featuring a two-person bench seat. The oversized cabinet will showcase any of our standard video themes
from Multimedia Games’ game library.

TournEvent. Our  award-winning  slot  tournament  system  is  a  proven  solution  that  allows  operators  to
switch from in-revenue gaming to out-of-revenue tournaments with the simple click of a mouse. In 2014,
the award-winning slot tournament system debuted a wireless tablet option, the latest out-of-revenue game
and  new  signage.  With  the  wireless  tablet  option,  casino  operators  will  be  able  to  sign  up  players  for
tournaments  remotely,  allowing  for  a  more  efficient  tournament  registration  and  an  overall  better
tournament experience for the casinos and players alike. The out-of-revenue game, Cash Boom Bang with
4 Reel Frenzy, will take slot tournaments to the next level, as tournament screens will explode into four sets
of reels once a bomb appears. Jump to First and Pop-n-Win may occur during this time as well. TournEvent
will also now come with a new sign option, consisting of a rotating 55-inch monitor, lighted accent dividers,
and the ability to be featured on new  bank configurations.

Manufacturing

We utilize contract manufacturers to produce the cabinets that make up our electronic gaming machines
(‘‘EGMs’’) and our kiosk products, as well as other sub-assemblies. We have assembly facilities in Austin,
Texas  and  Las  Vegas,  Nevada,  where  we  assemble  the  EGMs  and  our  kiosk  products,  which  include  the
cabinets,  computer  assemblies,  LCD  screens,  printers,  bill  validators  and  acceptors  and  other  wiring  and
harnesses. We believe that our sources of supply of component parts and raw materials for our products
are generally adequate and we have few sole-sourced  parts.

Research and Development

We  conduct  research  and  development  activities  primarily  to  develop  gaming  systems,  gaming  engines,
casino data management systems, casino central monitoring systems, video lottery outcome determination

9

systems,  gaming  platforms  and  gaming  content,  as  well  as  to  add  enhancements  to  our  existing  product
lines. We believe our ability to deliver differentiated, appealing products and services to the marketplace is
based on our research and development investments, and we expect to continue to make such investments
in  the  future.  Research  and  development  costs  consist  primarily  of  salaries  and  benefits,  consulting  fees
and an allocation of corporate facilities costs related to these activities. Once the technological feasibility
of  a  project  has  been  established,  it  is  transferred  from  research  to  development  and  capitalization  of
development costs begins until the product  is available for general release.

Customers

As of December 31, 2014, we served over 1,000 casinos and other gaming properties in the United States,
Europe, Canada, the Caribbean, Central America and Asia. In certain limited circumstances, we provide
our  products  and  services  to  non-gaming  establishments,  such  as  gas  stations  and  other  retail  businesses
associated with gaming establishment customers, but the revenue generated from these operations is not
material to our operations and we do not actively market or target non-gaming establishment customers.

Sales and Marketing

We  sell  and  market  our  products  and  services  to  gaming  establishments  primarily  through  the  use  of  a
direct sales force, which targets gaming establishments in the United States and in international markets.
With respect to our gaming products, we participate in the Class III and Class II gaming machine markets,
as  well  as  the  central  determinant  system  market  in  North  America,  through  participation,  or  revenue
share,  and  fixed  fee  arrangements  and  the  sale  of  proprietary  EGMs  and  systems.  For  the  years  ended
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 our revenues from our operations outside the United States were 2.7%,
2.4% and 1.7% of our total revenue, respectively. All of our long-lived assets outside of the United States
were immaterial for each of fiscal 2014, 2013, and 2012.

Our  sales  and  marketing  efforts  are  directed  by  a  team  of  sales  executives,  each  of  whom  has  business
development  responsibility  for  gaming  establishments  in  specified  geographic  regions.  These  sales
executives direct their efforts at all levels of gaming establishment personnel, including senior executives,
finance professionals, marketing staff, slot directors and cashiers, and seek to educate them on the benefits
of our products and services. In some cases our sales executives are supported by field account managers,
who provide on-site customer service to most of our customers; while in other cases our sales executives
directly maintain the customer relationships. These sales executives and field account managers generally
reside in the vicinity of the specific gaming establishments that they support to ensure that they respond to
the customer service needs of those gaming establishments. We also have joint sales efforts with a number
of strategic partners, including independent sales organizations, which allow us to market our products and
services to gaming establishments through  channels other than our  direct  sales force.

Competition

In our Payments business, we compete with other providers of cash access services to the gaming industry,
as well as with financial institutions and other regional and local banks that operate ATMs on the premises
of  gaming  establishments.  Some  of  these  other  providers  and  financial  institutions  have  established
cooperative  relationships  with  each  other  to  expand  their  service  offerings.  Although  almost  all  gaming
establishments outsource their cash access service to third-party providers because providing these services
is not a core competency of gaming establishment operators, and because gaming establishment operators
are unable to achieve the same scale that can be obtained by third-party providers that deploy cash access
services  across  multiple  gaming  establishments,  we  on  occasion  do  face  competition  from  gaming
establishments that may choose to operate their own in-house cash access systems. In recent years, we have
also  faced  increased  competition  from  independent  sales  organizations,  which  provide  basic  services  and
aggressive  pricing,  from  gaming  equipment  manufacturers  and  system  providers  that  manufacture  kiosks
that  directly,  or  through  affiliates  with  third  parties,  offer  ATM  and  other  cash  access  products  and
services,  and  from  traditional  transaction  processors  that  have  entered  the  gaming  patron  cash  access
services markets. This increased competition amongst these various providers of cash  access services  has
resulted in pricing pressure and margin erosion with respect to our core cash access products and services.

10

In our Games business, we compete across different gaming markets with a variety of gaming equipment
suppliers. Competition is generally based upon the: (a) amount of revenue our products generate for our
customers relative to the amount of revenue generated by our competitors’ products, (b) prices and/or fees
we  and  our  competitors  charge  for  products  and  services  offered,  and  (c)  appeal  of  our  and  our
competitors’ products to gaming patrons, which has a direct effect on the volume of play generated by a
product  and,  accordingly,  the  revenues  generated  for  our  customers.  To  drive  customer  demand  and
improve  product  attractiveness  to  end  users,  we  are  continually  working  to  develop  new  game  themes,
gaming  engines,  hardware  platforms  and  systems  that  appeal  to  gaming  patrons,  all  while  working  to
release these new products to the marketplace  in a timely  manner.

Proprietary Rights

We believe the ability to introduce and respond to technological innovation in the gaming industry will be
an increasingly important qualification for the future success of any provider of cash access and gaming-
related  products  and  services.  Our  continued  competitiveness  will  depend  on:  (a)  the  pace  of  our  new
product  development,  (b)  our  patent,  copyright,  trademark  and  trade  secret  protection,  and  (c)  our
relationships with customers. Our business development personnel work with gaming establishments, our
technology  and  other  strategic  partners,  and  the  suppliers  of  the  financial  services  upon  which  our  cash
access services rely, to design and develop innovative products and services that appeal to gaming patrons.

We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and contractual restrictions to
protect  our  intellectual  property.  In  our  cash  access  business,  we  have  several  issued  patents  and  have
applied for patent protection with respect to various products and services and proprietary processes that
are  incorporated  in  our  products  and  services,  while  in  our  gaming  business,  we  have  over  220  patents
issued  related  to  games  and  systems,  most  of  which  are  unexpired,  and  have  more  than  70  patent
applications pending in the United States and in many foreign countries, including over 150 patents issued
and over 60 patents pending in the United States. The expiration dates of these patents vary and are based
on their filing and issuances dates. We intend to continue to actively file for patent protection, when such
filings  are  commercially  reasonable,  within  and  outside  the  United  States.  We  also  seek  trademark
protection for our names and products and have registered hundreds of trademarks in the United States
and  various  foreign  countries.  Under  permission  or  license  agreements  with  third  parties,  we  also  sell
gaming  products  covered  by  independently  filed  copyrights,  trademarks  and/or  patents.  Typically,  these
contracts require us to pay royalties to the licensing party. Royalty expenses are included in cost of gaming
and  systems  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  included  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on
Form 10-K. Finally, we rely on trade secrets, un-patented know-how and  innovation.

Employees

As  of  December  31,  2014,  we  had  approximately  900  employees.  We  believe  that  our  relations  with  our
employees  are  good.  We  have  never  had  a  work  stoppage  and  none  of  our  employees  are  subject  to  a
collective bargaining agreement.

Available  Information

Our  website  address  is  www.gcainc.com.  We  make  available  free  of  charge  on  our  website  our  Annual
Report  on  Form  10-K,  Quarterly  Reports  on  Form  10-Q,  Current  Reports  on  Form  8-K,  and  all
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as
soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. In
addition, our earnings conference calls are web cast live via our website. In addition to visiting our website,
you  may  read  and  copy  any  document  we  file  with  the  SEC  at  the  SEC’s  Public  Reference  Room  at
100 F. Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549 or at www.sec.gov. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for
information on the Public Reference  Room.

11

REGULATION

Gaming Regulation

The  gaming  industry  is  subject  to  extensive  laws,  regulations  and  ordinances.  Various  aspects  of  our
business  are  subject  to  comprehensive  laws,  regulations  and  ordinances  applicable  to  the  ownership,
management  and  operation  of  gambling  establishments  as  well  as  certain  financial  services  conducted  at
such establishments. Such laws, regulations and ordinances generally affect the financial, operational and
character and fitness suitability of our affiliated or subsidiary organizations as well as the officers, directors,
key  personnel  and,  in  certain  instances,  our  holders  of  debt  or  equity  securities  in  each  of  those
organizations.  In  general,  the  licensure,  qualification  and  approval  requirements  and  the  regulations
imposed on non-gaming suppliers and vendors are less stringent than for gaming operators, gaming-related
manufacturers  and  suppliers,  although  some  jurisdictions  do  not  distinguish  between  the  two  and  other
jurisdictions classify all of our products and services as gaming-related, in which case we are then subject to
the more stringent licensing and regulatory framework. The stated policies and other purposes behind such
laws, regulations and ordinances are generally to: (a) ensure the public’s trust and confidence in legalized
gambling  through  a  system  of  mandated  regulation,  internal  controls  and  operating  procedures,  and
(b) promote economic activity for the state, county and local governments through revenue opportunities
emanating  from  taxes,  licensing  fees  and  other  economic  benefits  arising  out  of  gambling  and  related
activities.  Depending  on  the  nature  of  any  noncompliance,  our  failure  to  comply  with  such  laws,
regulations  and  ordinances  may  result  in  the  suspension  or  revocation  of  any  license,  registration  or
permission, a partial or complete cessation of our business, seizure of our assets, as well as the imposition
of civil fines and criminal penalties. A description of the material regulations to which we are subject is set
forth below.

Federal  Regulation. At  the  federal  level,  we  are  subject  to  two  key  pieces  of  legislation.  Our  Native
American customers are regulated by the NIGC, which was established by the Indian Gaming Regulatory
Act  of  1988  (the  ‘‘IGRA’’).  The  NIGC  has  regulatory  authority  over  certain  aspects  of  Native  American
gaming and defines the boundaries of our dealings with the Native American marketplace and the level of
regulatory authority to which these games are subject. IGRA establishes three classes of gaming, each with
a different regulatory framework:

Class

I

II

III

Type of Games

Regulatory Oversight

Social gaming for minimal prizes and
traditional Indian gaming.

Exclusive  regulation and oversight by tribal
governments.

Bingo (both in traditional and  electronic
form).

Regulation by  tribal governments with NIGC
oversight.

Casino style games (including  slot machines,
blackjack, craps and roulette).

Must be permitted by the state in which the
tribe is located. The state and the tribe must
have negotiated a compact approved  by
NIGC, and the tribe must have adopted a
gaming ordinance approved by the NIGC.

We  sell our gaming devices and systems in both Class  II and Class III  markets.

The Johnson Act, as amended by the Federal Gambling Devices Act of 1962 (the ‘‘Johnson Act’’), requires
that  we  register  annually  with  the  Criminal  Division  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Justice  and
requires a wide variety of record keeping and equipment identification efforts on our part. Registration is
required  in  order  for  us  to  sell,  distribute,  manufacture,  transport  and/or  receive  gaming  equipment,
machines or components across state lines. If we fail to comply with the requirements set forth under the
Johnson Act, we could become subject to a variety of penalties, including, but not limited to, the seizure
and forfeiture of equipment.

12

State and Tribal Gaming Commissions. We are regulated by gaming commissions or similar authorities at
the  state  or  tribal  level  as  either  a  manufacturer  of  gaming  devices  in  those  jurisdictions  where  we
manufacture  gaming  devices  and  systems,  a  supplier  of  ‘‘associated  equipment’’  in  those  jurisdictions
where  we  sell  and  service  fully  integrated  kiosks  and  jackpot  kiosks,  and/or  as  a  non-gaming  supplier  or
vendor in those jurisdictions where we provide cash access and  Central Credit services only.

The  process  of  obtaining  necessary  permits,  licenses  or  approvals  often  involves  substantial  disclosure  of
confidential or proprietary information about us and our officers, directors, key personnel and, in certain
instances, beneficial owners of our debt or equity securities, and requires a determination by the regulators
as  to  our  suitability  as  a  manufacturer,  supplier  or  vendor  to  gaming  establishments.  Such  suitability
examinations may also generally include  the following:

(cid:127) requiring  the  licensure  or  finding  of  suitability  of  any  of  our  officers,  directors,  key  employees  or
beneficial  owners  of  our  debt  or  equity  securities  as  well  as  our  key  third-party  vendors,  suppliers,
customers and other companies with whom  we conduct business;

(cid:127) the  termination  or  disassociation  with  such  officer,  director,  key  employee  or  beneficial  owner  of  our

securities that fails to file an application or to obtain a  license or  finding of suitability;

(cid:127) the submission of detailed financial  and  operating reports;

(cid:127) the submission of reports of material  loans,  leases and financing;  and

(cid:127) the regulatory approval of certain material transactions, such as the acquisition of other licensed gaming
companies, the transfer or pledge of our stock or other equity interests or restrictions on transfer of such
interests, or similar financing transactions.

These regulatory obligations are imposed upon gaming-related manufacturers, suppliers or vendors on an
ongoing basis, and there are no guaranties we will be successful in obtaining and maintaining all necessary
licenses,  permits  and  approvals  and  to  continue  to  hold  other  necessary  gaming  licenses,  permits  and
approvals to conduct our businesses as currently being conducted by us. The expansion of our businesses,
the introduction of new games, systems, products or services, or changes to applicable rules and regulations
may  result  in  additional  regulatory  or  licensing  requirements  being  imposed  upon  us.  We  also  may  be
required to submit software and other key technology components of our gaming devices and systems, as
well as our fully integrated kiosks and jackpot kiosks to government or third-party gaming laboratories for
testing  and  certification  prior  to  deploying  such  games,  systems  and  devices  in  a  particular  gaming
jurisdiction.

Gaming  regulatory  authorities  have  broad  discretion  and  may  require  any  beneficial  holder  of  our
securities, regardless of the number of shares of common stock or amount of debt securities owned, to file
an  application,  make  personal  or  confidential  disclosures,  be  investigated  and  be  subject  to  a
determination  of  suitability.  Many  jurisdictions  require  any  person  who  acquires  beneficial  ownership  of
more  than  a  certain  percentage  of  voting  securities  of  a  gaming  company  and,  in  some  jurisdictions,
non-voting securities, typically 5%, to report the acquisition to gaming authorities, and gaming authorities
may require such holders to apply for qualification or a finding of suitability, subject to limited exceptions
for  ‘‘institutional  investors’’  that  hold  a  company’s  voting  securities  for  investment  purposes  only.  If  a
beneficial holder of our securities is a corporation, partnership or trust, such entity must submit detailed
business  and  financial  information,  which  may  include  information  regarding  its  officers,  directors,
partners, key personnel and beneficial owners. Further disclosure by those officers, directors, partners, key
personnel  and  beneficial  owners  may  also  be  required.  Under  some  circumstances  and  in  some
jurisdictions,  an  institutional  investor,  as  defined  in  the  applicable  gaming  regulations,  that  acquires  a
specified  amount  of  our  securities  may  apply  to  the  regulatory  authority  for  a  waiver  of  these  licensure,
qualification,  or  finding  of  suitability  requirements,  provided  the  institutional  investor  holds  the  voting
securities for investment purposes only, meets certain thresholds relating to the number of securities held
and certifies as to its intentions not to materially interfere with the operations of the licensed entity. An

13

institutional  investor  will  not  be  deemed  to  hold  voting  securities  for  investment  purposes  unless  the
securities were acquired and are held in  the ordinary  course of its business.

Tribal-State Compacts and Tribal Regulation. Native American gaming is subject to the review of the NIGC
and  other  applicable  laws.  Native  American  tribes  must  adopt  and  submit  for  NIGC  approval  the
ordinances  that  regulate  their  gaming  activities.  Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  IGRA,  our  tribal
customers  require  the  tribe  to  have  the  sole  proprietary  interest  in  their  gaming  activities.  Because
federally  recognized  Native  American  tribes  are  independent  governments  with  sovereign  rights,  Native
American tribes can enact their own laws and regulate gaming operations and contracts, and, with some
exceptions, generally enjoy sovereign immunity from lawsuits similar to that of the individual states and the
United States.

Class III gaming on Native American tribal lands is subject to the negotiation of a compact between the
tribe  and  the  state  in  which  they  plan  to  operate  a  gaming  facility.  These  tribal-state  compacts  typically
include provisions entitling the state to receive a portion of the tribe’s gaming revenues. While tribal-state
compacts  are  intended  to  document  the  agreement  between  the  state  and  a  tribe,  these  tribal-state
compacts  can  be  subject  to  disputes  relative  to  permitted  Class  III  gaming  operations.  Currently,  we
operate in three states where compacts significantly affect our business: Oklahoma, Washington and, to a
lesser extent, California.

(cid:127) Oklahoma. In  2004,  the  Oklahoma  Legislature  authorized  certain  forms  of  gaming  at  racetracks  and
gaming at tribal facilities pursuant to tribal-state compacts. While the racetrack facilities can operate a
limited  number  of  instant  and  bonanza-style  bingo  games  and  electronic  amusement  games,  the
compacts between the Native American tribes and the state allow tribal facilities to include an unlimited
number  of  electronic  instant  and  bonanza-style  bingo  games,  electronic  amusement  games  and
non-house-banked tournament card games. Vendors placing games at any of these facilities are required
to gain state licensing approval as well as licensing approval from each individual tribe. Furthermore, all
electronic  games  must  receive  certification  from  independent  testing  laboratories  and  are  subject  to
technical  specifications  maintained  by  the  Oklahoma  Horse  Racing  Commission  and  the  individual
tribal gaming authorities.

(cid:127) Washington. Our activities in the State of Washington are governed pursuant to compacts between the
state government and Native American tribes located in Washington. We offer a range of Class II and
Class  III  player  terminals  to  our  customers  in  Washington  that  are  operated  in  conjunction  with  local
central determinant systems as described above. Compacts between the state and tribes are recognized
by IGRA to permit Class III gaming.

(cid:127) California. Our activities in the State of California are governed pursuant to compacts between the state
government and Native American tribes located in California. These compacts are recognized by IGRA
and permit the tribes to offer both Class II and Class III gaming machines within their gaming facilities.
We offer a range of Class II linked interactive electronic games as well as Class III gaming machines to
our  customers in California.

Charity Regulation. We have historically supplied bingo games and systems to nonprofit organizations that
operate these games for charitable, educational and other lawful purposes. Bingo for charity is not subject
to  a  nationwide  regulatory  system,  such  as  the  system  created  by  IGRA  to  regulate  Native  American
gaming, and, as a result, regulation for this market is generally on a state-by-state basis, although in some
cases it is regulated by county commissions or  other local government authorities.

Internet  and  Online  Gaming  Regulation. Several  states  have  passed  implementing  legislation  and/or
regulations  to  allow  certain  intra-state,  wager-based,  online  casino  and/or  lottery  games,  such  as  online
poker,  lottery  ticket  purchases  or  lottery  ticket  subscriptions.  This  is  due,  in  part,  to  (a)  a  rule  of
construction contained within the Unlawful Internet gaming Enforcement Act (‘‘UIGEA’’) that limits and
prevents UIGEA application from altering, limiting or extending any federal, state or tribal laws regulating

14

gambling,  (b)  a  definition  within  UIGEA  that  excludes  certain  intra-state,  intra-tribal  and  interstate
horseracing  transactions  from  the  phrase  ‘‘unlawful  Internet  gambling,’’  provided  certain  threshold
requirements  are  met,  and  (c)  a  memorandum  dated  September  20,  2011  and  published  by  the  United
States Department of Justice, Criminal Division, in which the Department concludes, among other things,
that  the  Federal  Wire  Act  of  1961  (the  ‘‘Wire  Act’’)  does  not  apply  to  interstate  transmissions  of  wire
communications  that  do  not  relate  to  a  sporting  event  or  contest.  To  date,  states  such  as  Delaware,
Georgia, Illinois, Michigan, Minnesota, Nevada, New Jersey, North Carolina and North Dakota have some
form of internet or online gaming or  lottery activities.

However, the legislative and regulatory environment surrounding online, wager-based games in the United
States  remains  uncertain  and  complex,  and  it  is  unclear  how  the  legislative  and  regulatory  framework
governing these activities will evolve in the future. Many states have yet to introduce or finalize regulations
regarding the licensing and operational requirements regarding online, wager-based activity, including the
licensing  and  technological  requirements  relating  to  the  funding  and  processing  of  payments  relating  to
online, wager-based casino and lottery games. In addition, the funding of online casino gaming activity is
subject  to  the  requirement  of  the  UIGEA,  which  may  prohibit  or  significantly  impede  the  funding  of
online, wager-based gaming activity. There is also a possibility that the Wire Act is amended in the future
to  prevent  or  prohibit  the  use  of  Internet  or  mobile-based  platforms  regardless  of  the  involvement  of  a
sporting event or contest.

Financial Services Regulation

Our cash  access business is also subject  to  a number of financial services  regulations:

Durbin Amendment. On June 29, 2011, the Federal Reserve Board issued a final rule establishing standards
for  debit  card  interchange  fees,  among  other  things,  which  took  effect  on  October  1,  2011.  This  rule,
Regulation II (Debit Card Interchange Fees and Routing) was promulgated pursuant to the Dodd-Frank
Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  of  2010  as  modified  by  the  Durbin  Amendment  (the
‘‘Durbin  Amendment’’)  and  establishes,  among  other  things,  standards  for  assessing  whether  debit  card
interchange  fees  received  by  certain  debit  card  issuers  are  reasonable  and  proportional  to  the  costs
incurred  by  issuers  for  electronic  debit  transactions.  Debit  card  interchange  fees  are  established  by
payment card networks and ultimately paid by merchants to debit card issuers for each debit transaction.

Anti-Money Laundering. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and its implementing federal regulations require
us  to  establish  and  maintain  an  anti-money  laundering  program.  Our  anti-money  laundering  program
includes:  internal  policies,  procedures  and  controls  designed  to  identify  and  report  money  laundering,  a
designated compliance officer, an ongoing employee training program, and an independent audit function
to test the program. In addition, the cash access services that we provide are subject to record keeping and
reporting  obligations  under  the  Bank  Secrecy  Act.  Our  gaming  establishment  customers  are  required  to
file  a  SAR  with  the  U.S.  Treasury  Department’s  Financial  Crimes  Enforcement  Network  to  report  any
suspicious transactions relevant to a possible violation of law or regulation. We are also required to file a
SAR where we provide our cash access services directly to patrons through satellite cages (‘‘booths’’) that
we staff and operate. To be reportable, such a transaction must meet criteria that are designed to identify
the  hiding  or  disguising  of  funds  derived  from  illegal  activities.  Our  gaming  establishment  customers,  in
situations  where  our  cash  access  services  are  provided  through  gaming  establishment  cashier  personnel,
and we, in situations where we provide our cash access services through a booth location, are required to
file a CTR of each deposit, withdrawal, exchange of currency or other payment or transfer by, through or
to us which involves a transaction in currency of more than $10,000 in a single day. Our QCP Web product
can assist in identifying transactions that give rise to reporting obligations. When we issue or sell drafts for
currency  in  amounts  between  $3,000  and  $10,000,  we  maintain  a  record  of  information  about  the
purchaser, such as the purchaser’s address and date of birth.

15

Fund  Transfers. Our  POS  debit  card  transactions  and  ATM  services  are  subject  to  the  Electronic  Fund
Transfer Act, which provides cardholders with rights with respect to electronic fund transfers, including the
right to dispute unauthorized charges, charges that list the wrong date or amount, charges for goods and
services that are not accepted or delivered as agreed, math errors and charges for which a cardholder asks
for an explanation or written proof of transaction along with a claimed error or request for clarification.
We believe the necessary policies and procedures have been implemented throughout our organization in
order to comply with the regulatory requirements for fund transfers.

State Money Transmission Laws. Most states in which we issue the negotiable instruments that are used to
complete credit card cash access and POS debit card transactions or offer our online payment processing
solution require us to have a money  transmitter  license.

Credit  Reporting. Our  Central  Credit  gaming  patron  credit  bureau  services  and  check  verification  and
warranty  services  are  subject  to  the  Fair  Credit  Reporting  Act  and  the  Fair  and  Accurate  Credit
Transactions  Act  of  2003  and  their  implementing  rules,  which  require  consumer  credit  bureaus,  such  as
Central  Credit,  to  provide  credit  report  information  to  businesses  only  for  certain  purposes  and  to
otherwise safeguard credit report information, to disclose to consumers their credit report on request, and
to  permit  consumers  to  dispute  and  correct  inaccurate  or  incomplete  information  in  their  credit  report.
These laws and rules also govern the information that may be contained in a consumer credit report. We
continue to implement policies and procedures as well as adapt our business practices in order to comply
with these laws and regulations. In addition to federal regulations, our Central Credit gaming patron credit
bureau services are subject to the state credit reporting regulations that impose similar requirements to the
Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Fair  and Accurate Credit  Transactions  Act  of  2003.

Debt Collection. We currently outsource most of our debt collection efforts to third parties. However, we do
engage in debt collection to collect on chargebacks on our cash access products and unpaid balances for
services  performed  for  our  check  services,  Central  Credit  services,  receivables  relating  to  the  sale  and
service of our fully integrated kiosks and jackpot kiosks, and other amounts owing to us in connection with
performing various services for our customers. All such collection practices may be subject to the Fair Debt
Collection Practices Act, which prohibits unfair, deceptive or abusive debt collection practices, as well as
consumer-debt-collection laws and regulations adopted by the various  states.

Privacy  Regulations. Our  collection  of  information  from  patrons  who  use  our  financial  products  and
services,  such  as  our  cash  access  services,  are  subject  to  the  financial  information  privacy  protection
provisions  of  the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act  and  its  implementing  federal  regulations.  We  gather,  as
permitted by law, non-public, personally-identifiable financial information from patrons who use our cash
access services, such as names, addresses, telephone numbers, bank and credit card account numbers and
transaction information. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires us to safeguard and protect the privacy of
such  non-public  personal  information  and  also  requires  us  to  make  disclosures  to  patrons  regarding  our
privacy  and  information  sharing  policies  and  give  patrons  the  opportunity  to  direct  us  not  to  disclose
information  about  them  to  unaffiliated  third  parties  in  certain  situations.  We  are  also  subject  to  state
privacy regulations which, in some cases, may be even stricter than federal law. We continue to implement
policies  and  programs  as  well  as  adapt  our  business  practices  in  order  to  comply  with  federal  and  state
privacy laws and regulations.

ATM Operations. The Electronic Fund Transfer Act requires us to disclose certain notices regarding the
fees that we charge for performing an ATM transaction as well as to incorporate such notices on the ATM
screens to notify patrons of such fees prior to completing an ATM transaction. Our ATM services are also
subject  to  applicable  state  banking  regulations  in  each  jurisdiction  in  which  we  operate  ATMs  which
require,  among  other  things,  that  we  register  with  the  state  banking  regulators  as  an  operator  of  ATMs,
that we provide gaming patrons with notices of the transaction fees assessed upon use of our ATMs, that
our  transaction  fees  do  not  exceed  designated  maximums,  that  we  offer  gaming  patrons  a  means  of
resolving  disputes  with  us,  and  that  we  comply  with  prescribed  safety  and  security  requirements.  In

16

addition,  the  ATMs  that  we  operate  are  subject  to  requirements  of  the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act,
which in general require that ATMs be accessible to individuals with disabilities, such as visually-impaired
persons.

In jurisdictions in which we serve as a check casher, we are required to be licensed by the
Check Cashing.
applicable  state  banking  regulator  to  operate  as  a  check  casher.  Some  states  also  impose  restrictions  on
this activity, such as limits on the amounts of service fees that may be imposed on the cashing of certain
types  of  checks,  requirements  as  to  records  that  must  be  kept  with  respect  to  dishonored  checks  and
requirements as to the contents of receipts that must be delivered to gaming patrons at the time a check is
cashed.

Network  and  Card  Association  Regulations.
In  addition  to  the  governmental  regulation  described  above,
some  of  our  services  are  also  subject  to  rules  promulgated  by  various  payment  networks,  EFT  networks
and  card  associations.  For  example,  we  must  comply  with  the  Payment  Card  Industry  (‘‘PCI’’)  Data
Security Standard. We have been designated as a compliant service provider under the PCI Data Security
Standard. We must be certified to maintain our status as a compliant service provider on an annual basis.

In  addition,  Europay,  MasterCard  and  Visa  jointly  developed  new  card  security  features  (‘‘EMV’’),
designed to deter fraudulent card transactions related to identity theft, counterfeit cards and the misuse of
lost or stolen cards via enhanced card authentication, transaction authorization and cardholder verification
using chip-based smart-cards. EMV has been adopted in many regions of the world as the global standard
for  fraud  deterrence  in  chip-based  smart-card  payments.  The  U.S.  payments  industry  has  until  recently
continued  to  rely  on  magnetic  stripe  cards  instead  of  EMV-compliant  chip-based  cards.  However,  U.S.
card issuers are beginning to offer EMV-capable chip-based smart-cards, and, beginning in October 2015,
the  network  and  card  associations  will  begin  shifting  liability  for  fraudulent  POS  transactions  generated
through  EMV-capable  cards  onto  merchants  whose  devices  are  not  capable  of  processing  chip-based
smart-card  EMV  transactions.  The  liability  shift  for  ATM  transactions  onto  merchants  will  begin  in
October 2016. This shifts the responsibility for chargebacks due to fraudulent transactions on such cards
from  the  card  issuer  onto  the  merchant.  As  a  merchant  in  connection  with  our  cash  access  transactions
processed  through  MasterCard  and  Visa,  we  must  upgrade  or  replace  our  existing  fleet  of  U.S.-based
devices to accept the EMV standard. This requires us to upgrade the software on a significant portion of
our  currently  deployed  fleet  of  U.S.-based  POS,  kiosk  and  ATM  devices.  Additionally,  we  may  have  to
replace a portion of our devices with newer devices equipped with the minimum hardware requirements to
support EMV.

International Regulation

We  are  also  subject  to  a  variety  of  gaming  and  financial  services  regulations  and  other  laws  in  the
international markets in which we operate. We expect to become subject to additional gaming and financial
services regulations and other laws in the jurisdictions into which we expand our operations. Our expansion
into  new  markets  is  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  comply  with  the  regulatory  regimes  adopted  by  such
jurisdictions.  Difficulties  in  obtaining  approvals,  licenses  or  waivers  from  the  gaming  and  monetary
authorities,  in  addition  to  other  potential  regulatory  and  quasi-regulatory  issues  that  we  have  not  yet
ascertained, may arise in other international jurisdictions into which  we wish  to  enter.

17

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

The  following  section  describes  material  risks  and  uncertainties  that  we  believe  may  adversely  affect  our
business, financial condition, results of operations or the market price of our stock. This section should be read
in  conjunction  with  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  and  notes  to  consolidated  financial
statements  and  ‘‘Item7.  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of
Operations ‘‘included elsewhere in this  Form 10-K.

Risks Related to Our Business

We may  not remain profitable.

We had a net income of $12.1 million and $24.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013,
respectively.  As  a  result  of  the  interest  payments  on  the  indebtedness  incurred  in  connection  with  the
Merger, amortization of intangible assets associated with the Merger and other acquisitions, other related
acquisition  and  financing  costs,  and  depreciation  and  other  amortization,  we  may  not  be  able  to  remain
profitable in the future. We expect to continue to incur substantial charges in the future in connection with
the  Merger  and  future  acquisitions  and  we  cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  generate  net  profits  from
operations  in  2015  or  subsequent  years.  Our  ability  to  generate  net  profits  in  the  future  will  depend,  in
part, on our ability to:

(cid:127) successfully integrate our cash access  and gaming operations;

(cid:127) attract and retain an adequate customer base;

(cid:127) effectively manage a larger and more  diversified business;

(cid:127) react to changes, including regulatory and technological changes, in the markets we target or operate in;

(cid:127) sell our products and services into additional  markets;

(cid:127) respond to competitive developments and challenges;

(cid:127) successfully  complete  the  conversion  of  our  third-party  processor;  our  ability  to  comply  with  the

Europay, MasterCard and Visa global standard  for cars equipped with  computer chips;

(cid:127) attract and retain experienced and talented personnel; and

(cid:127) establish strategic business relationships.

We may not be able to do any of these successfully, and our failure to do so could have a material adverse
effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  operations  or  cash  flows,  which  could,  among  other  things,
affect our ability to make payments under  our  Credit Facilities or the Notes.

Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit
our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our
variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting  our  obligations with respect to  our  indebtedness.

As of December 31, 2014, our total indebtedness was approximately $1.2 billion, which included the Credit
Facilities  and  the  Notes,  and  contains  restrictive  covenants.  Our  high  degree  of  leverage  could  have
significant adverse effects on our business, including:

(cid:127) increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry or competitive developments;

(cid:127) requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal
and  interest  on  our  indebtedness,  therefore  reducing  our  ability  to  use  our  cash  flow  to  fund  our
operations, capital expenditures and  future business opportunities;

18

(cid:127) making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness and any failure
to  comply  with  the  obligations  of  any  of  our  debt  instruments,  including  restrictive  covenants  and
borrowing conditions, could result in an event of default under the indentures governing the notes and
the agreements governing such other indebtedness;

(cid:127) restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us  to  make non-strategic divestitures;

(cid:127) limiting  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  for  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  product
development, debt service requirements,  acquisitions  and general corporate or other purposes; and

(cid:127) limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or market conditions and
placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged and
who  therefore  may  be  able  to  take  advantage  of  opportunities  that  our  leverage  prevents  us  from
exploiting.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the Credit Facilities and
the Notes, and fund our working capital and capital expenditures, and we may be forced to take other actions to
satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not  be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on our indebtedness, including the Credit Facilities and the Notes,
will depend upon our future operating performance and on our ability to generate cash flow in the future,
which  is  subject  to  general  economic,  financial,  business,  competitive,  legislative,  regulatory  and  other
factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash
flow  from  operations,  or  that  future  borrowings,  including  those  under  the  Credit  Facilities,  will  be
available to us in an amount sufficient  to  pay our indebtedness  or  to  fund other liquidity needs.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face
substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investment and capital expenditures
or to dispose of material assets or operations, seek additional equity capital or restructure or refinance our
indebtedness. We may not be able to affect any such alternative measures, if necessary, on commercially
reasonable  terms  or  at  all  and,  even  if  successful,  such  alternative  actions  may  not  allow  us  to  meet  our
scheduled  debt  service  obligations.  The  Credit  Facilities  and  the  indentures  governing  the  Notes  restrict
our  ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from any  such disposition.

If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and, as a result, the holders of the
notes  could  declare  all  outstanding  principal  and  interest  to  be  due  and  payable,  the  lenders  under  the
Credit Facilities could declare all outstanding amounts under such facilities due and payable and terminate
their commitments to loan money, and, in each case, foreclose against the assets securing the borrowings
under the Credit Facilities, and we could  be  forced into bankruptcy or  liquidation.

If our indebtedness is accelerated, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness before
maturity. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at
all.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  obtain  sufficient  funds  to  enable  us  to  repay  or
refinance our debt obligations on commercially reasonable terms,  or at  all.

The agreements and instruments governing our debt impose restrictions that may limit our operating and financial
flexibility.

The Credit Facilities and the indentures governing the Notes contain a number of significant restrictions
and covenants that limit our ability to:

(cid:127) incur additional indebtedness;

(cid:127) sell assets or consolidate or merge with or into other  companies;

(cid:127) pay dividends or repurchase or redeem capital stock;

19

(cid:127) make certain investments;

(cid:127) issue capital stock of our subsidiaries;

(cid:127) incur liens;

(cid:127) prepay, redeem or repurchase subordinated debt; and

(cid:127) enter into certain types of transactions with our affiliates.

These covenants could have the effect of limiting our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in
our business and the markets in which we compete. In addition, the Credit Facilities require us to comply
with a financial maintenance covenant under certain circumstances. Operating results below current levels
or other adverse factors, including a significant increase in interest rates, could result in our being unable
to  comply  with  the  financial  covenants  contained  in  the  Credit  Facilities,  if  applicable.  If  we  violate  this
covenant and are unable to obtain a waiver from our lenders, our debt under the Credit Facilities would be
in  default  and  could  be  accelerated  by  our  lenders.  Based  on  cross-default  provisions  in  the  agreements
and instruments governing our indebtedness, a default under one agreement or instrument could result in
a default under, and the acceleration of, our other indebtedness. In addition, the lenders under the Credit
Facilities could proceed against the collateral securing  that indebtedness.

If  our  indebtedness  is  accelerated,  we  may  not  be  able  to  repay  our  debt  or  borrow  sufficient  funds  to
refinance it. Even if we are able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms,
on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. If our debt is in default for any reason, our business, financial
condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, complying with
these covenants may make it more difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy and compete
against companies that are not subject  to  such restrictions.

Our net operating loss and other tax credit carry-forwards are subject to limitations that could potentially reduce
these  tax assets.

As of December 31, 2014, we had tax-effected U.S. Federal and various state net operating loss (‘‘NOL’’)
carry-forwards  of  approximately  $63.0  million  and  $5.9  million,  respectively,  that  if  unused,  will  expire
starting  in  2015.  Based  on  the  weight  of  positive  and  negative  evidence,  we  believe  that  it  is  more  likely
than not that we will be able to utilize these NOL and other tax credit carry-forwards, with the exception of
certain state NOL carry-forwards that already have a valuation allowance. However, our ability to utilize
these NOL and other tax credit carry-forwards to reduce taxable income in future years may be limited for
various reasons, including the possibility that projected future taxable income is insufficient to realize the
full  benefit  of  these  NOL  carry-forwards  prior  to  their  expiration.  Additionally,  our  ability  to  fully  use
these tax assets could be adversely affected by the limitations of Sections 382, 383 and 384 of the Internal
Revenue Code.

The gaming industry is intensely competitive, and if we are unable to compete effectively, our business could be
negatively impacted.

The  market  for  cash  access  products,  gaming  devices  and  operations  and  related  services  is  highly
competitive, and we expect competition to increase and intensify in the future. In our cash access business,
we  compete  with  other  established  providers  of  cash  access  products  and  services,  including  third-party
transaction processors, financial institutions and other regional and local banks that operate ATMs on the
premises  of  gaming  establishments,  as  well  as  from  gaming  establishments  that  operate  their  own
proprietary  cash  access  systems.  In  both  our  cash  access  business  and  our  gaming  operations  (including,
but not limited to, lottery, Class II, Class III and commercial slot markets), some of our competitors and
potential  competitors  have  significant  advantages  over  us,  including  greater  name  recognition,  longer
operating  histories,  pre-existing  relationships  with  current  or  potential  customers  with  respect  to  other
financial  services,  greater  financial,  research,  design,  development,  marketing,  technological  and  other

20

resources, and more ready access to capital resources, which allow them to respond more quickly to new or
changing opportunities, be in a better position to compete as well as, in respect of our cash access business,
to pay higher commissions or other incentives to gaming establishments in order to gain new customers. To
the extent that we lose customers to these competitors, or competitive pressures force us to offer incentives
or less favorable pricing terms to us to establish or maintain relationships with gaming establishments, our
business, financial condition, operations or cash  flows could  be  materially and adversely affected.

Our business is dependent upon consumer demand for gaming and overall economic trends specific to the gaming
industry. Economic downturns or a decline in the popularity of gaming could reduce the number of patrons that use
our products and services or the amounts of cash that they access using our services.

We  provide  our  cash  access  and  gaming-related  products  and  services  almost  exclusively  to  gaming
establishments.  As  a  result,  our  business  depends  on  consumer  demand  for  gaming.  gaming  is  a
discretionary  leisure  activity,  participation  in  which  has  in  the  past  and  may  in  the  future  decline  during
economic downturns due to decreases in our customers’ disposable income or general tourism activities, as
well as during periods of declining consumer confidence due to general economic conditions, geopolitical
concerns  or  other  factors.  gaming  competes  with  other  leisure  activities  as  a  form  of  consumer
entertainment and may lose popularity as new leisure activities arise or as other leisure activities become
more popular. In addition, gaming in traditional gaming establishments (to which we sell our products and
services)  competes  with  Internet-based  gaming.  The  popularity  and  acceptance  of  gaming  is  also
influenced by the prevailing social mores and changes in social mores, including changes driven by social
responsibility  organizations  that  are  dedicated  to  addressing  problem  gaming,  which  could  result  in
reduced  acceptance  of  gaming  as  a  leisure  activity  or  litigation  or  lobbying  efforts  focused  on  limiting
gaming activities. To the extent that the popularity of gaming in traditional gaming establishments declines
as  a  result  of  any  of  these  factors,  the  demand  for  our  cash  access  and  gaming-related  products  and
services, or the willingness of our customers to spend new capital on acquiring gaming equipment or utilize
revenue share agreements, may decline  and our business may  be  harmed.

Most of our gaming device contracts with our customers are on a month-to-month basis, and if we are unable to
maintain our current customers on terms that are favorable to us, our business, financial condition, operations or
cash flows may suffer a material adverse effect.

Most of our gaming device contracts with our customers are generally on a month-to-month basis, except
for  customers  with  whom  we  have  entered  into  development  and  placement  fee  agreements.  We  do  not
rely upon the stated term of our gaming device contracts to retain the business of our customers. We rely
instead  upon  providing  competitive  player  terminals,  games  and  systems  to  give  our  customers  the
incentive  to  continue  doing  business  with  us.  At  any  point  in  time,  a  significant  portion  of  our  gaming
device business is subject to nonrenewal, which may materially and adversely affect our earnings, financial
condition and cash flows. To renew or extend any of our customer contracts generally, we may be required
to accept financial and other terms that are less favorable to us than the terms of the expired contracts. In
addition, we may not succeed in renewing customer contracts when they expire. If we are required to agree
to other less favorable terms to retain our customers or we are not able to renew our relationships with our
customers upon the expiration of our contracts, our business, financial condition, operations or cash flows
could suffer a material adverse effect.

Consolidation among our customers could  have a  material adverse effect on  our revenues and profitability.

We often execute contracts with customers pursuant to which we provide products and services at multiple
gaming  establishments.  Accordingly,  the  expiration  or  termination  of  a  single  key  contract  can  mean  the
loss  of  multiple  gaming  facilities  at  which  our  products  and  services  are  used.  In  addition,  consolidation
among operators of gaming establishments may also result in the loss of customers if one of our customers
is acquired by a business that utilizes one of our competitors.

21

We derive a significant portion of our revenue from Native American tribal customers, and our ability to effectively
operate in Native American gaming markets is vulnerable to legal and regulatory uncertainties, including the ability
to enforce contractual rights on Native American land.

We  derive  a  significant  percentage  of  our  revenue  from  the  provision  of  cash  access  and  gaming-related
products and services to gaming facilities operated on Native American  lands.

Native  American  tribes  are  independent  governments  with  sovereign  powers  and,  in  the  absence  of  a
specific grant of authority by Congress to a state or a specific compact or agreement between a tribal entity
and a state that would allow the state to regulate activities taking place on Native American lands, they can
enact  their  own  laws  and  regulate  gaming  operations  and  contracts.  In  this  capacity,  Native  American
tribes  generally  enjoy  sovereign  immunity  from  lawsuits  similar  to  that  of  the  individual  states  and  the
United States. Accordingly, before we can seek to enforce contract rights with a Native American tribe, or
an agency or instrumentality of a Native American tribe, we must obtain from the Native American tribe a
waiver of its sovereign immunity with respect to the matter in dispute, which we are not always able to do.
Without  a  limited  waiver  of  sovereign  immunity,  or  if  such  waiver  is  held  to  be  ineffective,  we  could  be
precluded from judicially enforcing any rights or remedies against a Native American tribe, including the
right to enter Native American lands to retrieve our property in the event of a breach of contract by the
tribal  party  to  that  contract.  Even  if  the  waiver  of  sovereign  immunity  by  a  Native  American  tribe  is
deemed effective, there could be an issue as to the forum in which a lawsuit may be brought against the
Native  American  tribe.  Federal  courts  are  courts  of  limited  jurisdiction  and  generally  do  not  have
jurisdiction  to  hear  civil  cases  relating  to  Native  American  tribes,  and  we  may  be  unable  to  enforce  any
arbitration decision effectively. Although we attempt to agree upon governing law and venue provisions in
our  contracts  with  Native  American  tribal  customers,  these  provisions  vary  widely  and  may  not  be
enforceable.

Certain of our agreements with Native American tribes are subject to review by regulatory authorities. For
example,  our  development  agreements  are  subject  to  review  by  the  NIGC,  and  any  such  review  could
require  substantial  modifications  to  our  agreements  or  result  in  the  determination  that  we  have  a
proprietary  interest  in  a  Native  American  tribe’s  gaming  activity,  which  could  materially  and  adversely
affect the terms on which we conduct our business. The NIGC has previously expressed the view that some
of  our  development  agreements  could  be  in  violation  of  the  requirements  of  the  IGRA  and  Native
American  tribal  gaming  regulations,  which  state  that  the  Native  American  tribes  must  hold  ‘‘sole
proprietary interest’’ in the Native American tribes’ gaming operations, which presents additional risk for
our  business.  The  NIGC  may  also  reinterpret  applicable  laws  and  regulations,  which  could  affect  our
agreements  with  Native  American  tribes.  We  could  also  be  affected  by  alternative  interpretations  of  the
Johnson Act as the Native American tribes, who are the customers for our Class II games, could be subject
to  significant  fines  and  penalties  if  it  is  ultimately  determined  they  are  offering  an  illegal  game,  and  an
adverse regulatory or judicial determination regarding the legal status of our products could have material
adverse consequences for our business,  financial condition, operations, cash flows or prospects.

Government enforcement, regulatory action, judicial decisions and proposed legislative action have in the
past,  and  will  likely  continue  to  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  operations,  cash  flows  and
prospects in Native American tribal lands. The legal and regulatory uncertainties surrounding our Native
American  tribal  agreements  could  result  in  a  significant  and  immediate  material  adverse  effect  on  our
business, financial condition, operations or cash flows. Additionally, such uncertainties could increase our
cost  of  doing  business  and  could  take  management’s  attention  away  from  operations.  Regulatory  action
against  our  customers  or  equipment  in  these  or  other  markets  could  result  in  machine  seizures  and
significant  revenue  disruptions,  among  other  adverse  consequences.  Moreover,  Native  American  tribal
policies  and  procedures,  as  well  as  tribal  selection  of  gaming  vendors,  are  subject  to  the  political  and
governance environment within each Native American tribe. Changes in tribal leadership or tribal political
pressure can affect our business relationships within Native American markets.

22

Certain Native American tribes require us to contract with entities that are owned, controlled or managed
by tribal members to provide a portion of our services. In some instances, these entities are subcontractors
of ours in connection with providing our services, while in other instances we are a subcontractor to these
entities  who  contract  with  the  applicable  tribal  gaming  casino  or  tribe  directly  to  provide  cash  access
services. Our ability to provide our services is dependent upon our relationship with these third parties and
their  ability  to  provide  services  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  our  contractual  arrangement  with  these
third  parties  and,  in  some  instances,  the  third  parties’  relationship  or  contractual  arrangement  with  the
applicable tribal gaming casino or tribe.

Our business depends on our ability to introduce new, commercially viable games, products and services in a timely
manner.

Our  success  is  dependent  on  our  ability  to  develop  and  sell  new  games,  products  and  services  that  are
attractive not only to our customers but also to their customers, the gaming patrons. If our games, products
and  services  do  not  appeal  to  gaming  operators  and  patrons,  or  do  not  meet  or  sustain  revenue  and
profitability  of  contractual  obligations  and  expectations,  we  may  lose  business  to  our  competitors.
Additionally,  we  may  be  unable  to  enhance  existing  games,  products  and  services  in  a  timely  manner  in
response  to  changing  regulatory,  legal  or  market  conditions  or  customer  requirements,  or  new  games,
products and services may not achieve market acceptance in new or existing markets. Furthermore, as we
attempt to generate new streams of revenue by selling our games, products and services to new customers
in  new  jurisdictions,  we  may  have  difficulty  implementing  an  effective  sales  strategy  for  these  new
jurisdictions. If we are unable to keep pace with rapid innovations in new technologies or product design
and deployment or if we are unable to quickly adapt our development, manufacturing or sales processes to
compete, our business, financial condition, operations or cash flows could suffer a material adverse effect.

We may  not successfully enter new markets  and potential new markets  may  not  develop quickly or at all.

If and as new and developing domestic markets develop, competition among providers of cash access and
gaming-related  products  and  services  will  intensify.  We  will  face  a  number  of  hurdles  in  our  attempts  to
enter  these  markets,  including  the  need  to  expand  our  sales  and  marketing  presence,  compete  against
pre-existing  relationships  that  our  target  customers  may  have  with  our  competitors,  the  uncertainty  of
compliance with new or developing regulatory regimes (including regulatory regimes relating to Internet
gaming) with which we are not currently familiar and oversight by regulators that are not familiar with us
or  our  businesses.  Each  of  these  risks  could  materially  impair  our  ability  to  successfully  expand  our
operations into these new and developing domestic  markets.

In addition, as we attempt to sell our cash access products and services into international markets in which
we have not previously operated, we may become exposed to political, economic, tax, legal and regulatory
risks not faced by businesses that operate only in the United States. The legal and regulatory regimes of
foreign markets and their ramifications on our business are less certain. Our international operations are
subject to a variety of risks, including different regulatory requirements and interpretations, trade barriers,
difficulties  in  staffing  and  managing  foreign  operations,  higher  rates  of  fraud,  compliance  with
anti-corruption and export control laws, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, difficulty in enforcing or
interpreting  contracts  or  legislation,  political  and  economic  instability  and  potentially  adverse  tax
consequences.  Difficulties  in  obtaining  approvals,  licenses  or  waivers  from  the  monetary  and  gaming
authorities of other jurisdictions, in addition to other potential regulatory and quasi-regulatory issues that
we  have  not  yet  ascertained,  may  arise  in  international  jurisdictions  into  which  we  attempt  to  enter.  In
infrastructure  of  financial  services  and
these  new  markets,  our  operations  will  rely  on  an 
telecommunications  facilities  that  may  not  be  sufficient  to  support  our  business  needs,  such  as  the
authorization and settlement services that are required to implement electronic payment transactions and
the telecommunications facilities that would enable us to reliably connect our networks to our products at
gaming establishments in these new markets. In these new markets, we may additionally provide services

23

based upon interpretations of applicable law, which interpretation may be subject to regulatory or judicial
review. These risks, among others, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition
and operations. In connection with our expansion into new international markets, we may forge strategic
relationships with business partners to assist us. The success of our expansion into these markets therefore
may  depend  in  part  upon  the  success  of  the  business  partners  with  whom  we  forge  these  strategic
relationships. If we do not successfully form strategic relationships with the right business partners or if we
are  not  able  to  overcome  cultural  or  business  practice  differences,  our  ability  to  penetrate  these  new
international markets could suffer.

We are subject to the risk that the domestic or international markets we attempt to enter or expand into
may not develop as quickly as anticipated, or at all. The development of new gaming markets is subject to
political, social, regulatory and economic forces beyond our control. The expansion of gaming activities in
new  markets  can  be  very  controversial  and  may  depend  heavily  on  the  support  and  sponsorship  of  local
government. Changes in government leadership, failure to obtain requisite voter support in referendums,
failure of legislators to enact enabling legislation and limitations on the volume of gaming activity that is
permitted in particular markets may inhibit the development of new markets. Further, our estimates of the
potential future opportunities in new markets are based on a variety of assumptions that may prove to be
inaccurate. To the extent that we overestimate the potential of a new market, incorrectly gauge the timing
of  the  development  of  a  new  market  or  fail  to  anticipate  the  differences  between  a  new  market  and  our
existing  markets,  we  may  fail  in  our  strategy  of  growing  our  business  by  expanding  into  new  markets.
Moreover, if we are unable to meet the needs of our existing customers as they enter markets that we do
not currently serve, our relationships with these customers could be harmed.

We  may  not  realize  satisfactory  returns  on  money  loaned  or  otherwise  funded  to  new  and  existing  customers  to
develop or expand gaming facilities.

In our gaming business, we enter into development and placement fee agreements to provide financing for
construction, expansion or remodeling of gaming facilities, primarily in the State of Oklahoma. Under our
development and placement fee agreements, we secure a long-term revenue share percentage and a fixed
number  of  player  terminal  placements  in  the  facility  in  exchange  for  funding  the  development  and
construction of the gaming facility. The success of these ventures is dependent upon the timely completion
of the gaming facility, the placement of our player terminals and a favorable regulatory environment. Our
development  and  placement  efforts  and  financing  activities  may  result  in  operating  difficulties,  financial
and  regulatory  risks,  or  required  expenditures  that  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  liquidity.  In
connection  with  one  or  more  of  these  transactions,  and  to  obtain  the  necessary  development  and
placement  fee  funds,  we  may  need  to  extend  secured  and  unsecured  credit  to  potential  or  existing
customers that may not be repaid, incur debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay, or
incur other contingent liabilities. While we believe the increased level of receivables from counterparties to
development agreements has allowed us to grow our business, it has also required direct, additional focus
of  and  involvement  by  management.  The  failure  to  maintain  controls  and  processes  related  to  our
collection efforts or the deterioration of the financial condition of our customers could negatively impact
our  business.

We  depend  on  third-party  transaction  processors,  telecommunication  networks  and  other  third-party  technology
providers to provide our cash access and related services, and if we, or any of these third parties, experience system
or service failures, the products and services we provide could be delayed or interrupted, which could harm our
business and reputation.

Our  ability  to  provide  uninterrupted  and  high  levels  of  services  depends  upon  the  performance  of  the
third-party  processors,  telecommunication  networks  and  other  third-party  technology  providers  that  we
use.  Any  significant  interruptions  in  or  degradation  of  the  quality  of  the  services  that  these  third  parties
provide  to  us  could  severely  harm  our  business  and  reputation  and  lead  to  the  loss  of  customers  and

24

revenue.  Our  third-party  providers  and  their  systems  are  potentially  vulnerable  to  computer  viruses,
physical  or  electronic  security  breaches,  natural  disasters  and  similar  disruptions,  which  could  lead  to
interruptions  or  outages  of  our  services,  delays,  loss  of  data  or  public  release  of  confidential  data,  all  of
which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operations or cash flows. In
some  instances,  such  failures  could  cause  us  to  fail  to  meet  contractual  deadlines  or  specifications  and
force  us  to  renegotiate  contracts  on  less  favorable  terms,  pay  penalties  or  liquidated  damages  or  suffer
major  losses  if  the  customer  exercises  its  right  to  terminate.  We  are  parties  to  certain  agreements  that
could require us to pay damages resulting from loss of revenues if our systems are not properly functioning
or  as  a  result  of  a  system  malfunction.  For  example,  our  agreement  with  the  New  York  Lottery  permits
termination of the contract at any time for failure by us or our system to perform properly, and any such
unforeseen  downtime  could  subject  us  to  liquidated  damages.  In  addition,  if  we  fail  to  meet  the  terms
specified  in  our  contracts,  we  may  not  realize  their  full  benefits.  Failure  to  perform  under  any  contract
could result in substantial monetary damages, as well as contract termination. Our results of operations are
dependent on our ability to maximize  our earnings from our contracts.

We typically rely on a single third-party processor to process substantially all of our cash access transactions that are
processed through various card associations and payment networks, and the failure of our third-party processor to
adequately  provide  such  processing  services  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial
condition, operations or cash flows.

We typically rely on a single third party to provide processing services for the substantial majority of our
cash access transactions by obtaining authorizations for ATM cash withdrawal, POS debit card and credit
card cash access transactions and to provide settlement transaction files to card associations and payment
networks for some of these transactions. In addition, we recently elected to switch third-party processors
and  began  converting  our  cash  access  services  to  a  new  third-party  processor  (the  ‘‘New  Third-Party
Processor’’) beginning in 2014. If we fail to successfully complete this conversion by June 30, 2016, we will
not  be  able  to  provide  services  to  our  customers  or  to  the  locations  that  are  not  converted  to  the  New
Third-Party  Processor  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,
operations  or  cash  flows.  If  our  third-party  processor,  including  the  New  Third-Party  Processor,  fails  to
adequately  provide  these  services,  it  could  result  in  our  systems  being  unable  to  process  our  cash  access
transactions intermittently or for extended periods of time, which could have a material adverse effect on
our  business, financial condition, operations or cash  flows.

An unexpectedly high level of chargebacks, as the result of fraud or otherwise, including in connection with new
technology  standards  being  implemented  in  the  United  States  regarding  chip-based  cards,  could  materially  and
adversely affect our cash access business.

In  1994,  Europay,  MasterCard  and  Visa  jointly  developed  EMV,  designed  to  deter  fraudulent  card
transactions related to identity theft, counterfeit cards and the misuse of lost or stolen cards via enhanced
card  authentication,  transaction  authorization  and  cardholder  verification  using  chip-based  smart-cards.
EMV has been adopted in many regions of the world as the global standard for fraud deterrence in chip
based  smart-card  payments.  Historically,  the  U.S.  Payments  industry  has  relied  on  magnetic  stripe  cards
instead  of  EMV  compliant  chip-based  cards.  Recently,  however,  U.S.  card  issuers  have  begun  to  offer
EMV-capable chip-based smart-cards, and beginning on October 1, 2015, the U.S. payment card industry
will  begin  shifting  liability  for  fraudulent  transactions  generated  through  EMV-enabled  cards  onto
merchants whose devices are not capable of processing chip-based smart-card EMV transactions. This will
shift the responsibility for chargebacks due to fraudulent transactions on such cards from the card issuer
onto the merchant. If we fail to comply with these new requirements in time, we will bear the chargeback
risk for fraudulent transactions generated through EMV-enabled cards or we may experience a decrease in
transaction  volume  if  we  cannot  process  transactions  at  all  for  cardholders  whose  issuer  has  migrated
entirely from magnetic stripe to chip-based smart-cards.

25

When  patrons  use  our  cash  access  services,  we  either  dispense  cash  or  produce  a  negotiable  instrument
that can be exchanged for cash. If a completed cash access transaction is subsequently disputed, and if we
are unsuccessful in establishing the validity of the transaction, we may not be able to collect payment for
such  transaction  and  such  transaction  becomes  a  chargeback.  In  the  event  that  we  incur  chargebacks  in
excess of specified levels, we could lose our sponsorship into the card associations or be censured by the
card  associations  by  way  of  fines  or  otherwise.  Our  failure  to  adequately  manage  our  chargebacks  could
have a material adverse effect on our  business, financial condition, operations or  cash flows.

Changes in consumer willingness to pay a fee to access their funds could reduce the demand for our cash access
products  and services.

Our cash access business depends upon the willingness of patrons to pay a service fee to access their own
funds on the premises of a gaming establishment. In most retail environments, consumers typically do not
pay an additional fee for using non-cash payment methods such as credit cards, POS debit cards or checks.
Gaming  patrons  could  bring  more  cash  with  them  to  gaming  establishments  or  access  cash  outside  of
gaming  establishments  without  paying  a  fee  for  the  convenience  of  not  having  to  leave  the  gaming
establishment.  To  the  extent  that  gaming  patrons  become  unwilling  to  pay  these  fees  for  convenience  or
lower  cost  cash  access  alternatives  become  available,  the  demand  for  cash  access  services  within  gaming
establishments will decline and our business could suffer.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property adequately, we may lose a valuable competitive advantage or be
forced to incur costly litigation to protect  our rights.

Our success depends, in part, on developing and protecting our intellectual property. We rely on copyright,
patent,  trademark  and  trade  secret  laws  to  protect  our  intellectual  property.  We  also  rely  on  other
confidentiality  and  contractual  agreements  and  arrangements  with  our  employees,  affiliates,  business
partners  and  customers  to  establish  and  protect  our  intellectual  property  and  similar  proprietary  rights.
While we expect these agreements and arrangements to be honored, we cannot assure you that they will be
and,  despite  our  efforts,  our  trade  secrets  and  proprietary  know-how  could  become  known  to,  or
independently  developed  by,  competitors.  Any  litigation  relating  to  the  defense  of  our  intellectual
property, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs to us and potentially cause a
diversion of our resources.

In addition, we may face claims of infringement that could interfere with our ability to use technology or
other  intellectual  property  rights  that  are  material  to  our  business  operations.  In  the  event  a  claim  of
infringement  against  us  is  successful,  we  may  be  required  to  pay  royalties  to  use  technology  or  other
intellectual  property  rights  that  we  had  been  using,  or  we  may  be  required  to  enter  into  a  license
agreement and pay license fees, or we may be required to stop using the technology or other intellectual
property rights that we had been using. We may be unable to obtain necessary licenses from third parties at
a reasonable cost or within a reasonable amount of time. Any litigation of this type, whether successful or
unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs to us and  potentially cause a diversion of our resources.

We rely on hardware, software and games licensed from third parties, and on technology provided by third-party
vendors,  the  loss  of  which  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  increase  our  costs  and  delay
deployment or suspend development of our  gaming systems  and player  terminals.

We  have  entered  into  license  agreements  with  third  parties  for  the  exclusive  use  of  their  technology  and
intellectual  property  rights  in  the  gaming  industry,  such  as  our  license  to  use  portions  of  the  software
infrastructure upon which our cash access systems operate, and we also rely on third-party manufacturers
to  manufacture  our  gaming  devices,  fully  integrated  kiosks  and  jackpot  kiosks.  We  rely  on  these  other
parties to maintain and protect this technology and the related intellectual property rights. If our licensors
fail  to  protect  their  intellectual  property  rights  in  material  that  we  license  and  we  are  unable  to  protect
such intellectual property rights, the value of our licenses may diminish significantly and our business could

26

be significantly harmed. In addition, if these agreements expire and we are unable to renew them, or if the
manufacturers of this software or hardware, or functional equivalents of this software or hardware, were
either no longer available to us or no longer offered to us on commercially reasonable terms, we may lose a
valuable competitive advantage and our  business could be harmed.

Acts of God, adverse weather and shipping difficulties, particularly with respect to international third-party
suppliers  of  our  components,  could  cause  significant  production  delays.  If  we  are  unable  to  obtain  these
components from our established third-party vendors, we could be required to either redesign our product
to function with alternate third-party products or to develop or manufacture these components ourselves,
which would result in increased costs and could result in delays in the deployment of our gaming systems
and  player  terminals.  Furthermore,  we  might  be  forced  to  limit  the  features  available  in  our  current  or
future offerings.

We rely on intellectual property licenses from one or more third-party competitors, the loss of which could
materially and adversely affect our business and the sale or placement of our products. Various third-party
gaming  manufacturers  with  which  we  compete  are  much  larger  than  us  and  have  substantially  larger
intellectual  property  assets.  The  gaming  manufacturer  industry  is  very  competitive  and  litigious,  and  a
lawsuit  brought  by  one  of  our  larger  competitors,  whether  or  not  well-founded,  may  have  a  material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operations or cash flows and our ability to sell or place
our  products.

Our use of open source software may pose particular risks to our proprietary software, products and services in a
manner that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operations or cash flows.

Some of our gaming products may incorporate open source software. Some open source licenses mandate,
as  a  condition  of  use  of  the  open  source  software  that  is  subject  to  the  license,  that  software  developed
based  upon  such  open  source  software,  or  combined  in  certain  ways  with  such  open  source  software,
become  subject  to  the  open  source  license,  or  the  proprietary  software  may  become  infected.  If  our
proprietary software were thus infected, we could be required to stop using the infecting open sources of
software  (which  would  require  us  to  obtain  commercial  licenses  or  develop  alternative  software,  which
could be costly or time consuming) or make any of our proprietary software that was infected available to
the public in source code form without charge. We take steps to ensure that proprietary software we do not
wish  to  disclose  is  not  combined  with,  or  does  not  incorporate,  open  source  software  in  ways  that  would
require  such  proprietary  software  to  be  subject  to  an  open  source  license.  However,  few  courts  have
interpreted  the  open  source  licenses,  and  the  manner  in  which  these  licenses  may  be  interpreted  and
enforced is therefore subject to some uncertainty.

We operate our business in regions subject to natural disasters. Any interruption to our business resulting from a
natural disaster will adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

In the event of a natural disaster, the operations of gaming establishments could be negatively impacted or
consumer  demand  for  gaming  could  decline,  or  both,  and  as  a  result,  our  business  could  be  interrupted,
which  will  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  revenues  and  results  of  operations.  Adverse  weather
conditions,  particularly  flooding,  tornadoes,  heavy  snowfall  and  other  extreme  weather  conditions  often
deter our customer’s end users from traveling or make it difficult for them to frequent the sites where our
games are installed. If any of those sites experienced prolonged adverse weather conditions, or if the sites
in  the  State  of  Oklahoma,  where  a  significant  number  of  our  games  are  installed,  simultaneously
experienced adverse weather conditions, our results of business, financial condition and operations could
be materially and adversely affected.

27

Failure  to  maintain  an  effective  system  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  lead  to  our  inability  to
accurately report our financial results.

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports. If
we  cannot  provide  reliable  financial  reports,  our  business  and  operating  results  could  be  harmed.  Our
assessment of our internal control over financial reporting has identified material weaknesses in the past,
each  of  which  we  subsequently  remediated,  but  new  material  weaknesses  may  arise  in  the  future.  Our
failure  to  identify,  or  to  remediate  identified,  material  weaknesses  could  cause  us  to  fail  to  meet  our
reporting  obligations,  cause  investors  to  lose  confidence  in  our  reported  financial  information,  cause  a
decline or volatility in our stock prices, cause a reduction in our credit ratings or tarnish our reputation.
Also, increased expenses due to remediation costs and increased  regulatory scrutiny are  also possible.

If our risk management methods are not effective, our business, reputation, financial condition, operations or cash
flows could be materially and adversely  affected.

We  have  methods  to  identify,  monitor  and  manage  our  risks;  however,  these  methods  may  not  be  fully
effective.  Some  of  our  risk  management  methods  may  depend  upon  evaluation  of  information  regarding
markets,  customers  or  other  matters  that  are  publicly  available  or  otherwise  accessible  by  us.  That
information may not in all cases be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly evaluated. If our methods
are not fully effective or we are not successful in monitoring or evaluating the risks to which we are or may
be  exposed,  our  business,  financial  condition,  operations  or  cash  flows  could  be  materially  and  adversely
affected. In addition, our insurance policies  may  not  provide adequate  coverage.

Changes by M&C International and First Data Corporation to certain of their tax returns may have an impact on
the value of a component of our deferred tax asset, which could require us to recalculate the starting balance of the
deferred tax asset and the annual amortization thereof.

In connection with a recapitalization and private equity restructuring that occurred in 2004 involving our
former  owners,  First  Data  Corporation  (‘‘First  Data’’),  M&C  International  (‘‘M&C’’)  and  entities
affiliated  with Bank of America, N.A.,  we recorded  a deferred  tax asset of $247.0 million. In connection
with this deferred tax asset, we expect to pay a significantly lower amount in United States federal income
taxes  than  we  provide  for  in  our  consolidated  statements  of  income  and  comprehensive  income.  Our
calculation  of  the  starting  balance  of  the  deferred  tax  asset  is  based  upon  information  we  received  from
First Data and M&C about the gains they recorded in the transaction. If First Data or M&C change their
calculation  of  the  gains  and  file  amended  tax  returns,  we  may  be  required  to  recalculate  the  starting
balance of the deferred tax asset and the annual amortization thereof. In addition, unanticipated changes
in applicable income tax rates or laws or changes in our tax position or our ability to utilize our deferred
tax asset, which may be affected by factors beyond our control, could have a material adverse effect on our
future business, financial condition, operations or  cash flows.

Risks Related to Regulation of Our Industry

We  may  be  subject  to  fines,  penalties,  liabilities  and  legal  claims  resulting  from  unauthorized  disclosure  of
cardholder and patron data, whether through a security breach of our computer systems, our third-party processor’s
computer systems or otherwise, or through our  unauthorized use or  transmission of such data.

We  collect  and  store  personally  identifiable  information  about  cardholders  and  patrons  that  perform
certain  cash  access  and  Central  Credit  transactions,  including  names,  addresses,  social  security  numbers,
driver’s license numbers and account numbers, and we maintain a database of cardholder and patron data,
including account numbers, in order to process our cash access and Central Credit transactions. We also
rely  on  our  third-party  processor  and  certain  other  technology  partners  to  process  and  store  cardholder
and patron data relating to our cash access and Central Credit transactions. As a result, we, as well as our
third-party  processor,  certain  of  our  other  technology  providers  and  some  of  our  gaming  establishment

28

customers, are required to comply with various federal and state privacy statutes and regulations and the
PCI  Data  Security  Standard.  Compliance  with  these  regulations  and  requirements,  which  are  subject  to
change at any time, is often difficult and costly, and our failure, or the failure of these other third parties,
to  comply  may  result  in  significant  fines  or  civil  penalties,  regulatory  enforcement  action,  liability  to  our
sponsor bank and termination of our agreements with our gaming establishment customers, each of which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operations or cash flows. If our
computer  systems  or  those  of  our  third-party  processor  or  other  technology  providers  suffer  a  security
breach, we may be subject to liability, including claims for unauthorized transactions with misappropriated
bank card information, impersonation or similar fraud claims, as well as for any failure to comply with laws
governing  required  notifications  of  such  a  breach,  and  these  claims  could  result  in  protracted  and  costly
litigation,  penalties  or  sanctions  from  the  card  associations  and  payment  networks,  and  damage  to  our
reputation,  which  could  reduce  and  limit  our  ability  to  provide  cash  access  and  related  services  to  our
gaming establishment customers.

The  personally  identifiable  information  we  collect  also  includes  our  patrons’  transaction  behavioral  data
and credit history data, which we may use to provide marketing and data intelligence services to gaming
establishments.  This  information  is  increasingly  subject  to  federal,  state  and  card  association  laws  and
regulations  as  well  as  laws  and  regulations  in  numerous  jurisdictions  around  the  world.  Governmental
regulations are typically intended to protect the privacy and security of such data and information as well
as  to  regulate  the  collection,  storage,  transmission,  transfer,  use  and  distribution  of  such  data  and
information. We could be materially and adversely affected if domestic or international laws or regulations
are  expanded  to  require  changes  in  our  business  practices  or  if  governing  jurisdictions  interpret  or
implement  their  laws  or  regulations  in  ways  that  negatively  affect  our  business  or  even  prohibit  us  from
offering certain marketing and data intelligence or other services. Similarly, if we are required to allocate
significant  resources  to  modify  our  internal  operating  systems  and  procedures  to  enable  enhanced
protection of patron data that we transmit, store and use, our business results could be adversely affected.
In addition, we may face requirements that pose compliance challenges in new international markets that
we seek to enter as various foreign jurisdictions have different laws and regulations concerning the storage,
transmission and use of gaming patron data. Such variation could subject us to costs, liabilities or negative
publicity that could impair our ability to expand our operations into some countries and therefore limit our
future growth.

We are subject to extensive governmental gaming  regulation, which may  harm  our business.

Our  operation  of  gaming  activities,  including  the  sale  and  manufacturing  of  gaming  devices,  fully
integrated  kiosks,  the  provision  of  cash  access  services  at  gaming  establishments  and  the  operation  of
central determinant systems, is subject to extensive regulation by the jurisdictions where we operate. These
laws,  regulations  and  ordinances  vary  from  jurisdiction  to  jurisdiction,  but  generally  concern  the
responsibility,  financial  stability  and  character  of  our  owners,  officers  and  directors,  as  well  as  those
persons financially interested or involved in gaming operations. As such, gaming regulators can require us
to  cease  operations  in  that  jurisdiction.  In  addition,  the  unauthorized  operation  of  gaming  or  unsuitable
activity on our part or on the part of our subsidiaries or affiliates in any jurisdiction could have a negative
effect on our ability to continue operating in other jurisdictions. In addition, we are subject to the possible
increase  at  any  time  by  various  state  and  federal  legislatures  and  officials  of  gaming  taxes  or  fees,  which
could adversely affect our results. For a summary of gaming regulations that could affect our business, see
‘‘Item 1. Business—Regulation.’’

29

Our  ability  to  conduct  both  our  gaming  and  cash  access  businesses,  expand  operations,  develop  and
distribute  new  games,  products  and  systems,  and  expand  into  new  gaming  markets  is  also  subject  to
significant  federal,  state,  local,  Native  American  and  foreign  regulations.  In  the  United  States  and  many
other countries, gaming must be expressly authorized by law. Once authorized, such activities are subject to
extensive  and  evolving  governmental  regulation.  While  we  seek  to  comply  with  the  standards  and
regulations  set  forth  by  each  jurisdiction,  a  governmental  agency  or  court  could  disagree  with  our
interpretation of these standards and regulations or determine that the manufacturing and use of certain of
our electronic player terminals, and perhaps other key components of our gaming systems that rely to some
extent  upon  electronic  equipment  to  run  a  game,  constitute  illegal  gaming.  An  adverse  regulatory  or
judicial determination regarding the legal status of our products could have material adverse consequences
for  us  in  other  jurisdictions,  including  with  gaming  regulators,  and  our  business,  operating  results  and
prospects  could  suffer  and  we  and  our  officers  and  directors  could  be  subject  to  significant  fines  and
penalties.  Furthermore,  the  failure  to  become  licensed,  or  the  loss  or  conditioning  of  a  license,  in  one
market may have the adverse effect of preventing licensing in other markets or the revocation of licenses
we already maintain.

As  we  expand  into  new  markets,  we  expect  to  encounter  business,  legal,  operational  and  regulatory
uncertainties  as  well  as  additional  responsibilities.  As  we  enter  new  jurisdictions,  we  are  subject  to
increasing  legal,  regulatory  and  reporting  requirements  that  will  require  substantial  additional  resources,
such as new licenses, permits and approvals, including third-party certifications that our games comply with
a particular jurisdiction’s stated regulations, in order to meet our expectations for new market entry, and
such  licenses,  permits  or  approvals  may  not  be  timely  granted  to  us,  or  granted  to  us  at  all,  which  could
have  a  material  effect  on  our  business  in  general  and  new  market  entry  specifically.  Obtaining  and
maintaining  all  required  licenses,  findings  of  suitability,  registrations,  permits  or  approvals  is  time
consuming,  expensive  and  potentially  distracting  to  management.  As  we  enter  new  jurisdictions,  our
reporting systems will need to be developed and/or updated, and we may fail to provide timely or adequate
notifications or reporting requirements within these new jurisdictions, which could have adverse regulatory
consequences  for  us  in  that,  or  in  other,  jurisdictions,  which  could  affect  our  business.  In  addition,  entry
into new markets may require us to make changes to our gaming systems to ensure that they comply with
applicable regulatory requirements. We may also encounter additional legal and regulatory challenges that
are difficult or impossible to foresee and which could result in an unforeseen adverse impact on planned
revenues or costs associated with the new market opportunity. If we are unable to effectively develop and
operate  within  these  new  markets,  then  our  business,  operating  results  and  financial  condition  would  be
impaired.

Generally, our placement of systems, games and technology into new market segments involves a number
of business uncertainties, including whether:

(cid:127) the technical platform on which our gaming units, systems and products are based will comply, or can be
modified  to  comply,  with  the  minimum  technical  requirements  for  each  of  the  identified  new  gaming
markets;

(cid:127) we are able to successfully pass required field trials and comply with the initial game/system installation

requirements for each new jurisdiction;

(cid:127) our resources and expertise will enable us to effectively operate and grow in such new markets, including

meeting  regulatory requirements;

(cid:127) our internal processes and controls  will  continue to function effectively within these new segments;

(cid:127) we have enough experience to accurately predict revenues and expenses in  these  new markets;

(cid:127) the diversion of management attention and resources from our traditional business, caused by entering

into new market segments, will have harmful  effects on  our traditional business;

30

(cid:127) we will be able to successfully compete against larger companies who dominate the markets that we are

trying to enter; and

(cid:127) we  can  timely  perform  under  our  agreements  in  these  new  markets  because  of  other  unforeseen

obstacles.

In  addition,  the  suspension,  revocation,  nonrenewal  or  limitation  of  any  of  our  licenses  could  have  a
material  adverse  effect  on  our  business  operations,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  and  our
ability to maintain key employees. The gaming authorities may deny, limit, condition, suspend or revoke a
gaming  license  or  related  approval  for  violations  of  applicable  gaming  laws  and  regulations  and  may
impose substantial fines and take other actions, any one of which could have a significant adverse effect on
our  business, financial condition and results of operations.

Further, changes in existing gaming laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing gaming laws may
hinder  or  prevent  us  from  continuing  to  operate  in  those  jurisdictions  where  we  currently  do  business,
which  could  harm  our  operating  results.  In  particular,  the  enactment  of  unfavorable  legislation  or
government  efforts  affecting  or  directed  at  manufacturers  or  gaming  operators,  such  as  referendums  to
increase  gaming  taxes  or  requirements  to  use  local  distributors,  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  our
operations. Moreover, in addition to the risk of enforcement action, we are also at risk of loss of business
reputation in the event of any potential legal or regulatory investigation, whether or not we are ultimately
accused of or found to have committed  any violation.

Many of the financial services that we provide are subject to extensive rules and regulations, which may harm our
business.

Our Central Credit gaming patron credit bureau and check verification and warranty services are subject to
the  Fair  Credit  Reporting  Act,  the  Fair  and  Accurate  Credit  Transactions  Act  of  2003  and  similar  state
laws. The collection practices that are used by our third-party providers and us may be subject to the Fair
Debt Collection Practices Act and applicable state laws relating to debt collection. All of our cash access
services  and  patron  marketing  services  are  subject  to  the  privacy  provisions  of  state  and  federal  law,
including the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. Our POS debit card transactions and ATM withdrawal services are
subject to the Electronic Fund Transfer Act. Our ATM services are subject to the applicable state banking
regulations in each jurisdiction in which we operate ATMs. Our ATM services may also be subject to state
and local regulations relating to the imposition of daily limits on the amounts that may be withdrawn from
ATMs,  the  location  of  ATMs,  our  ability  to  surcharge  cardholders  who  use  our  ATMs  and  the  form  and
type  of  notices  that  must  be  disclosed  regarding  the  provision  of  our  ATM  services.  The  cash  access
services  we  provide  are  subject  to  record  keeping  and  reporting  obligations  under  the  Bank  Secrecy  Act
and the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001. We are required to file SARs with respect to transactions completed
at  all  gaming  establishments  at  which  our  cash  access  services  are  provided.  If  we  are  found  to  be
noncompliant in any way with these laws, we could be subject to substantial civil and criminal penalties. In
jurisdictions  in  which  we  serve  as  a  check  casher,  we  are  subject  to  the  applicable  state  licensing
requirements  and  regulations  governing  check  cashing  activities.  We  are  also  subject  to  various  state
licensing requirements and regulations governing money transmitters.

We  are  subject  to  formal  or  informal  audits,  inquiries  or  reviews  from  time  to  time  by  the  regulatory
authorities  that  enforce  these  financial  services  rules  and  regulations.  In  the  event  that  any  regulatory
authority determines that the manner in which we provide cash access, patron marketing or gaming patron
credit bureau services is not in compliance with existing rules and regulations, or the regulatory authorities
adopt new rules or regulations that prohibit or restrict the manner in which we provide cash access, patron
marketing  or  gaming  patron  credit  bureau  services,  then  these  regulatory  authorities  may  force  us  to
modify  the  manner  in  which  we  operate  or  force  us  to  stop  processing  certain  types  of  cash  access
transactions  or  providing  patron  marketing  or  gaming  patron  credit  bureau  services  altogether.  We  may
also  be  required  to  pay  substantial  penalties  and  fines  if  we  fail  to  comply  with  applicable  rules  and

31

regulations.  For  example,  if  we  fail  to  file  CTRs  or  SARs  on  a  timely  basis  or  if  we  are  found  to  be
noncompliant in any way with either the Bank Secrecy Act or the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, we could be
subject to substantial civil and criminal penalties. In addition, our failure to comply with applicable rules
and regulations could subject us to private litigation.

We are subject to extensive rules and regulations of card associations, including VISA, MasterCard and electronic
payment networks that are always subject  to  change, which  may harm  our business.

Our cash access business is subject to the extensive rules and regulations of the leading card associations,
VISA  and  MasterCard.  The  rules  and  regulations  do  not  expressly  address  some  of  the  contexts  and
settings  in  which  we  process  cash  access  transactions  or  do  so  in  a  manner  subject  to  varying
interpretations. As an example, we and certain of our providers must comply with the PCI Data Security
Standard.  The  failure  by  any  of  such  providers  to  comply  with  such  standards  could  result  in  our  being
fined  or  being  prohibited  from  processing  transactions  through  VISA,  MasterCard  and  other  card  and
payment networks. We also process transactions involving the use of the proprietary credit cards such as
those  offered  by  Discover  Card  and  American  Express,  as  well  as  other  regional  cards  issued  in  certain
international markets. The rules and regulations of the proprietary credit card networks that service these
cards present risks to us that are similar to those posed by the rules and regulations of VISA, MasterCard
and other payment networks.

The card associations’ and payment networks’ rules and regulations are always subject to change, and the
card  associations  or  payment  networks  may  modify  their  rules  and  regulations  from  time  to  time.  Our
inability  to  anticipate  changes  in  rules  and  regulations,  or  the  interpretation  or  application  thereof,  may
result in substantial disruption to our business. In the event that the card associations, payment networks
or our sponsoring banks determine that the manner in which we process certain types of card transactions
is  not  in  compliance  with  existing  rules  and  regulations,  or  if  the  card  associations  or  payment  networks
adopt  new  rules  or  regulations  that  prohibit  or  restrict  the  manner  in  which  we  process  certain  types  of
card transactions, we may be forced to pay a fine, modify the manner in which we operate our business or
stop  processing  certain  types  of  cash  access  transactions  altogether,  any  of  which  could  have  a  material
adverse effect on our business, financial  condition,  operations or cash  flows.

Card associations and EFT networks may change interchange reimbursement rates or network operating fees or
assess new fees associated with the processing and settlement of our cash access transactions or otherwise change
their  operating  rules  and  regulations  without  our  consent  and  such  changes  may  affect  our  revenues,  cost  of
revenues  (exclusive of depreciation and  amortization),  net income  and our  business  generally.

We receive income from issuers of ATM, credit and debit cards for certain transactions performed on our
ATMs related to cash dispensing or certain other non-financial transactions such as balance inquiries. The
EFT networks may also charge certain fees related to the performance of these transactions. We refer to
the net of this income and fees as reverse interchange. The amount of this reverse interchange income is
determined by the card network associations and EFT networks, and this income is subject to decrease at
their discretion.

We pay interchange and other network fees for services to the credit card associations and EFT networks
that they provide in settling transactions routed through their networks. Collectively we call these charges
interchange fees. Subject to the limitations imposed by federal regulations such as the Durbin Amendment
or  other  regulations  that  may  be  enacted,  the  amounts  of  these  interchange  fees  are  determined  based
upon the sole discretion of the card associations and EFT networks and are subject to increase at any time.
Although  certain  of  our  contracts  enable  us  to  pass  through  increases  in  interchange  or  other  network
processing fees to our customers, competitive pressures might prevent us from passing all or some of these
fees  through  to  our  customers  in  the  future.  To  the  extent  that  we  are  unable  to  pass  through  to  our
customers all or any portion of any increase in interchange or other network processing fees, our cost of
revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) would increase and our net income would decrease,

32

assuming  no  change  in  transaction  volumes.  Any  such  decrease  in  net  income  could  have  a  material
adverse effect on our business, financial  condition,  operations or cash  flows.

The  card  associations  and  EFT  networks  may  also  elect  to  impose  new  membership  or  other  fees,  or
implement new rules and regulations with respect to processing transactions through their networks, and
any  such  new  fees,  rules  or  regulations  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial
condition, operations or cash flows.

The provision of our credit card access, POS debit and ATM services are dependent upon our continued sponsorship
into  the  VISA  and  MasterCard  card  associations,  and  the  suspension  or  termination  of  our  sponsorship  would
result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition,  operations or cash flows.

We process virtually all of our credit card cash access, POS debit and ATM service transactions through the
VISA  and  MasterCard  card  associations,  both  domestically  and  internationally,  and  virtually  all  of  the
revenue that we derive from our credit card cash access, POS debit and ATM services is dependent upon
our continued sponsorship into the VISA and MasterCard associations. We cannot provide these services
without  sponsorship  into  the  VISA  and  MasterCard  associations  by  a  member  financial  institution.  Our
failure to maintain our current sponsorship arrangements or secure alternative sponsorship arrangements
into the VISA and MasterCard associations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, operations or cash flows.

Our ATM service business is subject to  extensive rules and regulations, which may harm our business.

Our  ATM  services  are  subject  to  the  applicable  federal,  state  and  local  banking  regulations  in  each
jurisdiction  in  which  we  operate  ATMs,  which  regulations  relate  to  the  imposition  of  daily  limits  on  the
amounts that may be withdrawn from ATMs, the location of ATMs, our ability to surcharge cardholders
who  use  our  ATMs  and  the  form  and  type  of  notices  that  must  be  disclosed  with  respect  to  the  fees  we
charge  to  patrons  in  connection  with  our  ATM  services.  ATMs  are  also  subject  to  requirements  of  the
Americans  with  Disabilities  Act,  which  in  general  require  that  ATMs  be  accessible  to  individuals  with
disabilities, such as visually-impaired persons. These laws and regulations may impose significant burdens
on our ability to operate ATMs profitably in some locations, or at all, and our business, financial condition,
operations or cash flows could be materially adversely affected. Moreover, because these regulations are
subject  to  change,  we  may  be  forced  to  modify  our  ATM  operations  in  a  manner  inconsistent  with  the
assumptions  upon  which  we  relied  when  entering  into  contracts  to  provide  ATM  services  at  gaming
establishments.  If  federal,  state,  local  or  foreign  authorities  adopt  new  laws  or  regulations  or  raise
enforcement levels on existing laws and regulations that make it more difficult for us to operate our ATM
business,  then  our  revenues  and  earnings  may  be  negatively  affected.  If  legislation  or  regulations  are
enacted in the future that adversely impact our ATM business, we may be forced to modify our operations
in  a  manner  inconsistent  with  the  assumptions  upon  which  we  relied  when  entering  into  contracts  to
provide  ATMs  at  gaming  establishments  and  our  business,  financial  condition,  operations  or  cash  flows
could suffer a material adverse effect.

Consumer privacy laws may change, requiring us to change our business practices or expend significant amounts
on compliance with such laws.

Our patron marketing and database services depend on our ability to collect and use non-public personal
information relating to patrons who use our products and services and the transactions they consummate
using our services. We are required by federal and state privacy laws and rules to safeguard and protect the
privacy of such information, to make disclosures to patrons regarding our privacy and information sharing
policies and, in some cases, to provide patrons an opportunity to ‘‘opt out’’ of the use of their information
for  certain  purposes.  The  failure  or  circumvention  of  the  means  by  which  we  safeguard  and  protect  the
privacy of information we gather may result in the dissemination of non-public personal information, which
may  harm  our  reputation  and  may  expose  us  to  liability  to  the  affected  individuals  and  regulatory

33

enforcement  proceedings  or  fines.  Regulators  reviewing  our  policies  and  practices  may  require  us  to
modify our practices in a material or immaterial manner or impose fines or other penalties if they believe
that our policies and practices do not meet the necessary standard. To the extent that our patron marketing
and database services have failed, are now failing or in the future fail to comply with applicable law, our
privacy policies or the notices that we provide to patrons, we may become subject to actions by a regulatory
authority or patrons which cause us to pay monetary penalties or require us to modify the manner in which
we provide patron marketing and database services. To the extent that patrons exercise their right to ‘‘opt
out,’’  our  ability  to  leverage  existing  and  future  databases  of  information  would  be  curtailed.  Consumer
and data privacy laws are evolving, and due to recent high profile thefts and losses of sensitive consumer
information from protected databases, such laws may be broadened in their scope and application, impose
additional requirements and restrictions on gathering, encrypting and using patron information or narrow
the types of information that may be collected or used for marketing or other purposes or require patrons
to ‘‘opt-in’’ to the use of their information for specific purposes, or impose additional fines or potentially
costly  compliance  requirements  which  will  hamper  the  value  of  our  patron  marketing  and  database
services.

We may experience increased capital requirements, accelerated depreciation and amortization expense and asset
write-offs  in  connection  with  the  EMV  standards  being  implemented  in  the  United  States,  which  could  cause  a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition,  operations or cash  flows.

We  are  classified  as  a  merchant  for  purposes  of  our  cash  access  transactions,  so  we  must  upgrade  or
replace our existing fleet of U.S.-based devices to accept the EMV standard. This requires us to upgrade
the software on a significant portion of our currently deployed fleet of U.S.-based POS, kiosks and ATM
devices. Additionally, we may have to replace a portion of our devices with newer devices equipped with
the  minimum  hardware  requirements  to  support  EMV.  The  costs  involved  with  upgrading  our  fleet  may
cause  us to incur increased capital expenditures  related to device replacement.

Risks Related to the Merger

We  may  not  realize  the  anticipated  benefits  of  the  Merger,  including  potential  cost  synergies,  due  to  challenges
associated with integrating the two companies or other factors.

The  success  of  the  Merger  will  depend  in  part  on  the  success  of  our  management  in  integrating  the
operations, technologies and personnel following the closing of the Merger. Our management’s inability to
meet  the  challenges  involved  in  integrating  successfully  the  operations  or  otherwise  to  realize  the
anticipated benefits of the Merger could seriously harm our results of operations. In addition, the overall
integration of the two companies will require substantial attention from our management, particularly in
light  of  the  geographically  dispersed  operations  of  the  two  companies,  which  could  further  harm  our
results of operations.

The challenges involved in integration include:

(cid:127) integrating the two companies’ operations, processes,  people, technologies,  products and services;

(cid:127) coordinating and integrating sales  and  marketing and research and  development functions;

(cid:127) demonstrating  to  our  customers  that  the  Merger  will  not  result  in  adverse  changes  in  business  focus,

products and service deliverables (including customer satisfaction);

(cid:127) assimilating  and  retaining  the  personnel  of  both  companies  and  integrating  the  business  cultures,

operations, systems and clients of both companies;  and

(cid:127) consolidating  corporate  and  administrative  infrastructures  and  eliminating  duplicative  operations  and

administrative functions.

34

We  may  not  be  able  to  successfully  integrate  operations  in  a  timely  manner,  or  at  all,  and  we  may  not
realize the anticipated benefits of the Merger, including potential cost and operating synergies or sales or
growth opportunities, to the extent or in the time frame anticipated. The anticipated benefits and synergies
of  the  Merger  are  based  on  assumptions  and  current  expectations,  not  actual  experience,  assume  a
successful integration and reallocation of resources among our facilities without unanticipated costs, and
assume our efforts do not have unforeseen or unintended consequences. In addition, our ability to realize
the  benefits  and  synergies  of  the  business  combination  could  be  adversely  impacted  to  the  extent  that
relationships with existing or potential customers, suppliers or strategic partners are adversely affected as a
consequence of the Merger or by practical or  legal constraints on our ability to combine  operations.

We may be unable to retain key personnel, which could materially impact our ability to further develop our business.

We  depend  on  the  continued  performance  of  the  members  of  our  senior  management  team  and  certain
other key employees to assist in executing our strategy. If we were to lose the services of any of our senior
officers, directors or key employees, and are not able to find suitable replacements for such persons in a
timely manner, our business could be materially affected. Further, we expect that our efforts to grow will
place a significant strain on our personnel, management systems, infrastructure and other resources. Our
ability to manage future growth effectively will also require us to successfully attract, train, motivate, retain
and  manage  new  employees  and  continue  to  update  and  improve  our  operational,  financial  and
management controls and procedures. Our employees may experience uncertainty about their future roles
with us until or after our strategies with respect to the Merger are announced or executed. Similar issues
may  arise  in  connection  with  any  future  acquisition,  merger  or  disposition.  These  circumstances  may
adversely  affect  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  key  personnel.  We  also  must  continue  to  attract  and
motivate  all  of  our  other  employees  and  keep  them  focused  on  our  strategies  and  goals  following  the
Merger.

If we are unable to successfully execute any of our identified business opportunities or other business opportunities
that we  determine to pursue, we may not  achieve the benefits of  the Merger  and our business may be harmed.

As  a  result  of  the  Merger,  we  have  approximately  900  employees.  In  order  to  pursue  business
opportunities,  we  will  need  to  continue  to  build  our  infrastructure,  customer  initiatives  and  operational
capabilities. Our ability to do any of these successfully could be affected by one or more of the following
factors:

(cid:127) the ability of our technology and hardware, suppliers and service providers to perform  as we  expect;

(cid:127) our ability to execute our strategy and continue to operate a  larger, more diverse business efficiently;

(cid:127) our ability to effectively manage our third-party relationships;

(cid:127) our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel;

(cid:127) our ability to effectively manage our employee  costs and other expenses;

(cid:127) our ability to retain our customers and grow the  current portfolio of business with each client;

(cid:127) technology and application failures and outages, security breaches or interruption of service, which could

adversely affect our reputation and our relations with our customers;

(cid:127) our ability to accurately predict and respond to the rapid technological changes in our industry and the

evolving service and pricing demands of the markets we serve; and

(cid:127) our ability to raise additional capital  to  fund our long-term growth plans.

Our  failure  to  adequately  address  the  above  factors  would  have  a  significant  impact  on  our  ability  to
implement  our  business  plan  and  our  ability  to  pursue  other  opportunities  that  arise,  which  might
negatively affect our business.

35

We  may  have  difficulty  integrating  future  acquisitions,  which  would  reduce  the  anticipated  benefits  of  those
transactions and the Merger.

In  addition  to  the  Merger,  we  intend  to  continually  evaluate  potential  acquisitions  of  complementary
businesses, products and technologies, including those that are significant in size and scope. The risks we
commonly encounter in acquisitions include:

(cid:127) if, in addition to the indebtedness incurred in connection with the Merger, we incur significant debt to
finance  a  future  acquisition  and  our  combined  business  does  not  perform  as  expected,  we  may  have
difficulty complying with debt covenants;

(cid:127) we  may  be  unable  to  make  a  future  acquisition  which  is  in  our  best  interest  due  to  the  indebtedness

incurred in connection with the Merger;

(cid:127) if  we use our stock to make a future  acquisition, it  will dilute existing stockholders;

(cid:127) we may have difficulty assimilating  the operations  and  personnel of  any acquired company;

(cid:127) the  challenge  and  additional  investment  involved  with  integrating  new  products  and  technologies  into

our  sales and marketing process;

(cid:127) we  may  have  difficulty  effectively  integrating  any  acquired  technologies  or  products  with  our  current
products and technologies, particularly where such products reside on different technology platforms or
overlap with our products;

(cid:127) our ongoing business may be disrupted  by  transition  and integration issues;

(cid:127) the  costs  and  complexity  of  integrating  the  internal  information  technology  infrastructure  of  each
acquired  business  with  ours  may  be  greater  than  expected  and  may  require  additional  capital
investments;

(cid:127) we may not be able to retain key technical and managerial personnel from  an acquired business;

(cid:127) we may be unable to achieve the financial and strategic goals for any acquired and combined businesses;

(cid:127) we  may  have  difficulty  in  maintaining  controls,  procedures  and  policies  during  the  transition  and

integration period following a future acquisition;

(cid:127) our  relationships  with  partner  companies  or  third-party  providers  of  technology  or  products  could  be

adversely affected;

(cid:127) our relationships with employees and  customers  could  be  impaired;

(cid:127) our  due  diligence  process  may  fail  to  identify  significant  issues  with  product  quality,  product
architecture,  legal  or  tax  contingencies,  customer  obligations  and  product  development,  among  other
things;

(cid:127) as successor we may be subject to  certain liabilities of our acquisition targets; and

(cid:127) we  may  be  required  to  sustain  significant  exit  or  impairment  charges  if  products  acquired  in  business

combinations are unsuccessful.

Our  failure  to  effectively  integrate  any  future  acquisition  would  adversely  affect  the  benefit  of  such
transaction, including potential synergies  or sales  growth opportunities, in the time frame anticipated.

36

Risks Related to Our Stock

Our common stock has been publicly traded since September 2005 and we expect that the price of our common stock
will fluctuate substantially.

There  has  been  a  public  market  for  our  common  stock  since  September  2005.  The  market  price  of  our
common  stock  may  fluctuate  significantly  in  response  to  a  number  of  factors,  some  of  which  are  beyond
our control, including those described above under ‘‘—Risks Related to Our Business,’’ ‘‘—Risks Related
to Regulation of Our Industry’’ ‘‘—Risks  Related  to  the Merger’’ and  the  following:

(cid:127) our failure to maintain our current customers, including because of consolidation in the gaming industry;

(cid:127) increases in commissions paid to gaming establishments as a  result of competition;

(cid:127) increases in interchange rates, processing fees or other fees paid by us;

(cid:127) decreases in reverse interchange rates  paid to us;

(cid:127) actual or anticipated fluctuations in our or our competitors’ revenue, operating results or growth rate;

(cid:127) our inability to adequately protect  or  enforce  our  intellectual property rights;

(cid:127) any adverse results in litigation initiated  by  us  or by others against us;

(cid:127) our inability to make payments on our outstanding indebtedness as they become due or our inability to
undertake actions that might otherwise benefit us based on the financial and other restrictive covenants
contained in the Credit Facilities and the  indentures governing  the notes;

(cid:127) the loss, or failure, of a significant supplier or strategic partner to provide the goods or services that we

require from them;

(cid:127) our inability to introduce successful, new products and services in a timely manner or the introduction of
new products or services by our competitors  that reduce the demand for our products and services;

(cid:127) our failure to successfully enter new markets or the failure of new markets to develop in the time and

manner that we anticipate;

(cid:127) announcements by our competitors of significant new contracts or contract renewals or of new products

or services;

(cid:127) changes  in  general  economic  conditions,  financial  markets,  the  gaming  industry  or  the  payments

processing industry;

(cid:127) the trading volume of our common  stock;

(cid:127) sales of common stock or other actions  by our current  officers, directors  and stockholders;

(cid:127) acquisitions, strategic alliances or joint  ventures involving us or our competitors;

(cid:127) future sales of our common stock or  other securities;

(cid:127) the  failure  of  securities  analysts  to  cover  our  common  stock  or  changes  in  financial  estimates  or

recommendations by analysts;

(cid:127) our  failure  to  meet  the  revenue,  net  income  or  earnings  per  share  estimates  of  securities  analysts  or

investors;

(cid:127) additions or departures of key personnel;

(cid:127) terrorist acts, theft, vandalism, fires, floods or other natural disasters; and

(cid:127) rumors  or  speculation  as  to  any  of  the  above  which  we  may  be  unable  to  confirm  or  deny  due  to
disclosure restrictions imposed on us by law or which we otherwise deem imprudent to comment upon.

37

Future sales of our common stock may cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our
business is doing well.

The  market  price  of  our  common  stock  could  decline  as  a  result  of  sales  of  additional  shares  of  our
common stock by us or our stockholders or  the perception that these sales could occur.

In the future, we may issue additional shares, or options to purchase additional shares, to our employees,
directors and consultants, in connection with corporate alliances or acquisitions and in follow-on offerings
to  raise  additional  capital.  Based  on  all  of  these  factors,  sales  of  a  substantial  number  of  shares  of  our
common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales could reduce the market price of
our common stock. In addition, future sales of our common stock by our stockholders could make it more
difficult for us to sell additional shares  of our common stock or  other securities in  the future.

Some provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may
delay or prevent transactions that many stockholders may favor.

Some  provisions  of  our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  and  amended  and  restated
bylaws  may  have  the  effect  of  delaying,  discouraging,  or  preventing  a  merger  or  acquisition  that  our
stockholders  may  consider  favorable  or  a  change  in  our  management  or  our  Board  of  Directors.  These
provisions:

(cid:127) divide our Board of Directors into three separate classes serving staggered three-year terms, which will
have  the  effect  of  requiring  at  least  two  annual  stockholder  meetings  instead  of  one,  to  replace  a
majority of our directors, which could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in our control
or management;

(cid:127) provide that special meetings of stockholders can only be called by our Board of Directors, Chairman of
the Board or Chief Executive Officer. In addition, the business permitted to be conducted at any special
meeting  of  stockholders  is  limited  to  the  business  specified  in  the  notice  of  such  meeting  to  the
stockholders;

(cid:127) provide  for  an  advance  notice  procedure  with  regard  to  business  to  be  brought  before  a  meeting  of
stockholders  which  may  delay  or  preclude  stockholders  from  bringing  matters  before  a  meeting  of
stockholders or from making nominations for directors at a meeting of stockholders, which could delay
or deter takeover attempts or changes in  management;

(cid:127) eliminate  the  right  of  stockholders  to  act  by  written  consent  so  that  all  stockholder  actions  must  be

effected at a duly called meeting;

(cid:127) provide  that  directors  may  only  be  removed  for  cause  with  the  approval  of  stockholders  holding  a

majority of our outstanding voting stock;

(cid:127) provide  that  vacancies  on  our  Board  of  Directors  may  be  filled  by  a  majority,  although  less  than  a
quorum,  of  directors  in  office  and  that  our  Board  of  Directors  may  fix  the  number  of  directors  by
resolution;

(cid:127) allow our Board of Directors to issue shares of preferred stock with rights senior to those of the common
stock  and  that  otherwise  could  adversely  affect  the  rights  and  powers,  including  voting  rights  and  the
right to approve or not to approve an acquisition or other change in control, of the holders of common
stock, without any further vote or action by the stockholders;  and

(cid:127) do not provide for cumulative voting for our directors, which may make it more difficult for stockholders
owning less than a majority of our stock to elect any directors to our Board of Directors. In addition, we
are  also  subject  to  Section  203  of  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law,  which  provides,  subject  to
enumerated  exceptions,  that  if  a  person  acquires  15%  or  more  of  our  voting  stock,  the  person  is  an

38

‘‘interested stockholder’’ and may not engage in ‘‘business combinations’’ with us for a period of three
years from the time the person acquired  15% or more of our  voting stock.

These  provisions  may  have  the  effect  of  entrenching  our  management  team  and  may  deprive  our
stockholders  of  the  opportunity  to  sell  shares  to  potential  acquirers  at  a  premium  over  prevailing  prices.
This potential inability to obtain a premium could  reduce the price  of  our  common stock.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2. Properties.

Our headquarters are located in a facility in Las Vegas, Nevada, consisting of approximately 59,000 square
feet of office space, which is under a lease through April 2023. In connection with the Merger, we assumed
certain lease obligations of Multimedia Games, including approximately 84,000 square feet of office space
in Austin, Texas, which is under a lease through March 2021. We also lease several other properties that
are used to support all our products  and  services.

We  believe that these facilities are adequate  for our business as  presently conducted.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

Multimedia Games Shareholder Litigation

As  discussed  in  ‘‘Note  14.  Commitments  and  Contingencies’’  of  our  notes  to  consolidated  financial
statements  included  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  in  connection  with  the  Merger,
certain  actions  were  filed  by  putative  shareholders  of  Multimedia  Games  in  the  United  States  District
Court  for  the  Western  District  of  Texas  (the  ‘‘Texas  Federal  Action’’)  and  the  District  Court  of  Travis
County,  Texas  (the  ‘‘Texas  State  Court  Action’’).  In  both  the  Texas  Federal  Action  and  the  Texas  State
Court  Action,  plaintiffs  alleged  that  Multimedia  Games’  directors  breached  their  fiduciary  duties  to
Multimedia Games and/or its shareholders because, among other things, the Merger allegedly involved an
unfair  price,  an  inadequate  sales  process,  self-dealing  and  unreasonable  deal  protection  devices.  The
complaints further alleged that Holdings and its formerly wholly owned merger subsidiary, Movie Merger
Sub,  Inc.,  aided  and  abetted  those  purported  breaches  of  fiduciary  duty.  On  November  20,  2014,  the
defendants in the Texas Federal Action reached an agreement in principle with the plaintiffs in the Texas
Federal  Action  regarding  settlement  of  all  claims  asserted  on  behalf  of  the  alleged  class  of  Multimedia
Games  shareholders  and  on  behalf  of  Multimedia  Games,  and  that  agreement  is  reflected  in  a
memorandum  of  understanding,  which  remains  subject  to  court  approval.  In  connection  with  the
settlement  contemplated  by  the  memorandum  of  understanding,  Multimedia  Games  agreed  to  make
certain  additional  disclosures  in  its  proxy  statement  related  to  the  Merger,  which  disclosure  Multimedia
Games  made  in  a  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on  November  21,  2014.  The  memorandum  of
understanding contemplates that the  parties will enter  into a stipulation of  settlement.

The stipulation of settlement will be subject to customary conditions, including court approval. In the event
that  the  parties  enter  into  a  stipulation  of  settlement,  a  hearing  will  be  scheduled  at  which  the  United
States  District  Court  for  the  Western  District  of  Texas  will  consider  the  fairness,  reasonableness,  and
adequacy  of  the  settlement.  If  the  settlement  is  approved  by  the  court  in  the  form  contemplated  by  the
parties,  it  will  resolve  and  release  all  claims  in  the  Texas  Federal  Action  that  were  or  could  have  been
brought  challenging  any  aspect  of  the  Merger,  the  Merger  Agreement,  and  any  disclosure  made  in
connection therewith, including in Multimedia Games’ definitive proxy statement, pursuant to terms that
will be disclosed to shareholders prior to final approval of the settlement. In addition, in connection with
the  settlement,  the  defendants  in  the  Texas  Federal  Action  agreed  not  to  oppose  an  application  by
plaintiffs in the Texas Federal Action for an attorneys’ fee award from the United States District Court for

39

the  Western  District  of  Texas  of  up  to  $310,000,  which  fee  has  been  paid  by  Holdings.  There  can  be  no
assurance  that  the  parties  will  ultimately  enter  into  a  stipulation  of  settlement  or  that  the  United  States
District  Court  for  the  Western  District  of  Texas  will  approve  the  settlement  even  if  the  parties  were  to
enter into such stipulation. In such event, the proposed settlement as contemplated by the memorandum
of understanding may be terminated.

The Texas State Court Action remains pending as of March 16, 2015, the date these consolidated financial
statements were issued.

Alabama Litigation

The  Company  is  currently  involved  in  two  lawsuits,  as  further  described  below,  related  to  Multimedia
Games’ former charity bingo operations in the State of Alabama, neither of which it believes are material
from a damages perspective. The lawsuits are currently pending in federal court, and include claims related
to the alleged illegality of electronic  charity bingo in the  State  of  Alabama.

Dollie Williams, et al., v. Macon County Greyhound Park, Inc., et al., a civil action, was filed on March 8,
2010,  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  Middle  District  of  Alabama,  Eastern  Division,  against
Multimedia Games and others. The plaintiffs, who claim to have been patrons of VictoryLand, allege that
Multimedia  Games  participated  in  gambling  operations  that  violated  Alabama  state  law  by  supplying  to
VictoryLand  purportedly  unlawful  electronic  bingo  machines  played  by  the  plaintiffs,  and  the  plaintiffs
seek  recovery  of  the  monies  lost  on  all  electronic  bingo  games  played  by  the  plaintiffs  in  the  six  months
prior to the filing of the complaint under Ala. Code Sec. 8-1-150(A). The plaintiffs have requested that the
court  certify  the  action  as  a  class  action.  On  March  29,  2013,  the  court  entered  an  order  granting  the
plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. On April 12, 2013, the defendants jointly filed a petition with the
Eleventh Circuit Court of Appeals seeking permission to appeal the court’s ruling on class certification. On
June  18,  2013,  the  Eleventh  Circuit  Court  of  Appeals  entered  an  order  granting  the  petition  to  appeal.
Following briefing and oral argument, on April 2, 2014, the Eleventh Circuit Court of Appeals entered an
order reversing the district court’s ruling on class certification and remanding the case to the district court.
The  Company  continues  to  vigorously  defend  this  matter.  Given  the  inherent  uncertainties  in  this
litigation, however, the Company is unable to make any prediction as to the ultimate  outcome.

Ozetta Hardy v. Whitehall Gaming Center, LLC, et al., a civil action, was filed against Whitehall Gaming
Center,  LLC  (an  entity  that  does  not  exist),  Cornerstone  Community  Outreach,  Inc.,  and  Freedom  Trail
Ventures, Ltd., in the Circuit Court of Lowndes County, Alabama. On June 3, 2010, Multimedia Games
and  other  manufacturers  were  added  as  defendants.  The  plaintiffs,  who  claim  to  have  been  patrons  of
White Hall, allege that Multimedia Games participated in gambling operations that violated Alabama state
law  by  supplying  to  White  Hall  purportedly  unlawful  electronic  bingo  machines  played  by  the  plaintiffs,
and the plaintiffs seek recovery of the monies lost on all electronic bingo games played by the plaintiffs in
the  six  months  prior  to  the  filing  of  the  complaint  under  Ala.  Code,  Sec  8-1-150(A).  The  plaintiffs
requested that the court certify the action as a class action. On July 2, 2010, the defendants removed the
case to the United States District Court for the Middle District of Alabama, Northern Division. The court
has not ruled on the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. The Company continues to vigorously defend
this  matter.  Given  the  inherent  uncertainties  in  this  litigation,  however,  the  Company  is  unable  to  make
any prediction as to the ultimate outcome.

We  are  subject  to  other  claims  and  suits  that  arise  from  time  to  time  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,
including those discussed above. We do not believe the liabilities, if any, which may ultimately result from
the outcome of such matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse impact on our
financial position, liquidity or results of  operations.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

40

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity,  Related  Stockholder Matters  and Issuer Purchases

of Equity Securities.

Our  common  stock  has  traded  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  under  the  symbol  ‘‘GCA’’  since
September  2005.  On  March 5,  2015,  there  were  three  holders  of  record  of  our  common  stock.  Because
many of our shares of common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders,
we are unable to estimate the total number of beneficial stockholders represented by these record holders.

The  following  table  sets  forth  for  the  indicated  periods,  the  high  and  low  sale  prices  per  share  of  our
common stock:

2014

First Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2013

First Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Price Range

High

Low

$ 9.93
9.29
9.13
7.75

$ 8.27
7.43
8.17
10.42

$6.37
6.38
6.56
6.04

$6.12
5.71
6.15
7.51

On March 5, 2015, the closing sale price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange was $6.95.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all
our earnings for the repayment of our outstanding debt and to finance the growth and development of our
business. Any future change in our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors
and will depend on contractual restrictions, our results of operations, earnings, capital requirements and
other  factors  considered  relevant  by  our  Board  of  Directors.  In  addition,  the  Credit  Facilities  and
indentures governing the Notes limit our  ability to declare  and  pay  cash dividends.

Common Stock Repurchases

Our  share  repurchase  program  granted  us  the  authority  to  repurchase  up  to  $40.0  million  of  our
outstanding  common  stock  over  a  two-year  period,  which  commenced  in  the  first  quarter  of  2013  and
expired  at  the  end  of  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014.  We  repurchased  approximately  1.5  million  shares  of
common  stock  for  cash  of  approximately  $11.7  million  under  the  share  repurchase  program  for  the  year
ended December 31, 2014. We repurchased approximately 2.6 million shares of common stock for cash of
approximately $18.2 million under the share repurchase program for the year ended December 31, 2013.
We completed the share repurchases with cash on hand. The repurchase program authorized us to buy our
common  stock  from  time  to  time  through  open  market,  privately  negotiated  or  other  transactions,
including  pursuant  to  trading  plans  established  in  accordance  with  Rules  10b5-1  and  10b-18  of  the
Exchange Act, or by a combination of  such  methods.

We  repurchased  or  withheld  from  restricted  stock  awards  55,502,  14,901,  and  38,331  shares  of  common
stock at an aggregate purchase price of $0.5 million, $0.1 million, and $0.3 million to satisfy the minimum
applicable tax withholding obligations incident to the vesting of such restricted stock awards for the years
ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

41

Issuer  Purchases and Withholding of Equity  Securities

Total Number of
Shares
Purchased or
Withheld

Average Price
per Share
Purchased or
Withheld

Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs

Maximum
Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs

(000’s)

(000’s)

(000’s)

Rule 10b-18 Repurchases

10/1/14 - 10/31/14 . . . . . . . . . .
11/1/14 - 11/30/14 . . . . . . . . . .
12/1/14 - 12/31/14 . . . . . . . . . .

Sub-Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tax Withholdings

10/1/14 - 10/31/14 . . . . . . . . . .
11/1/14 - 11/30/14 . . . . . . . . . .
12/1/14 - 12/31/14 . . . . . . . . . .

Sub-Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—(1)
—(1)
—(1)

—(1)

1.1(4)
1.1(4)
6.8(4)

9.0(4)

9.0

$ —(2)
—(2)
—(2)

—(2)

$6.92(5)
7.51(5)
6.92(5)

6.99(5)

$6.99

—(1)
—(1)
—(1)

—(1)

—
—
—

—

—

$10,038(3)
$10,038(3)
$ —(3)

(1) Represents  the  number  of  shares  repurchased  during  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2014
pursuant  to  the  share  repurchase  program  that  our  Board  of  Directors  authorized  and  approved
giving us the authority to repurchase up to $40.0 million of our outstanding common stock over a two
year period, which commenced in the first quarter  of  2013.

(2) Represents the weighted average price per share of common stock repurchased pursuant to our share

repurchase program.

(3) Represents  the  maximum  approximate  dollar  value  of  shares  of  common  stock  available  for
repurchase  pursuant  to  the  Rule  10b-18  share  repurchase  authorization  at  the  end  of  the  stated
period.  The  share  repurchase  program  expired  on  December 31,  2014.

(4) Represents the shares of common stock that were withheld from restricted stock awards to satisfy the
minimum  applicable  tax  withholding  obligations  incident  to  the  vesting  of  such  restricted  stock
awards. There are no limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be withheld from
restricted stock awards to satisfy the minimum tax withholding obligations incident to the vesting of
restricted stock awards.

(5) Represents the average price per share of common stock withheld from restricted stock awards on the

date  of  withholding.

42

Stock Performance Graph

The  line  graph  below  compares  the  cumulative  total  stockholder  return  on  our  common  stock  with  the
cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor’s (‘‘S&P’’) 500 Index and the S&P Information Technology
Index during the five year period ended December  31, 2014.

The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2009 in our common stock, in the S&P 500
Index and the S&P Information Technology Index, and that all dividends were reinvested. Research Data
Group,  Inc.  furnished  this  data  and  the  cumulative  total  stockholder  returns  for  our  common  stock,  the
S&P 500 Index and the S&P Information Technology Index are based on the calendar month end closing
prices.  The  comparisons  in  the  graph  are  required  by  the  SEC  and  are  not  intended  to  forecast  or  be
indicative of possible future performance  of our common stock.

Comparison of 5 Year Cumulative Total  Return*
Among Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc.,  the S&P 500  Index, and the S&P Information
Technology Index

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0

12/31/2009

12/31/2010

12/31/2011

12/31/2012

12/31/2013

12/31/2014

Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc

S&P 500

13MAR201501453436
S&P Information Technology

*

$100 invested on December 31, 2009 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year
ended December 31.

This graph is not ‘‘soliciting material,’’ is not deemed filed with the SEC and is not to be incorporated by
reference in any filing by us under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, whether made before or after
the date hereof and irrespective of any  general incorporation language in  any such filing.

43

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following selected historical financial data has been derived from, and should be read in conjunction
with, the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes to consolidated financial statements and
‘‘Item  7.  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations’’
included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our selected consolidated financial data may not
be  indicative  of  our  future  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations  (in  thousands,  except  per  share
amounts).

Income Statement Data

Revenues(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating income(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income attributable to Global Cash

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

$593,053
33,782
12,140

$582,444
49,150
24,398

$584,486
55,982
25,689

$544,063
38,296
9,129

$605,590
52,630
17,550

Access Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries(1) .

12,140

24,398

25,689

9,129

17,494

Basic earnings per share

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income attributable to Global Cash

Access Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries . . .

Diluted earnings per share

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income attributable to Global Cash

Access Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries . . .

Weighted average common shares outstanding

$

$

$

$

0.18

0.18

0.18

0.18

$

$

$

$

0.37

0.37

0.36

0.36

$

$

$

$

0.39

0.39

0.38

0.38

$

$

$

$

0.14

0.14

0.14

0.14

$

$

$

$

0.27

0.27

0.26

0.26

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

65,780
66,863

66,014
67,205

65,933
67,337

64,673
64,859

65,903
67,272

At and For the Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

Balance sheet data

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working capital(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total borrowings(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

89,095
12,550
1,707,285
1,188,787
231,473

$114,254
(1,682)
527,327
103,000
218,604

$153,020

$ 55,535

$ 60,636

553,895
121,500
198,759

529,067
174,000
159,858

458,394
208,750
143,478

Cash flow data

Net cash provided by operating activities .
Net cash  used  in investing activities(1) . . .
Net cash provided by (used in) financing

$
24,531
(1,085,847)

$

4,334
(13,990)

$157,488
(12,531)

$ 54,252
(18,183)

$ 68,898
(24,492)

activities(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,037,423

(29,183)

(46,783)

(41,227)

(68,845)

(1) 2014  amounts  affected  by  the  Merger  for  which  Total  Merger  Consideration  of  $1.1  billion  on
December  19,  2014  was  paid  and  results  of  operations  were  recorded  from  the  date  of  acquisition
through December 31, 2014.

(2) As  a  result  of  the  Merger  on  December  19,  2014,  we  now  provide  a  classified  balance  sheet  as  a
significant  portion  of  our  business  relates  to  gaming  manufacturing.  For  the  two  comparative  years
included in our balance sheet, a calculation of working capital has  been included.

44

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and  Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of Operations.

The  following  discussion  and  analysis  of  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  should  be  read  in
conjunction  with  ‘‘Item  6.  Selected  Financial  Data’’  and  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  and
notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements  included  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and  the
information  included  in  our  other  filings  with  the  SEC.  This  discussion  includes  forward-looking  statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. See ‘‘Cautionary
Note  Regarding Forward-Looking Statements’’ above.

Overview

GCA is dedicated to providing integrated gaming payments solutions, video and mechanical reel gaming
content and technology solutions, as well as compliance and efficiency software. The Company’s Payments
business  provides:  (a)  access  to  cash  at  gaming  facilities  via  Automated  Teller  Machine  (‘‘ATM’’)  cash
withdrawals, credit card cash access transactions, point-of-sale (‘‘POS’’) debit card transactions, and check
verification and warranty services; (b) fully integrated gaming industry kiosks that provide cash access and
related  services;  (c)  products  and  services  that  improve  credit  decision  making,  automate  cashier
operations and enhance patron marketing activities for gaming establishments; (d) compliance, audit and
data solutions; and, (e) online payment processing solutions for gaming operators in States that offer intra-
state, Internet-based gaming and lottery activities. The Company’s Games business, under the Multimedia
Games  brand,  provides:  (a)  comprehensive  content,  electronic  gaming  units  and  systems  for  Native
American  and  commercial  casinos,  including  the  award-winning  TournEvent(cid:3)  slot  tournament  solution;
and, (b) the central determinant system for the video lottery terminals (‘‘VLTs’’) installed at racetracks in
the State of New York.

Significant Trends and Developments  Impacting Our Business

Merger with Multimedia Games

On  December  19,  2014,  we  completed  the  Merger  and  paid  the  Total  Merger  Consideration  of
approximately $1.1 billion in cash. The net proceeds from the sale of the Notes, together with borrowings
under the Credit Facilities and cash on  hand, were  used  to fund the  Total Merger Consideration.

The  Merger  is  accounted  for  using  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  with  Holdings  identified  as  the
acquirer. Under the acquisition method of accounting, Holdings recorded all assets acquired and liabilities
assumed at their respective acquisition  date fair  values.

Through December 31, 2014, we expensed approximately $10.7 million of costs related to the Merger for
financial advisory services, financing related fees, accounting and legal fees and other transaction-related
expenses, all of which are included in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income
within operating expenses. These costs do not include any costs related to additional site consolidation or
rationalization that we might consider  following  the closing of the Merger.

Other  Trends and Developments

Our strategic planning and forecasting processes include the consideration of economic and industry-wide
trends that may impact our Payments and Games businesses. We have identified the more material positive
and negative trends affecting our business  as the  following:

(cid:127) Gaming industry activity in North America remained relatively flat  in 2014.

(cid:127) The North American gaming industry also reported a year-over-year decline in the purchase of EGMs in
2014  and  visibility  into  casino  operator  capital  allocation  trends  for  replacement  units  continues  to  be
limited.

45

(cid:127) There  continues  to  be  a  migration  from  the  use  of  traditional  paper  checks  and  cash  to  electronic

payments which may impact the type of cash access used by our customers.

(cid:127) The credit markets in the United States  and around the  world are volatile and unpredictable.

(cid:127) We  face  increased  competition  from  smaller  competitors  in  the  gaming  cash  access  market  and  face
additional  competition  from  larger  gaming  equipment  manufacturers  and  systems  providers.  This
increased competition has resulted in pricing pressure for both our Payments  and Games  businesses.

(cid:127) There is increasing governmental oversight related to the cost of transaction processing and related fees
to the consumer. We expect the financial services and payments industry to respond to these legislative
acts by changing other fees and costs, which may negatively impact the Payments business in the future.

(cid:127) Casino operators continue to try to broaden their appeal by focusing on investments in the addition of

non-gaming amenities to their facilities,  which could impact casino operator’s capital allocation.

Factors Affecting Comparability

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this  report  that  present  our  financial  condition  and
results of operations reflect the following transactions and events:

(cid:127) In  December  2014,  we  acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  capital  stock  of  Multimedia  Games,  a  gaming
manufacturer  and  supplier  to  the  gaming  industry.  The  results  contributed  by  the  Multimedia  Games
business from the date of consummation on December 19, 2014 to December 31, 2014 are reflected in
our  Games  segment  and  consolidated  financial  statements.  We  incurred  significant  acquisition-related
expenses, which are reflected in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014. In addition,
amortization  expense  increased  due  to  the  purchase  price  allocation,  which  included  definite-lived
intangible assets with relatively short  amortization periods.

(cid:127) In December 2014, to effect the Merger, we entered into the Credit Facilities and issued the Notes and
we used a portion of these proceeds to repay the outstanding amounts owed under prior credit facilities
of  $210.0  million  and  $35.0  million  for  GCA  and  Multimedia  Games,  respectively  (the  ‘‘Prior  Credit
Facilities’’).  As  a  result,  we  expensed  $2.7  million  of  related  debt  issuance  costs  and  fees  to  ‘‘Loss  on
extinguishment of debt’’ associated with the prior credit facilities of GCA and Multimedia Games that
were in effect prior to the consummation of the  Merger  (the ‘‘Prior Credit Facilities’’).

(cid:127) We  recorded  an  asset  impairment  charge  of  approximately  $3.1  million  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014

related to certain definite-lived intangible  assets.

(cid:127) In  April  2014,  we  acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  capital  stock  of  NEWave,  a  supplier  of  compliance,
audit and data efficiency software to the gaming industry. We believe this acquisition complements our
integrated  solutions.  The  NEWave  acquisition  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our  results  of
operations and financial condition.

(cid:127) In  March  2014,  our  contract  with  Caesars  Entertainment  expired  and  was  not  renewed.  As  such,  our
Cash Advance and ATM revenues and cost of  revenues were impacted for the remainder  of the year.

As  a  result  of  the  above  transactions  and  events,  the  results  of  operations  and  earnings  per  share  in  the
periods covered by the consolidated financial  statements  may  not  be  directly comparable.

Principal Sources of Revenues and Expenses

Our principal sources of revenues include:

(cid:127) Cash  advance  revenues  include  amounts  comprised  of  transaction  fees  assessed  to  gaming  patrons  in
connection with credit card cash access and POS debit card transactions and are recognized at the time

46

the  transactions  are  authorized.  Such  fees  are  based  on  a  combination  of  a  fixed  amount  plus  a
percentage of the face amount of the  credit card cash access or POS debit card  transaction amount.

(cid:127) ATM  revenues  include  amounts  comprised  of  transaction  fees  in  the  form  of  cardholder  surcharges
assessed  to  gaming  patrons  in  connection  with  ATM  cash  withdrawals  at  the  time  the  transactions  are
authorized and reverse interchange fees paid to us by the patrons’ issuing banks. Cardholder surcharges
are recognized as revenue when a transaction is initiated and reverse interchange fees are recognized as
revenue on a monthly basis based on the total transactions occurring during the month. The cardholder
surcharges  assessed  to  gaming  patrons  in  connection  with  ATM  cash  withdrawals  are  currently  a  fixed
dollar amount and not a percentage of  the transaction  amount.

(cid:127) Check  services  revenues  include  amounts  principally  comprised  of  check  warranty  revenues  and  are
generally based upon a percentage of the face amount of checks warranted and are recognized when the
warranty services are invoked and performed. These fees are paid to us by gaming establishments which
may, in turn, pass the fees onto their patrons.

(cid:127) Games  revenues 

include  amounts  comprised  of  gaming  operations,  equipment  sales,  central
determinant  system  operations  and  maintenance  and  service  arrangements  from  the  acquired
Multimedia  Games  business.  We  recognize  revenue  when  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists,  services
have  been  rendered  or  products  are  delivered,  the  price  is  fixed  or  determinable  and  collectability  is
reasonably assured.

(cid:127) Other  revenues  include  amounts  derived  from  the  sale  of  cash  access  devices,  such  as  fully  integrated
kiosks  and  jackpot  kiosks  and  the  provision  of  certain  professional  services,  software  licensing,  and
certain  other  ancillary  fees  associated  with  the  sale,  installation  and  maintenance  of  those  devices;
Central Credit revenues that are based upon either a flat monthly unlimited usage fee or a variable fee
structure  driven  by  the  volume  of  patron  credit  histories  generated;  and  ancillary  marketing,  database
and Internet gaming activities.

Our principal costs and expenses include:

(cid:127) Cost  of  revenues  (exclusive  of  depreciation  and  amortization)  include  amounts  directly  related  to  the

generation of revenue and comprise:

(cid:127) Commissions paid to gaming establishments in connection with credit card cash access, POS debit
card  and  ATM  transactions  (which  are  expected  to  increase  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  as  new
contracts  are  signed  or  existing  contracts  are  renewed),  and  interchange  fees  paid  to  credit  card
associations  and  payment  networks  for  services  they  provide  in  routing  transactions  through  their
networks  as  well  as  fees  paid  to  participate  in  various  payment  networks  to  support  our  ATM
services. These interchange fees are determined by the card associations and payment networks at
their sole discretion, and are subject to increase at their discretion from time to time. Many of our
cash  access  contracts  enable  us  to  pass  through  the  amount  of  any  increase  in  interchange  or
processing  fees  to  our  gaming  establishment  customers,  who  may  in  turn  pass  through  these
increases to patrons. In the past, the major card associations and payment networks have increased
interchange  rates  at  least  annually,  and  they  may  do  so  in  the  future.  We  pay  connectivity  and
processing fees to our network services providers.

(cid:127) For check services transactions, we incur warranty expense for those checks we warrant through our
third-party  service  provider  that  are  dishonored  upon  presentment  for  payment  and  we  may  also
pay a commission to the gaming establishment at which  the transaction occurs.

(cid:127) Other cost of revenues includes amounts related to: our fully integrated kiosk sales and services, Central

Credit  service, patron marketing activities and our gaming  operations.

(cid:127) Operating  expenses  include  amounts  primarily  related  to  salaries  and  benefits,  costs  to  support  our

products and services, professional fees,  telecommunications expenses  and  travel  costs.

47

(cid:127) Research  and  development  expenses  include  amounts  primarily  related  to  salaries  and  benefits,
consulting  fees,  game  lab  testing  fees  and  an  allocation  of  corporate  facilities  costs  related  to  these
activities.

(cid:127) Depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  include  amounts  primarily  related  to  the  allocated  costs  over

the duration of our tangible and intangible asset estimated useful  lives.

(cid:127) Interest  expense  includes  amounts  incurred  on  debt,  the  amortization  of  deferred  financing  costs  and

the cash  usage fees associated with the cash used in  ATMs.

(cid:127) Our earnings are subject to taxation  under  the tax  laws of the jurisdictions  in which we operate.

Results of Operations

Year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the  year  ended  December 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands)

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2014 vs 2013

$

%

$

%

$ Variance % Variance

Revenues

Cash advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$233,950
281,469
21,118
7,406
49,110

40% $231,134
47% 286,049
4% 21,611
1%
—
8% 43,650

40% $ 2,816
49% (4,580)
(493)
7,406
5,460

4%
0%
7%

Total  revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

593,053

100% 582,444

100% 10,609

Costs and expenses

Cost of revenues (exclusive of

depreciation and amortization)

. . . . . .
Operating expenses
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and Development . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

440,071
95,452
804
8,745
14,199

74% 439,794
16% 76,562
—
0%
7,350
1%
9,588
3%

76%
277
13% 18,890
804
0%
1,395
1%
4,611
2%

Total  costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . .

559,271

94% 533,294

92% 25,977

1%
(2)%
(2)%
—
13%

2%

0%
25%
—
19%
48%

5%

Operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33,782

6% 49,150

8% (15,368)

(31)%

Other expenses

Interest expense, net of interest income . .
Loss on extinguishment of debt . . . . . . . .

Total  other expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income from operations before tax . . . .
Income tax provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10,756
2,725

13,481

20,301
8,161

2% 10,265
—
0%

2% 10,265

4% 38,885
2% 14,487

2%
0%

2%

491
2,725

3,216

6% (18,584)
2% (6,326)

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 12,140

2% $ 24,398

4% $(12,258)

5%

—

31%

(48)%
(44)%

(50)%

* Rounding may cause variances.

Total Revenues

Total revenues increased by $10.6 million, or 2%, to $593.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014,
as compared to the prior year. This was primarily due to the revenues generated as a result of the Merger
and higher Cash Advance and Other revenues, partially offset by lower ATM and Check Services revenues.

48

Cash  Advance  revenues  increased  by  $2.8  million,  or  1%,  to  $234.0  million  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2014, as compared to the prior year. This was primarily due to higher international revenues
together with an increase in our domestic revenues; combined with a greater dollar volume processed per
transaction.

ATM revenues decreased by $4.6 million, or 2%, to $281.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014,
as compared to the prior year. This was  primarily due to lost business and  lower transaction volume.

Check  Services  revenues  decreased  by  $0.5  million,  or  2%,  to  $21.1  million  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2014, as compared to the prior year. This was primarily due to lost business and a decrease
in the number of check services transactions processed.

Games revenues were generated as a  result of the  Merger.

Other revenues increased by $5.5 million, or 13%, to $49.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014,
as compared to the prior year. This was primarily due to the results from our compliance, audit and data
services offerings.

Costs and Expenses

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) increased by $0.3 million, to $440.1 million
for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to the prior year. This was primarily due to increased
warranty expenses in the Check Services segment as well as the variable costs related to higher revenues in
the Cash Advance, Games and Other segments, offset by a reduction in costs in the ATM segment due to
lost business and lower transaction volume.

Operating expenses increased by $18.9 million, or 25%, to $95.5 million for the year ended December 31,
2014, as compared to the prior year. This was primarily due to the acquisition-related costs and operating
expenses incurred following the consummation of the Merger, an asset impairment charge and increases in
non-cash stock compensation expense.

Depreciation increased by $1.4 million, or 19%, to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as
compared to the prior year. This was  primarily  due  to  depreciation expense post-Merger.

Amortization increased by $4.6 million, or 48%, to $14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as
compared to the prior year. This was primarily due to other intangible assets associated with the NEWave
acquisition and the Merger.

Primarily as a result of the factors described above, operating income decreased by $15.4 million, or 31%,
to $33.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to the prior year. Operating margin
decreased  to  6%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014  from  8%  for  the  prior  year.  Exclusive  of
acquisition-related  costs  and  asset  impairment  charges,  the  operating  margin  for  2014  would  have  been
8%.

Interest  expense,  net  of  interest  income,  increased  by  $0.5  million,  or  5%,  to  $10.8  million  for  the  year
ended December 31, 2014, as compared to the prior year. This was primarily due to a $3.4 million increase
in interest charges and amortization of debt issuance costs associated with the Merger; partially offset by a
$2.1  million  reduction  in  interest  charges  due  to  the  lower  outstanding  debt  balance  and  lower  weighted
average  interest  rate  on  the  Prior  Credit  Facilities  in  2014  that  were  paid  in  full  in  connection  with  the
Merger and $0.8 million increase in interest income primarily related to the refund of a goods and services
tax  due  to  a  favorable  ruling  from  the  Canadian  Court  of  Appeals  holding  that  commissions  paid  to
Canadian casinos were not subject to  such  tax.

49

Loss on early extinguishment of debt was $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This was due
to  the  extinguishment  of  unamortized  deferred  loan  fees  associated  with  the  Prior  Credit  Facilities  that
were paid in full in connection with the  Merger.

Income tax expense decreased by $6.3 million, or 44%, to $8.2 million for the year ended December 31,
2014,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year.  This  was  primarily  due  to  the  decrease  in  income  from  operations
before income tax expense of $18.6 million. The provision for income tax reflected an effective income tax
rate of 40.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014, which was greater than the statutory federal rate of
35.0% due primarily to non-deductible acquisition-related  costs associated with the Merger  and partially
offset by the lower tax rate on foreign earnings. The provision for income tax reflected an effective income
tax rate of 37.3% for the prior year, which was greater than the statutory federal rate of 35.0% due in part
to state taxes and the non-cash compensation  expenses related to stock options.

Primarily as a result of the foregoing, net income decreased by $12.3 million, or 50%, to $12.1 million for
the year ended December 31, 2014, as  compared to the  prior year.

Year ended December 31, 2013 compared to year ended  December 31, 2012 (amounts in thousands)*

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2013 vs 2012

$

%

$

%

$ Variance % Variance

Revenues

Cash advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$231,134
286,049
21,611
43,650

40% $227,517
49% 303,159
4% 25,401
7% 28,409

39% $ 3,617
52% (17,110)
4% (3,790)
5% 15,241

Total  revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

582,444

100% 584,486

100% (2,042)

Costs and expenses

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation

and amortization) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

439,794
76,562
7,350
9,588

76% 436,059
13% 75,806
1% 6,843
2% 9,796

74% 3,735
756
13%
507
1%
(208)
2%

Total  costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .

533,294

92% 528,504

90% 4,790

2%
(6)%
(15)%
54%

(0)%

1%
1%
7%
(2)%

1%

Operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

49,150

8% 55,982

10% (6,832)

(12)%

Other expenses

Interest expense, net of interest income . . .

Total  other expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income from operations before tax . . . . .

10,265

10,265

38,885

2% 15,519

3% (5,254)

2% 15,519

3% (5,254)

6% 40,463

7% (1,578)

Income tax provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14,487

2% 14,774

3%

(287)

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 24,398

4% $ 25,689

4% $ (1,291)

(34)%

(34)%

(4)%

(2)%

(5)%

* Rounding may cause variances.

Total Revenues

Total  revenues  decreased  by  $2.0  million,  or  less  than  1%,  to  $582.4  million  for  the  year  ended
December  31,  2013,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year.  This  was  due  to  lower  ATM  and  check  services

50

revenues, partially offset by higher kiosk sales and an increase in cash advance revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2013, as compared to the  prior year.

Cash  advance  revenues  increased  by  $3.6  million,  or  2%,  to  $231.1  million  for  the  year  ended
December  31,  2013,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year.  This  was  primarily  due  to  higher  international  cash
advance  revenues for the year ended December  31, 2013, as compared to the  prior year.

ATM revenues decreased by $17.1 million, or 6%, to $286.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013,
as compared to the prior year. This was primarily due to lost business and lower transaction volume for the
year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year.

Check  services  revenues  decreased  by  $3.8  million,  or  15%,  to  $21.6  million  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year. This was primarily due to lost business and a decrease
in  the  number  of  check  services  transactions  processed  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  as
compared to the prior year.

Other revenues increased by $15.2 million, or 54%, to $43.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013,
as  compared  to  the  prior  year.  This  was  primarily  due  to  increased  kiosk  sales  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2013, as compared to the  prior year.

Costs and Expenses

Cost  of  revenues  (exclusive  of  depreciation  and  amortization)  increased  by  $3.7  million,  or  1%,  to
$439.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year. This was primarily
due to increased commissions paid to our customers for new and renewed cash access services as well as
costs associated with the increase in kiosk sales.

Operating  expenses  increased  by  $0.8  million,  or  1%,  to  $76.6  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,
2013,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year.  This  was  primarily  due  to  higher  payroll  and  related  expenses  and
occupancy related expenses, partially offset by a decrease in non-cash stock compensation expense for the
year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year.

Depreciation expenses increased by $0.5 million, or 7%, to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31,
2013,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year.  This  was  primarily  due  to  higher  charges  as  additional  fixed  assets
were placed into service for the year ended December  31, 2013, as  compared to the  prior year.

Amortization expenses decreased by $0.2 million, or 2%, to $9.6 million for the year ended December 31,
2013,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year.  This  was  primarily  due  to  certain  capitalized  costs  that  were  fully
amortized for the year ended December 31, 2013, as  compared to the prior  year.

Primarily as a result of the factors described above, operating income decreased by $6.8 million, or 12%, to
$49.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year. The operating margin
decreased to 8% for the year ended December 31, 2013  from 10% for the prior year.

Interest expense, net of interest income, decreased by $5.3 million, or 34%, to $10.3 million for the year
ended  December  31,  2013,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year.  This  was  primarily  due  to  a  $3.6  million
reduction in interest charges due to the lower outstanding debt balance and an amendment to our credit
facility  in  late  May  2013,  which  reduced  the  interest  rate  from  7%  to  4%;  a  $0.9  million  reduction  in
interest charges related to a lower average outstanding balance on the vault cash supplied by Wells Fargo
and  a  slightly  lower  average  cash  usage  rate;  and  a  decrease  in  the  interest  charge  associated  with  the
change in fair value of the interest rate cap of approximately $0.8  million.

Income tax expense decreased by $0.3 million, or 2%, to $14.5 million for the year ended December 31,
2013,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year.  This  was  primarily  due  to  the  decrease  in  income  from  operations
before income tax expense of $1.6 million. The provision for income tax reflected an effective income tax
rate of 37.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013, which was greater than the statutory federal rate of

51

35.0%  due  in  part  to  state  taxes  and  the  non-cash  compensation  expenses  related  to  stock  options.  The
provision  for  income  tax  reflected  an  effective  income  tax  rate  of  36.5%  for  the  prior  year,  which  was
greater than the statutory federal rate of 35.0% due in part to state taxes and the non-cash compensation
expenses related to stock options.

Primarily as a result of the foregoing, net income decreased by $1.3 million, or 5%, to $24.4 million for the
year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and
assumptions that affect our reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related
disclosures  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  SEC  has
defined a company’s critical accounting policies as the ones that are most important to the portrayal of the
financial  condition  and  results  of  operations,  and  which  require  management  to  make  the  most  difficult
and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about matters that are inherently
uncertain. Based on this definition, we have identified our critical accounting policies as those addressed
below.  We  also  have  other  key  accounting  policies  that  involve  the  use  of  estimates,  judgments  and
assumptions. You should review the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a summary of these
policies. We believe that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable, based upon information presently
available;  however,  actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates  under  different  assumptions  or
conditions.

Business Combinations. We apply the provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (‘‘FASB’’)
Accounting  Standards  Codification  (‘‘ASC  805’’),  ‘‘Business  Combinations’’,  in  the  accounting  for
acquisitions.  It  requires  us  to  recognize  separately  from  goodwill  the  assets  acquired  and  the  liabilities
assumed, at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess
of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the
liabilities  assumed.  Significant  estimates  and  assumptions  are  required  to  value  assets  acquired  and
liabilities  assumed  at  the  acquisition  date  as  well  as  contingent  consideration,  where  applicable.  These
estimates  are  preliminary  and  typically  include  the  calculation  of  an  appropriate  discount  rate  and
projection of the cash flows associated with each acquired asset over its estimated useful life. As a result,
during  the  measurement  period,  which  may  be  up  to  one  year  from  the  acquisition  date,  we  may  record
adjustments  to  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  with  the  corresponding  offset  to  goodwill.  In
addition,  deferred  tax  assets,  deferred  tax  liabilities,  uncertain  tax  positions  and  tax  related  valuation
allowances assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated as of the acquisition
date.  We  reevaluate  these  items  quarterly  based  upon  facts  and  circumstances  that  existed  as  of  the
acquisition  date  and  any  adjustments  to  its  preliminary  estimates  are  recorded  to  goodwill  if  identified
within the measurement period. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of
the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are
recorded to the consolidated statements of income  and comprehensive  income.

Acquisition-related Costs. We recognize a liability for acquisition-related costs when the liability is incurred.
Acquisition-related costs include, but are not limited to: financial advisory, legal and debt fees; accounting,
consulting, and professional fees associated with due diligence, valuation and integration; severance; and
other  related costs and adjustments.

Inventory. We  currently  maintain  separate  inventories  for  our  Payments  and  Games  products.  Our
Payments related inventory primarily consists of parts as well as finished goods and work-in-progress and is
stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  accounted  for  using  the  average  cost  method.  Our  Games  related
inventory  primarily  consists  of  component  parts,  completed  player  terminals  and  back-office  computer
equipment and is stated at fair value as a result of the Merger. However, our games segment historically

52

accounted for inventory at lower of cost (first in, first out) or market. The cost of inventory includes cost of
materials, labor, overhead and freight.

Goodwill. We  had  approximately  $857.9  million  of  goodwill  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheet  at
December 31, 2014 resulting from acquisitions of other businesses. Of this amount, $669.5 million resulted
from the Merger and the remaining $188.4 million was subject to our annual goodwill impairment testing.
We  test  for  impairment  annually  on  a  reporting  unit  basis,  as  of  October  1,  or  more  often  under  certain
circumstances. The annual impairment test is completed using either: a qualitative Step 0 assessment based
on  reviewing  relevant  events  and  circumstances;  or  a  quantitative  Step  1  assessment  using  an  income
approach that discounts future cash flows based on the estimated future results of the reporting units and a
market approach that compares market multiples of comparable companies to determine whether or not
any impairment exists. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we use the Step 2
assessment  to  determine  the  impairment.  Our  most  recent  annual  assessment  was  performed  as  of
October  1,  2014,  following  which  it  was  determined  that  no  impairment  adjustment  was  necessary.  The
annual  evaluation  of  goodwill  and  other  non-amortizing  intangible  assets  requires  the  use  of  estimates
about future operating results of each reporting unit to determine their estimated fair value. Changes in
forecasted  operations  can  materially  affect  these  estimates,  which  could  materially  affect  our  results  of
operations.  Our  reporting  units  are  identified  as  operating  segments  or  one  level  below  an  operating
segment. Reporting units must: (a) engage in business activities from which they earn revenues and incur
expenses; (b) have operating results that are regularly reviewed by our chief operating decision maker to
ascertain  the  resources  to  be  allocated  to  the  segment  and  assess  its  performance;  and  (c)  have  discrete
financial  information  available.  As  of  December  31,  2014,  our  reporting  units  included:  Cash  Advance,
ATM, Check Services, Games, Fully Integrated Kiosk Sales and Services, Central Credit, and Anti-Money
Laundering  and  Tax  Compliance  Software.  The  use  of  different  assumptions,  estimates  or  judgments  in
either  step  of  the  goodwill  impairment  testing  process,  such  as  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  of  our
reporting  units,  the  discount  rate  used  to  discount  such  cash  flows,  or  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the
reporting  units’  tangible  and  intangible  assets  and  liabilities,  could  significantly  increase  or  decrease  the
estimated  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  or  its  net  assets,  and  therefore,  impact  the  related  impairment
charge,  if  any.  At  the  annual  impairment  test  date,  the  above-noted  conclusion  that  no  indication  of
goodwill  impairment  existed  at  the  test  date  would  not  have  changed  had  the  test  been  conducted
assuming: 1) a 100 basis point increase in the discount rate used to discount the aggregate estimated cash
flows of our reporting units to their net present value in determining their estimated fair values (without
any change in the aggregate estimated cash flows of our reporting units), or 2) a 100 basis point decrease in
the  estimated  sales  growth  rate  or  terminal  period  growth  rate  without  a  change  in  the  discount  rate  of
each  reporting unit.

Other Intangible Assets. We have approximately $436.8 million in net unamortized other intangible assets on
our  consolidated  balance  sheet  at  December  31,  2014.  Of  this  amount,  $401.7  million  resulted  from  the
Merger, which consists of customer relationships, developed technology, contract rights, trade names and
trademarks. Our other intangible assets consist primarily of customer contracts (rights to provide Payments
and  Games  services  to  gaming  establishment  customers)  acquired  through  business  combinations,
capitalized software development costs and the acquisition cost of our patent related to the 3-in-1 Rollover
technology  acquired  in  2005,  which  expires  in  2018.  Customer  contracts  require  us  to  make  renewal
assumptions,  which  impact  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  such  assets.  Capitalized  software  development
costs  require  us  to  make  certain  judgments  as  to  the  stages  of  development  and  costs  eligible  for
capitalization. Capitalized software costs placed in service are amortized over their useful lives, generally
not to exceed five years. We review intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Such events or circumstances include, but are
not  limited  to,  a  significant  decrease  in  the  fair  value  of  the  underlying  business  or  market  price  of  the
asset, a significant adverse change in legal factors or business climate that could affect the value of an asset,
or a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses. We
group  intangible  assets  for  impairment  analysis  at  the  lowest  level  for  which  identifiable  cash  flows  are

53

largely  independent  of  the  cash  flows  of  other  assets  and  liabilities.  Recoverability  of  intangible  assets  is
measured  by  a  comparison  of  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  to  future,  net  cash  flows  expected  to  be
generated by the asset, undiscounted and without interest. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the
impairment  to  be  recognized  is  measured  by  the  amount  by  which  the  carrying  amount  of  the  assets
exceeds the fair value of the assets.

Income Taxes. We are subject to income taxes in the United States as well as various states and foreign
jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate.  We  account  for  income  taxes  in  accordance  with  accounting  guidance
whereby  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  expected  future  tax  consequences  of
events that have been included in the financial statements or income tax returns. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are determined based upon differences between financial statement carrying amounts of existing
assets and their respective tax bases using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in years in
which  those  temporary  differences  are  expected  to  be  recovered  or  settled.  We  also  follow  accounting
guidance to account for uncertainty in income taxes as recognized in our consolidated financial statements.
The  effect  on  the  income  tax  provision  and  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  a  change  in  rates  is
recognized  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  and  comprehensive  income  in  the  period  that
includes the enactment date. We believe that it is more likely than not that we will be able to utilize our
deferred  tax  assets.  Therefore,  we  have  not  provided  material  valuation  allowances  against  our  recorded
deferred tax assets.

Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue when evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been
rendered,  the  price  is  fixed  or  determinable  and  collectability  is  reasonably  assured.  We  evaluate  our
revenue streams for proper timing of revenue recognition. Revenue is recognized as products are delivered
and or services are performed.

Payments Revenues

Cash  advance  revenues  are  comprised  of  transaction  fees  assessed  to  gaming  patrons  in  connection  with
credit card cash access and POS debit card transactions and are recognized at the time the transactions are
authorized. Such fees are based on a combination of a fixed amount plus a percentage of the face amount
of the credit card cash access or POS debit card  transaction amount.

ATM revenues are comprised of transaction fees in the form of cardholder surcharges assessed to gaming
patrons in connection with ATM cash withdrawals at the time the transactions are authorized and reverse
interchange fees paid to us by the patrons’ issuing banks. Cardholder surcharges are recognized as revenue
when a transaction is initiated and reverse interchange is recognized as revenue on a monthly basis based
on  the  total  transactions  occurring  during  the  month.  The  cardholder  surcharges  assessed  to  gaming
patrons in connection with ATM cash withdrawals are currently a fixed dollar amount and not a percentage
of the transaction amount.

Check  services  revenues  are  principally  comprised  of  check  warranty  revenues  and  are  generally  based
upon  a  percentage  of  the  face  amount  of  checks  warranted.  These  fees  are  paid  to  us  by  gaming
establishments.

Other  revenues  include  amounts  derived  from  the  sale  of  cash  access  devices,  such  as  the  provision  of
certain  professional  services,  software  licensing,  and  certain  other  ancillary  fees  associated  with  the  sale,
installation  and  maintenance  of  those  devices.  In  addition,  other  revenues  consist  of  Central  Credit
revenues that are based upon either a flat monthly unlimited usage fee or a variable fee structure driven by
the volume of patron credit histories generated. Also included in other revenues are revenues generated
from ancillary marketing, database and  Internet gaming activities.

54

Games Revenues

Games  revenues  are  primarily  generated  by  our  gaming  operations  under  development,  placement,  and
participation  arrangements  in  which  we  provides  our  customers  with  player  terminals,  player  terminal-
content  licenses  and  back-office  equipment,  collectively  referred  to  herein  as  leased  gaming  equipment.
Under  these  arrangements,  we  retain  ownership  of  the  leased  gaming  equipment  installed  at  customer
facilities,  and  we  receive  revenue  based  on  a  percentage  of  the  net  win  per  day  generated  by  the  leased
gaming  equipment  or  a  fixed  daily  fee  based  on  the  number  of  player  terminals  installed  at  the  facility.
Revenue from lease participation or daily fee arrangements are considered both realizable and earned at
the end of each gaming day.

Games  revenues  generated  by  player  terminals  deployed  at  sites  under  development  or  placement  fee
agreements is reduced by the accretion of contract rights acquired as part of those agreements. Contract
rights are amounts allocated to intangible assets for dedicated floor space resulting from such agreements,
described  under  ‘‘Development  and  Placement  Fee  Agreements.’’  The  related  amortization  expense,  or
accretion  of  contract  rights,  is  netted  against  our  respective  revenue  category  in  the  consolidated
statements of operations and other comprehensive  income.

We also generate games revenues from back-office fees with certain customers. Back-office fees cover the
service  and  maintenance  costs  for  back-office  servers  installed  in  each  gaming  facility  to  run  our  gaming
equipment, as well as the cost of related software updates. Back-office fees are considered both realizable
and earned at the end of each gaming day.

Equipment and Systems Revenues

We  sell  gaming  equipment,  fully  integrated  kiosks  and  gaming  systems  directly  to  our  customers  under
independent  sales  contracts  through  normal  credit  terms,  or  may  grant  extended  credit  terms  under
contracts secured by the related equipment.

For  sales  arrangements  with  multiple  deliverables,  we  apply  the  guidance  from  ASU  No.  2009-13,
‘‘Revenue Recognition (Topic 605), Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements.’’ In addition, we apply
the guidance from ASU No. 2009-14, ‘‘Software (Topic 985), Certain Revenue Arrangements that Include
Software  Elements,’’  which  affects  vendors  that  sell  or  lease  tangible  products  in  an  arrangement  that
contains  software  that  is  more  than  incidental  to  the  tangible  product  as  a  whole  and  clarifies  what
guidance should be used in allocating and  measuring revenue.

The  majority  of  our  multiple  element  sales  contracts  are  for  some  combination  of  gaming  equipment,
player terminals, content, system software, license fees, ancillary equipment and  maintenance.

Revenue  related  to  systems  arrangements  that  contain  both  software  and  non-software  deliverables
requires  allocation  of  the  arrangement  fee  to  the  separate  deliverables  using  the  relative  selling  price
method.  Revenue  for  software  deliverables  is  recognized  under  software  revenue  recognition  guidance.
Revenue resulting from the sale of non-software deliverables, such as gaming devices and other hardware,
are  accounted  for  based  on  other  applicable  revenue  recognition  guidance  as  the  devices  are  tangible
products  containing  both  software  and  non-software  components  that  function  together  to  deliver  the
product’s essential functionality.

In allocating the arrangement fees to separate deliverables, we evaluate whether we have vendor-specific
objective  evidence  (‘‘VSOE’’)  of  selling  price,  third  party  evidence  (‘‘TPE’’)  or  estimate  of  selling  price
(‘‘ESP’’)  for  gaming  devices,  maintenance  and  product  support  fees  and  other  revenue  sources.  We
generally use ESP to determine the selling price used in the allocation of separate deliverables, as VSOE
and  TPE  are  generally  not  available.  We  determine  the  ESP  on  separate  deliverables  by  estimating  a
margin typically received on such items  and applying that  margin to the product cost incurred.

55

Generally,  player  terminal  sales  include  ancillary  equipment,  such  as  networking  gear,  bases,  chairs,  and
occasionally signage, some of which may be necessary for the full functionality of the player terminals in a
casino.  This  ancillary  equipment  comprises  an  install  kit  that  is  shipped  simultaneously  with  the  player
terminals.  Although  our  products  are  analyzed  as  multiple  deliverable  arrangements,  revenue  for  the
player terminal and ancillary equipment is not recognized until all elements essential for the functionality
of the product have been shipped or delivered. This includes game theme software and essential ancillary
equipment. If elements that are not essential to the functionality of the player terminals are shipped after
the unit, such as signage, chairs, or bases, these items would be classified as deferred revenue until shipped
or delivered.

Stock-Based Compensation. Stock-based compensation expense for all awards is based on the grant date fair
value  estimated.  We  estimate  the  weighted-average  fair  value  of  options  granted  for  our  time-based  and
cliff vesting time-based options using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model. We estimate the weighted-
average fair value of options granted for our market-based options using a lattice-based option valuation
model. Each model is based on assumptions regarding expected volatility, dividend yield, risk-free interest
rates, the expected term of the option and the expected forfeiture rate. Each of these assumptions, while
reasonable,  requires  a  certain  degree  of  judgment  and  the  fair  value  estimates  could  vary  if  the  actual
results are materially different than those initially applied.

Recent  Accounting Guidance

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

In  November  2014,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (‘‘FASB’’)  issued  Accounting  Standard
Update  (‘‘ASU’’)  No.  2014-17,  which  provides  guidance  on  whether  and  at  what  threshold  an  acquired
entity  that  is  a  business  or  nonprofit  activity  can  apply  pushdown  accounting  in  its  separate  financial
statements. The pronouncement was effective on November 18, 2014. There was no impact of the adoption
of ASU No. 2014-17 as we do not apply  push-down accounting to our acquired subsidiaries.

Recent Accounting Guidance Not Yet Adopted

In  August  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2014-15,  which  provides  guidance  on  determining  when  and
how  reporting  entities  must  disclose  going-concern  uncertainties  in  their  financial  statements.  The
pronouncement  is  effective  for  annual  periods  ending  after  December  15,  2016,  and  interim  periods
thereafter,  and  early  adoption  is  permitted.  We  are  currently  evaluating  the  impact  of  adopting  this
guidance on our Consolidated Financial Statements and disclosures included within Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.

In  June  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2014-12,  which  requires  that  a  performance  target  that  affects
vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition.
As  such,  the  performance  target  should  not  be  reflected  in  estimating  the  grant-date  fair  value  of  the
award.  The  standard  is  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2015,  with
early  adoption  permitted.  We  are  currently  evaluating  the  impact  of  adopting  this  guidance  on  our
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  disclosures  included  within  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2014-09,  which  creates  FASB  ASC  Topic  606,  ‘‘Revenue  from
Contracts  with  Customers’’  and  supersedes  ASC  Topic  605,  ‘‘Revenue  Recognition’’.  The  guidance
replaces  industry-specific  guidance  and  establishes  a  single  five-step  model  to  identify  and  recognize
revenue.  The  core  principle  of  the  guidance  is  that  an  entity  should  recognize  revenue  upon  transfer  of
control of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which
an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Additionally, the guidance requires
the entity to disclose further quantitative and qualitative information regarding the nature and amount of
revenues  arising  from  contracts  with  customers,  as  well  as  other  information  about  the  significant

56

judgments  and  estimates  used  in  recognizing  revenues  from  contracts  with  customers.  This  guidance  is
effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early application is
not  permitted.  This  guidance  may  be  adopted  retrospectively  or  under  a  modified  retrospective  method
where the cumulative effect is recognized at the date of initial application. We are currently evaluating the
impact  of  adopting  this  guidance  on  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  disclosures  included
within our Notes to Consolidated Financial  Statements.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

The following table presents selected information about  our financial position (in thousands):

At December 31,

2014

2013

Balance sheet data

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,707,285
1,188,787
231,473

$ 527,327
103,000
218,604

Net available cash*

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add: Settlement receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: Settlement liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

89,095
43,288
(119,157)

114,254
38,265
(145,022)

Total net available cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

13,226

$

7,497

* Non-GAAP measure

Cash Resources

Our  cash  balance,  cash  flows  and  credit  facilities  are  expected  to  be  sufficient  to  meet  our  recurring
operating commitments and to fund our planned capital expenditures for the foreseeable future. Cash and
cash  equivalents  at  December  31,  2014  included  cash  in  non-U.S.  jurisdictions  of  approximately
$14.8  million.  Generally,  these  funds  are  available  for  operating  and  investment  purposes  within  the
jurisdiction in which they reside, but  are  subject  to  taxation in the  U.S. upon repatriation.

We  provide  cash  settlement  services  to  our  customers.  These  services  involve  the  movement  of  funds
between  the  various  parties  associated  with  cash  access  transactions.  These  activities  result  in  a  balance
due to us at the end of each business day that we recoup over the next few business days and classify as
settlement  receivables.  These  activities  also  result  in  a  balance  due  to  our  customers  at  the  end  of  each
business  day  that  we  remit  over  the  next  few  business  days  and  classify  as  settlement  liabilities.  As  of
December  31,  2014,  we  had  $43.3  million  in  settlement  receivables  for  which  we  received  payment  in
January  2015.  As  of  December  31,  2014,  we  had  $119.2  million  in  settlement  liabilities  due  to  our
customers for these settlement services that were paid in January 2015. As the timing of cash received from
settlement receivables and payment of settlement liabilities may differ, the total amount of cash held by us
will  fluctuate  throughout  the  year.  As  of  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  the  net  cash  available  after
considering settlement amounts was $13.2  million and $7.5 million, respectively.

57

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in
thousands):

Cash flow activities

Net cash provided by operating

activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net cash  used  in investing activities . .
Net cash provided by/(used in)

financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effect of exchange rates on cash . . . .

Cash and cash equivalents

Year Ended December 31,

Increase/(Decrease)

2014

2013

2012

2014 vs 2013

2013 vs 2012

$
24,531
(1,085,847)

$

4,334
(13,990)

$157,488
(12,531)

$
20,197
(1,071,857)

$(153,154)
(1,459)

1,037,423
(1,266)

(29,183)
73

(46,783)
(689)

1,066,606
(1,339)

17,600
762

Net (decrease)/increase for the period
Balance, beginning of the period . . . .

(25,159)
114,254

(38,766)
153,020

97,485
55,535

13,607
(38,766)

(136,251)
97,485

Balance, end of the period . . . . . . .

$

89,095

$114,254

$153,020

$

(25,159) $ (38,766)

Cash  flows  provided  by  operating  activities  were  $24.5  million,  $4.3  million  and  $157.5  million,  for  the
years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Cash flows provided by operating activities
increased by $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the prior year. This was
primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  non-cash  adjustments  and  the  timing  of  our  settlement  receivables  and
settlement liabilities based on the number of business days outstanding prior to the settlement of our cash
access transactions at the end of each period for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the
prior  year,  partially  offset  by  a  decrease  in  net  income.  Cash  flows  provided  by  operating  activities
decreased by $153.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the prior year. This was
primarily due to the timing of our settlement receivables and settlement liabilities based on the number of
business days outstanding prior to the settlement of our cash access transactions at the end of each period
for the year ended December 31, 2013  as compared to the  prior year.

Cash flows used in investing activities were $1.1 billion, $14.0 million and $12.5 million for the years ended
December  31,  2014,  2013  and  2012,  respectively.  Cash  flows  used  in  investing  activities  increased  by
$1.08 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the prior year. This was primarily due
to  the  use  of  proceeds  raised  to  fund  the  Merger.  Cash  flows  used  in  investing  activities  increased  by
$1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the prior year. This was primarily due
to  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  fixed  assets  in  the  prior  year,  an  increase  in  capital  expenditures  for  the
current year ended December 31, 2013 and  changes in  restricted cash  and  cash equivalents.

Cash flows provided by financing activities were $1.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014. Cash
flows  used  in  financing  activities  were  $29.2  million  and  $46.8  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,
2013  and  2012,  respectively.  Cash  flows  used  in  financing  activities  increased  by  $1.1  billion  for  the  year
ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the prior year. This was primarily due to the proceeds raised to
fund  the  Merger  offset  by  repayments  on  debt  on  the  Prior  Credit  Facilities,  debt  issuance  costs  and
purchase of treasury stock. Cash flows used in financing activities decreased by $17.6 million for the year
ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the prior year. This was primarily due to lower debt repayments
and  an  increase  in  proceeds  from  the  exercise  of  stock  options,  partially  offset  by  purchases  of  treasury
stock for the year ended December 31, 2013  as compared to the prior year.

58

Long-Term Debt

The following table summarizes our indebtedness at  December  31, (in thousands):

At December 31,

2014

2013

Long-term debt

Senior credit facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior secured term loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior secured notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior unsecured notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

— $103,000
—
—
—

500,000
350,000
350,000

Total debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: original issue discount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total debt after discount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Less: current portion of long-term debt

1,200,000
(11,213)

1,188,787
(10,000)

103,000
—

103,000
(1,030)

Long-term debt, less current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,178,787

$101,970

On  December  19,  2014  and  in  connection  with  the  Merger,  we  refinanced  all  of  our  indebtedness
outstanding under the Prior Credit Facilities with proceeds from the Credit Facilities  and the  Notes.

Credit Facilities

On  December  19,  2014,  GCA,  as  borrower,  and  Holdings  entered  into  a  credit  agreement  among  GCA,
Holdings, Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender and letter of
credit  issuer;  Deutsche  Bank  Securities  Inc.,  as  syndication  agent;  and  Merrill  Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner  &
Smith  Incorporated  and  Deutsche  Bank  Securities,  Inc.  as  joint  lead  arrangers  and  joint  book  managers
(the ‘‘Credit Agreement’’). The Credit Agreement provides for a $50.0 million five-year Revolving Credit
Facility  that  matures  in  2019  and  a  $500.0  million  six-year  Term  Loan  that  matures  in  2020.  The  fees
associated  with  the  Credit  Facilities  included  discounts  of  approximately  $7.5  million  and  debt  issuance
costs  of  approximately  $13.9  million.  All  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facilities  are  subject  to  the
satisfaction  of  customary  conditions,  including  the  absence  of  a  default  and  compliance  with
representations and warranties.

The interest rate per annum applicable to the Revolving Credit Facility is, at GCA’s option, the base rate or
LIBOR plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The interest rate per annum applicable to the Term Loan
is also, at GCA’s option, the base rate or LIBOR plus, in each case, an applicable margin. LIBOR will be
reset at the beginning of each selected interest period based on the LIBOR rate then in effect; provided
that, with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, if LIBOR is below zero, then such rate will be equal to
zero plus the applicable margin, and, with respect to the Term Loan, if LIBOR is below 1.0%, then such
rate will be equal to 1.0% plus the applicable margin. The base rate is a fluctuating interest rate equal to
the  highest  of  (a)  the  prime  lending  rate  announced  by  the  administrative  agent,  (b)  the  federal  funds
effective rate from time to time plus 0.50%, and (c) LIBOR (after taking account of any applicable floor)
applicable for an interest period of one month plus 1.00%. The applicable margins of 4.75% and 5.25% for
the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  and  Term  Loan,  respectively,  are  subject  to  adjustment  based  on  our
consolidated secured leverage ratio.

Voluntary  prepayments  of  the  term  loan  and  the  revolving  loans  and  voluntary  reductions  in  the  unused
commitments are permitted in whole or in part, in minimum amounts as set forth in the Credit Agreement
governing  the  Credit  Facilities,  with  prior  notice  but  without  premium  or  penalty,  except  that  certain
refinancing  transactions  of  the  Term  Loan  within  twelve  months  after  the  closing  of  the  Credit  Facilities
will be subject to a prepayment premium of 1.00% of  the principal amount repaid.

59

Subject to certain exceptions, the obligations under the Credit Facilities are secured by substantially all of
the  present  and  after  acquired  assets  of  each  of  GCA,  Holdings  and  the  subsidiary  guarantors  (the
‘‘Collateral’’)  including:  (a)  a  perfected  first  priority  pledge  of  all  the  capital  stock  of  GCA  and  each
domestic direct, wholly owned material restricted subsidiary held by Holdings, GCA or any such subsidiary
guarantor;  and  (b)  a  perfected  first  priority  security  interest  in  substantially  all  other  tangible  and
intangible assets of Holdings, GCA, and such subsidiary guarantors (including, but not limited to, accounts
receivable,  inventory,  equipment,  general  intangibles,  investment  property,  real  property,  intellectual
property  and  the  proceeds  of  the  foregoing).  Subject  to  certain  exceptions,  the  Credit  Facilities  are
unconditionally  guaranteed  by  Holdings  and  such  subsidiary  guarantors  and  Multimedia  Games  and  its
material domestic  subsidiaries.

The Credit Agreement governing the Credit Facilities contains certain covenants that, among other things,
limit  Holdings’  ability,  and  the  ability  of  certain  of  its  subsidiaries,  to  incur  additional  indebtedness;  sell
assets  or  consolidate  or  merge  with  or  into  other  companies;  pay  dividends  or  repurchase  or  redeem
capital stock; make certain investments; issue capital stock of subsidiaries; incur liens; prepay, redeem or
repurchase subordinated debt; and enter into certain types of transactions with our affiliates. The Credit
Agreement governing the Credit Facilities also requires Holdings, together with its subsidiaries, to comply
with a consolidated secured leverage  ratio as well as an annual excess cash  flow requirement.

Events  of  default  under  the  Credit  Agreement  governing  the  Credit  Facilities  include  customary  events
such  as  a  cross-default  provision  with  respect  to  other  material  debt  (which  includes  the  Notes).  In
addition,  an  event  of  default  will  occur  if  Holdings  undergoes  a  change  of  control.  This  is  defined  to
include the case where Holdings ceases to own 100% of the equity interests of GCA, or where any person
or  group  acquires  a  percentage  of  the  economic  or  voting  interests  of  Holdings’  capital  stock  of  35%  or
more (determined on a fully diluted basis), or where a majority of the board of directors of Holdings ceases
to  consist  of  persons  who  are  directors  of  Holdings  on  the  closing  date  of  the  Credit  Facilities  or  other
directors whose nomination for election to the board of directors of GCA was recommended by a majority
of the then continuing directors.

At  December  31,  2014,  we  had  approximately  $500.0  million  of  borrowings  outstanding  under  the  Term
Loan and $50.0 million of additional borrowing availability under the Revolving Credit Facility, based upon
borrowing base calculations as of such date. We were in compliance with the terms of the Credit Facilities
as of  December 31, 2014.

We  believe  our  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  will  provide  for  our  operating  and  debt  servicing
needs for the next 12 months. If not, we have sufficient borrowings available under our Credit Facilities to
meet any additional funding requirements. We monitor the financial strength of our lenders on an ongoing
basis  using  publicly-available  information.  Based  upon  that  information,  we  believe  there  is  not  a
likelihood  that  any  of  our  lenders  might  not  be  able  to  honor  their  commitments  under  the  Credit
Agreement.

Senior Notes

At  December  31,  2014,  we  had  two  series  of  outstanding  notes:  (a)  $350.0  million  aggregate  principal
amount of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 (the ‘‘Secured Notes’’), and (b) $350.0 million aggregate
principal amount of 10.00% Senior Unsecured Notes due  2022 (the ‘‘Unsecured  Notes’’).

On  December  19,  2014,  we  issued  the  Secured  Notes  at  an  initial  offering  price  of  100%  and  the
Unsecured Notes at an initial offering price of 98.921%. Our net proceeds from the sale of the Notes were
approximately $680.0 million after deducting discounts of approximately $3.8 million and commissions of
approximately  $16.2  million  and  before  deducting  any  other  fees  and  expenses  related  to  the  Notes
offering.  Other  fees  and  expenses  included  additional  debt  issuance  costs  associated  with  the  Notes  of
approximately $11.2 million.

60

The  Secured  Notes  are  senior  secured  obligations  of  the  Company,  equally  and  ratably  secured  with  the
Company’s  obligations  under  the  Credit  Facilities.  The  Secured  Notes  rank  equally  with  the  Company’s
existing and future senior debt and senior to the Company’s existing and future senior subordinated debt.
The  Unsecured  Notes  are  senior  unsecured  obligations  of  the  Company,  and  rank  equally  with  the
Company’s  existing  and  future  senior  debt  and  senior  to  the  Company’s  existing  and  future  senior
subordinated debt. The Secured Notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by Holdings and all of its
material  domestic  subsidiaries  (other  than  GCA)  and  the  Unsecured  Notes  are  guaranteed  on  a  senior
unsecured basis by Holdings and all of its material  domestic  subsidiaries (other than  GCA).

The indentures governing the Notes contain certain covenants that, among other things, limit our ability,
and  the  ability  of  certain  of  our  subsidiaries,  to  incur  additional  indebtedness,  pay  dividends  or  make
distributions or certain other restricted payments, purchase or redeem capital stock, make investments or
extend  credit,  engage  in  certain  transactions  with  affiliates,  consummate  certain  asset  sales,  effect  a
consolidation or merger, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets,
or create certain liens and other encumbrances on  our  assets.

The indentures governing the Notes contain events of default customary for agreements of their type (with
customary  grace  periods,  as  applicable)  and  provide  that,  upon  the  occurrence  of  an  event  of  default
arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to Holdings or GCA, all outstanding
notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other type of event
of default occurs and is continuing, then the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
the then outstanding Secured Notes or Unsecured Notes, as applicable, may declare all such notes to be
due and payable immediately.

At the closing of the offering of the Notes, the Notes were acquired by the initial purchasers pursuant to
the terms of a purchase agreement. Under the terms of the purchase agreement, during a one year period
following  the  closing  and  upon  prior  notice  from  the  initial  purchasers,  the  Company  must  use
commercially reasonable efforts to aid the purchasers in the resale of the Notes, including by preparing an
updated offering memorandum and participating in reasonable marketing efforts including road shows, to
the extent required therein.

In  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  Unsecured  Notes,  the  Company  entered  into  a  registration  rights
agreement pursuant to which the Company agreed, for the benefit of the holders of the Unsecured Notes,
to  file  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  ‘‘SEC’’),  and  use  its  commercially  reasonable
efforts  to  cause  to  become  effective,  a  registration  statement  relating  to  an  offer  to  exchange  the
Unsecured Notes for an issue of SEC-registered notes (the ‘‘Exchange Notes’’) with terms identical to the
Unsecured Notes (except that the Exchange Notes will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any
increase in annual interest rate as described below). Under certain circumstances, including if applicable
interpretations  of  the  staff  of  the  SEC  do  not  permit  the  Company  to  effect  the  exchange  offer,  the
Company and the guarantors must use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective a
shelf registration statement relating to resales of the Unsecured Notes and to keep that shelf registration
statement  effective  until  the  first  anniversary  of  the  date  such  shelf  registration  statement  becomes
effective,  or  such  shorter  period  that  will  terminate  when  all  Unsecured  Notes  covered  by  the  shelf
registration  statement  have  been  sold.  The  obligation  to  complete  the  exchange  offer  and/or  file  a  shelf
registration  statement  will  terminate  on  the  second  anniversary  of  the  date  of  the  Registration  Rights
Agreement. If the exchange offer is not completed (or, if required, the shelf registration statement is not
declared  effective)  on  or  before  December 19,  2015,  the  annual  interest  rate  borne  by  the  Unsecured
Notes will be increased by 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following such date
and by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, up to a maximum
additional  rate  of  1.00%  per  annum  thereafter  until  the  exchange  offer  is  completed  or  the  shelf
registration  statement  is  declared  effective,  at  which  time  the  interest  rate  will  revert  to  the  original
interest rate on the date the Unsecured  Notes were originally issued.

61

We  were in compliance with the covenants of the  Notes as of December 31, 2014.

Interest Rate Cap

In connection with the Prior Credit Facilities, we purchased a $150.0 million notional amount interest rate
cap with an effective date of January 5, 2012 and a term of three years and therefore the rate cap expired
on  January  5,  2015.  We  purchased  this  interest  rate  cap  in  order  to  partially  reduce  our  exposure  to
increases in LIBOR above 1.5% during the term of the interest rate cap with respect to our variable rate
debt obligations under the Prior Credit Facilities and our obligations under our Contract Cash Solutions
Agreement with Wells Fargo. This interest rate cap is recorded in other assets in our consolidated balance
sheets, and is marked-to-market based on a quoted market price with the effects offset in our consolidated
statements  of  income  and  comprehensive  income.  The  interest  rate  cap  carrying  value  and  fair  value
approximate each other and these values  are  insignificant as  of  December  31, 2014.

Contractual Obligations

The following summarizes our contractual  cash obligations as of December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

Total

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Thereafter

At December 31, 2014

Contractual obligations

Debt obligations(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,200,000 $ 10,000 $ 10,000 $ 10,000 $ 10,000 $ 10,000 $1,150,000
131,418
Estimated interest obligations(2) . . . . .
5,829
Operating lease obligations . . . . . . . .
—
Employment obligations(3) . . . . . . . .
—
Purchase obligations(4) . . . . . . . . . . .

593,016
19,864
5,925
30,246

93,570
3,392
1,670
26,695

91,035
2,452
—
—

92,303
2,626
—
1,200

91,669
2,440
—
—

93,021
3,125
4,255
2,351

Total contractual  obligations . . . . . . $1,849,051 $135,327 $112,752 $106,129 $104,109 $103,487 $1,287,247

(1) We are required to make principal payments of 2% annually under the Term Loans and may also be required to
make an excess cash flow payment that is based on full year end earnings and our leverage ratio in effect at that
time. The above table does  not reflect any  amounts  related  to  excess  cash  flow  payments.

(2) Estimated interest payments were computed using the interest rate in effect at December 31, 2014 multiplied by
the principal balance outstanding after scheduled principal amortization payments. For the Credit Facilities, the
weighted  average  rate  assumed  was  approximately  8.0%  until  2021  when  the  weighted  average  rate  would
increase to approximately 9.6%.

(3) We  maintain  employment  contracts  for  certain  members  of  our  executive  management.  These  agreements
require  us  to  provide  compensation  to  these  individuals  upon  their  employment  and,  if  applicable,  upon
termination of their employment.

(4)

Included in purchase obligations are minimum transaction processing services from various third-party processors
used by us as well as open gaming purchase  orders.

62

Deferred Tax Asset

We recognized a deferred tax asset upon its conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation
on May 14, 2004. Prior to that time, all tax attributes flowed through to the members of the limited liability
company. The principal component of the deferred tax asset is a difference between our assets for financial
accounting  and  tax  purposes.  This  difference  results  from  a  significant  balance  of  acquired  goodwill  of
approximately  $687.4  million  that  was  generated  as  part  of  the  conversion  to  a  corporation  plus
approximately  $97.6  million  in  pre-existing  goodwill  carried  over  from  periods  prior  to  the  conversion.
Both of these assets are recorded for tax purposes but not for accounting purposes. This asset is amortized
over 15 years for tax purposes, resulting in annual pretax income being $52.3 million lower for tax purposes
than for financial accounting purposes. At an estimated blended domestic statutory tax rate of 36.3%, this
results in tax payments being approximately $19.0 million less than the annual provision for income taxes
shown on the income statement for financial accounting purposes, or the amount of the annual provision,
if less. There is an expected aggregate of $82.3 million in cash savings over the remaining life of the portion
of  the  deferred  tax  asset  related  to  the  conversion.  This  deferred  tax  asset  may  be  subject  to  certain
limitations. We believe that it is more likely than not that it will be able to utilize the deferred tax asset.
However,  the  utilization  of  this  tax  asset  is  subject  to  many  factors  including  our  earnings,  a  change  of
control of the Company and future earnings.

Other Liquidity Needs and Resources

We  need  supplies  of  cash  to  support  our  foreign  operations.  For  some  foreign  jurisdictions,  such  as  the
United Kingdom, applicable law and cross-border treaties allow us to transfer funds between our domestic
and  foreign  operations  efficiently.  For  other  foreign  jurisdictions,  we  must  rely  on  the  supply  of  cash
generated by our operations in those foreign jurisdictions, and the cost of repatriation is prohibitive. For
example, Global Cash Access (Canada), Inc. (‘‘GCA Canada’’), the subsidiary through which we operate in
Canada,  generates  a  supply  of  cash  that  is  sufficient  to  support  its  operations,  and  all  cash  generated
through  such  operations  is  expected  to  be  retained  by  GCA  Canada.  As  we  expand  our  cash  access
business into new foreign jurisdictions, we must rely on treaty-favored cross-border transfers of funds, the
supply  of  cash  generated  by  our  operations  in  those  foreign  jurisdictions  or  alternate  sources  of  working
capital.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We  have  a  Contract  Cash  Solutions  Agreement  with  Wells  Fargo  that  allows  us  to  use  funds  owned  by
Wells Fargo to provide the currency needed for normal operating requirements for our ATMs. For the use
of  these  funds,  we  pay  Wells  Fargo  a  cash  usage  fee  on  the  average  daily  balance  of  funds  utilized
multiplied by a contractually defined cash usage rate. Under this agreement, all currency supplied by Wells
Fargo remains the sole property of Wells Fargo at all times until it is dispensed, at which time Wells Fargo
obtains  an  interest  in  the  corresponding  settlement  receivable.  As  the  cash  is  never  an  asset  of  our,
supplied cash is not reflected on our balance sheet. The outstanding balances of ATM cash utilized by the
Company  from  Wells  Fargo  were  $396.3  million,  $427.1  million  and  $360.4  million  as  of  December  31,
2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

In June 2012, the Company and Wells Fargo amended the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement to increase
the maximum amount of cash to be provided to the Company from $400.0 million to $500.0 million, and
the  initial  term  of  the  Contract  Cash  Solutions  Agreement  was  extended  from  November  30,  2013  until
November 30, 2014. In November 2013, the parties entered into another amendment to the Contract Cash
Solutions Agreement to extend the term one  year  until November  30, 2015.

63

Under the terms of the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, we pay a monthly cash usage fee based upon
the product of the average daily dollars outstanding in all ATMs multiplied by a contractually defined cash
usage  rate.  This  cash  usage  rate  is  determined  by  an  applicable  LIBOR  plus  a  mutually  agreed  upon
margin. We are exposed to interest rate risk to the extent that the applicable LIBOR increases. The cash
usage  fees  incurred  by  the  Company,  reflected  as  interest  expense  within  the  consolidated  statements  of
income  and  comprehensive  income,  were  $2.3  million,  $2.2  million  and  $3.1  million  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

We  are  responsible  for  any  losses  of  cash  in  the  ATMs  under  our  agreement  with  Wells  Fargo  and  we
self-insure  for  this  risk.  We  incurred  no  material  losses  related  to  this  self-insurance  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Effects of Inflation

Our  monetary  assets,  consisting  primarily  of  cash.  receivables,  inventory  and  our  non-monetary  assets,
consisting  primarily  of  the  deferred  tax  asset,  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets,  are  not  significantly
affected  by  inflation.  We  believe  that  replacement  costs  of  equipment,  furniture  and  leasehold
improvements will not materially affect our operations. However, the rate of inflation affects our operating
expenses, such as those for salaries and benefits, armored carrier expenses, telecommunications expenses
and  equipment  repair  and  maintenance  services,  which  may  not  be  readily  recoverable  in  the  financial
terms under which we provide our Payments and Games products and services to gaming establishments
and their patrons.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative  Disclosures about Market  Risk.

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  are  exposed  to  foreign  currency  exchange  risk.  We  operate  and
conduct  business  in  foreign  countries  and,  as  a  result,  are  exposed  to  movements  in  foreign  currency
exchange  rates.  Our  exposure  to  foreign  currency  exchange  risk  related  to  our  foreign  operations  is  not
material to our results of operations, cash flows or financial position. At present, we do not hedge this risk,
but continues to evaluate such foreign currency translation risk exposure.

Wells  Fargo  supplies  us  with  currency  needed  for  normal  operating  requirements  of  our  domestic
ATMs pursuant to the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement. Under the terms of this agreement, we pay a
monthly  cash  usage  fee  based  upon  the  product  of  the  average  daily  dollars  outstanding  in  all  such
ATMs multiplied by a margin that is tied to LIBOR. We are, therefore, exposed to interest rate risk to the
extent  that  the  applicable  LIBOR  increases.  As  of  December  31,  2014,  the  currency  supplied  by  Wells
Fargo was $396.3 million. Based upon this outstanding amount of currency supplied by Wells Fargo, each
1%  increase  in  the  applicable  LIBOR  would  have  a  $4.0  million  impact  on  income  before  taxes  over  a
12-month period. Foreign gaming establishments supply the currency needs for the ATMs located on their
premises.

The Credit Facilities bear interest at rates that can vary over time. We have the option of having interest on
the outstanding amounts under the Credit Facilities paid based on a base rate or based on LIBOR and we
have historically elected to pay interest based on LIBOR, and we expect to continue to pay interest based
on  LIBOR  of  various  maturities.  The  weighted  average  interest  rate  on  the  Credit  Facilities  was
approximately 6.25% for the year ended December 31, 2014. Based upon the outstanding balance on the
Credit  Facilities  of  $500  million  as  of  December  31,  2014,  each  1%  increase  in  the  applicable  LIBOR
would  have  a  $5.0  million  impact  on  interest  expense  over  a  12-month  period.  The  interest  rates  on  the
notes are fixed and therefore an increase in LIBOR does not impact the interest expense associated with
the notes.

64

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting  Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income  for the three years ended

December 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31,  2014 and 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  for  the three years ended  December 31,  2014 . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the  three years ended December 31, 2014 . . . .
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

66

67
68
69
70
71

65

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders  of
Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc.
Las Vegas, Nevada

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and
subsidiaries (the ‘‘Company’’) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements
of income and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  An  audit  includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An
audit  also  includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the
results  of  their  operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended
December  31,  2014,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of
America.

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight
Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014,
based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 16, 2015 expressed
an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial  reporting.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Las Vegas, NV
March 16, 2015

66

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND  COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands, except earnings per share amounts)

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$593,053

$582,444

$584,486

Costs and expenses

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and  amortization) . . . .
Operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

440,071
95,452
804
8,745
14,199

439,794
76,562
—
7,350
9,588

436,059
75,806
—
6,843
9,796

Total  costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

559,271

533,294

528,504

Operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33,782

49,150

55,982

Other expenses

Interest expense, net of interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss on extinguishment of debt

Total  other expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income from operations before tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign currency translation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10,756
2,725

13,481

20,301
8,161

12,140
(1,258)

10,265
—

10,265

38,885
14,487

24,398
269

15,519
—

15,519

40,463
14,774

25,689
218

Comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 10,882

$ 24,667

$ 25,907

Earnings per share

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

0.18

0.18

$

$

0.37

0.36

$

$

0.39

0.38

Weighted average common shares outstanding

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

65,780

66,863

66,014

67,205

65,933

67,337

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

67

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except par value amounts)

At December 31,

2014

2013

Current assets

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settlement receivables
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trade receivables, net of allowances for  doubtful  accounts of $2.8 million for both periods . . . . . . . . .
Other receivables
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid expenses and other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

89,095
43,288
37,697
20,553
27,163
18,988
9,591

$ 114,254
38,265
11,658
4,605
9,413
16,674
3,102

Total current assets

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

246,375

197,971

Non-current assets

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements,  net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other intangible assets, net
Other receivables, non-current
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax asset,  non-current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets, non-current

106,085
857,913
436,785
9,184
—
50,943

18,710
180,084
31,535
699
87,942
10,386

Total non-current  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,460,910

329,356

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,707,285

$ 527,327

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities

Settlement liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current portion  of  long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 119,157
104,668
10,000

$ 145,022
53,601
1,030

Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

233,825

199,653

Non-current liabilities

Deferred tax liability, non-current
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term debt, less current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other accrued expenses  and liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

57,333
1,178,787
5,867

—
101,970
7,100

Total non-current  liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,241,987

109,070

Total liabilities

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,475,812

308,723

Commitments and Contingencies (Note  14)

Stockholders’ Equity

Common stock,  $0.001  par value,  500,000  shares  authorized  and  90,405  and  89,233 shares  issued  at

December 31,  2014 and December 31,  2013,  respectively

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

90

89

Convertible preferred  stock, $0.001 par  value, 50,000  shares  authorized  and  0  shares  outstanding  at

December 31, 2014 and December 31,  2013,  respectively

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional paid-in capital
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated other  comprehensive  income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Treasury stock,  at cost,  24,816  and  23,303 shares  at  December  31,  2014  and  December  31,  2013,

—
245,682
160,152
1,569

—
231,516
148,012
2,827

respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(176,020)

(163,840)

Total stockholders’  equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

231,473

218,604

Total liabilities and  stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,707,285

$ 527,327

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

68

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

Cash flows from operating activities

Net  income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments to reconcile net income  to  cash  provided by  operating

$

12,140

$ 24,398

$ 25,689

activities:
Amortization & depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of financing costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for bad debts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss on  early extinguishment of debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other non-cash items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Settlement receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other receivables,  net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid  and other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settlement liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

22,944
2,035
8,991
3,129
2,725
8,876
337

(5,156)
(12,256)
(850)
904
6,613
(25,523)
(378)

24,531

17,116
1,793
7,874
—
—
5,078
—

(8,793)
(13,335)
(2,286)
(9,482)
13,643
(37,200)
5,528

16,734
1,485
5,182
—
—
6,655
—

50,823
1,196
134
(3,425)
14,376
40,530
(1,891)

4,334

157,488

Cash flows from investing activities

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capital expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repayments under development agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes in restricted cash  and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1,068,000)
(18,021)
276
(102)

—
(13,900)
—
(90)

—
(12,786)
—
255

Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1,085,847)

(13,990)

(12,531)

Cash flows from financing activities

Repayments against old credit facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Debt issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase of treasury stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(103,000)
1,200,000
(52,735)
5,338
(12,180)

(18,500)
—
(764)
8,431
(18,350)

(52,500)
—
(676)
6,655
(262)

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing  activities . . . . . . . . . .

1,037,423

(29,183)

(46,783)

Effect  of exchange rates on cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1,266)

73

(689)

Cash and cash equivalents

Net (decrease)/increase for the period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance, beginning of the period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(25,159)
114,254

(38,766)
153,020

97,485
55,535

Balance, end of the period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Supplemental cash disclosures

Cash paid for interest
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash paid for income tax, net  of refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Supplemental non-cash disclosures

Non-cash tenant improvements paid by  landlord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued and unpaid capital expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued and unpaid contingent liability for  NEWave acquisition . . . . . .

$

$
$

$
$
$

89,095

$114,254

$153,020

59,274
962

$ 8,634
711
$

$ 15,494
665
$

— $ 2,930
$ 1,073
731
$
2,463

$
$
— $

—
—
—

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

69

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands)

Common Stock—
Series A

Number of
Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Accumulated
Other

Retained Comprehensive
Earnings

Income

Treasury
Stock

Total
Equity

Balance, December  31,  2011 . . . .

85,651

$86

$204,735 $ 97,925

$ 2,340

$(145,228) $159,858

Net  income . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign currency translation . .
Stock-based  compensation

expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercise  of  options . . . . . . . . .
Restricted share vesting

withholdings . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted shares vested . . . . .

—
—

—
1,726

—
168

Balance, December  31,  2012 . . . .

87,545

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign currency translation . .
Stock-based  compensation

expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercise of  options . . . . . . . . .
Treasury share  repurchases . . .
Restricted share vesting

withholdings . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted shares vested . . . . .

—
—

—
1,618
—

—
70

Balance, December  31,  2013 . . . .

89,233

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign currency translation . .
Stock-based  compensation

expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercise of  options . . . . . . . . .
Treasury share  repurchases . . .
Restricted share vesting

withholdings . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted shares vested . . . . .

—
—

—
971
—

—
201

—
—

—
1

—
—

87

—
—

—
2
—

—
—

89

—
—

—
1
—

—
—

— 25,689
—
—

6,655
6,600

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
218

—
—

—
—

— 25,689
218
—

—
—

6,655
6,601

(262)
—

(262)
—

217,990

123,614

2,558

(145,490) 198,759

— 24,398
—
—

5,078
8,448
—

—
—

—
—
—

—
—

—
269

—
—
—

—
—

— 24,398
269
—

—
—
(18,241)

5,078
8,450
(18,241)

(109)
—

(109)
—

231,516

148,012

2,827

(163,840) 218,604

— 12,140
—
—

—
(1,258)

— 12,140
— (1,258)

8,876
5,290
—

—
—

—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—

—
—

—
—
(11,721)

8,876
5,291
(11,721)

(459)
—

(459)
—

Balance, December  31,  2014 . . . .

90,405

$90

$245,682 $160,152

$ 1,569

$(176,020) $231,473

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

70

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. (‘‘Holdings’’) is a holding company, the principal assets of which are the
issued and outstanding capital stock of each of Global Cash Access, Inc. (‘‘GCA’’) and Multimedia Games
Holding  Company,  Inc.  (‘‘Multimedia  Games’’).  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  the  terms  the  ‘‘Company,’’
‘‘we,’’ ‘‘us’’ and ‘‘our’’ refer to Holdings  together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

GCA is dedicated to providing integrated gaming payments solutions, video and mechanical reel gaming
content and technology solutions, as well as compliance and efficiency software. The Company’s Payments
business  provides:  (a)  access  to  cash  at  gaming  facilities  via  Automated  Teller  Machine  (‘‘ATM’’)  cash
withdrawals, credit card cash access transactions, point-of-sale (‘‘POS’’) debit card transactions, and check
verification and warranty services; (b) fully integrated gaming industry kiosks that provide cash access and
related  services;  (c)  products  and  services  that  improve  credit  decision  making,  automate  cashier
operations and enhance patron marketing activities for gaming establishments; (d) compliance, audit and
data solutions; and, (e) online payment processing solutions for gaming operators in States that offer intra-
state, Internet-based gaming and lottery activities. The Company’s Games business, under the Multimedia
Games  brand,  provides:  (a)  comprehensive  content,  electronic  gaming  units  and  systems  for  Native
American  and  commercial  casinos,  including  the  award-winning  TournEvent(cid:3)  slot  tournament  solution;
and, (b) the central determinant system for the video lottery terminals (‘‘VLTs’’) installed at racetracks in
the State of New York.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

All intercompany transactions and balances have been  eliminated  in consolidation.

Business  Combinations

We  apply  the  provisions  of  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (‘‘FASB’’)  Accounting  Standards
Codification  (‘‘ASC  805’’),  ‘‘Business  Combinations’’,  in  the  accounting  for  acquisitions.  It  requires  us  to
recognize separately from goodwill the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed, at their acquisition date
fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over
the  net  of  the  acquisition  date  fair  values  of  the  assets  acquired  and  the  liabilities  assumed.  Significant
estimates and assumptions are required to value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition
date as well as contingent consideration, where applicable. These estimates are preliminary and typically
include  the  calculation  of  an  appropriate  discount  rate  and  projection  of  the  cash  flows  associated  with
each acquired asset over its estimated useful life. As a result, during the measurement period, which may
be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the assets acquired
and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. In addition, deferred tax assets, deferred
tax  liabilities,  uncertain  tax  positions  and  tax  related  valuation  allowances  assumed  in  connection  with  a
business combination are initially estimated as of the acquisition date. We reevaluate these items quarterly
based  upon  facts  and  circumstances  that  existed  as  of  the  acquisition  date  and  any  adjustments  to  its
preliminary  estimates  are  recorded  to  goodwill  if  identified  within  the  measurement  period.  Upon  the
conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities
assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the consolidated statements
of operations.

71

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING  POLICIES  (Continued)

Acquisition-related Costs

We recognize a liability for acquisition-related costs when the liability is incurred. Acquisition-related costs
include financial advisory, legal and debt fees; accounting, consulting, and professional fees associated with
due diligence, valuation and integration;  severance; and other related costs  and adjustments.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and all balances on deposit in banks and financial institutions. We
consider all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be
cash  and  cash  equivalents.  Such  balances  generally  exceed  the  federal  insurance  limits.  However,  we
periodically evaluate the creditworthiness  of these institutions  to  minimize risk.

ATM Funding Agreements

We obtain all of the cash required to operate our ATMs through various ATM Funding Agreements. Some
gaming  establishments  provide  the  cash  utilized  within  the  ATM  (‘‘Site-Funded’’).  The  Site-Funded
receivables  generated  for  the  amount  of  cash  dispensed  from  transactions  performed  at  our  ATMs  are
owned by us and we are liable to the gaming establishment for the face amount of the cash dispensed. In
the  consolidated  balance  sheets,  the  amount  of  the  receivable  for  transactions  processed  on  these  ATM
transactions is included within settlement receivables and the amount due to the gaming establishment for
the face amount of dispensing transactions is included within settlement liabilities.

For the Non-Site-Funded locations, our Contract Cash Solutions Agreement with Wells Fargo allows us to
use funds owned by Wells Fargo to provide the currency needed for normal operating requirements for our
ATMs.  For  the  use  of  these  funds,  we  pay  Wells  Fargo  a  cash  usage  fee  on  the  average  daily  balance  of
funds  utilized  multiplied  by  a  contractually  defined  cash  usage  rate.  Under  this  agreement,  all  currency
supplied by Wells Fargo remains the sole property of Wells Fargo at all times until it is dispensed, at which
time  Wells  Fargo  obtains  an  interest  in  the  corresponding  settlement  receivable.  As  the  cash  is  never  an
asset of ours, supplied cash is not reflected on our balance sheet. We are charged a cash usage fee for the
cash used in these ATMs, which is included as interest expense in the consolidated statements of income
and  comprehensive  income.  We  recognize  the  fees  as  interest  expense  due  to  the  similar  operational
characteristics to a revolving line of credit, the fact that the fees are calculated on a financial index and the
fees are paid for access to a capital resource.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We  maintain  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  related  to  our  trade  and  other  receivables  and  notes
receivable that have been deemed to have a high risk of uncollectibility. Management reviews its accounts
and notes receivable on a quarterly basis to determine if any receivables will potentially be uncollectible.
Management analyzes historical collection trends and changes in our customer payment patterns, customer
concentration, and creditworthiness when evaluating the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts.
In  our  overall  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  we  include  any  receivable  balances  for  which  uncertainty
exists  as  to  whether  the  account  balance  has  become  uncollectible.  Based  on  the  information  available,
management  believes  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  adequate;  however,  actual  write-offs  may
exceed the recorded allowance.

72

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING  POLICIES  (Continued)

Settlement Receivables and Settlement Liabilities

In  the  credit  card  cash  access  and  POS  debit  card  cash  access  transactions  provided  by  us,  the  gaming
establishment is reimbursed for the cash disbursed to gaming patrons through the issuance of a negotiable
instrument or through electronic settlement. We receive reimbursement from the patron’s credit or debit
card issuer for the transaction in an amount equal to the amount owing to the gaming establishment plus
the  fee  charged  to  the  patron.  This  reimbursement  is  included  within  the  settlement  receivables  on  the
consolidated balance sheets. The amounts owed to gaming establishments are included within settlement
liabilities on the consolidated balance  sheets.

Warranty Receivables

If a gaming establishment chooses to have a check warranted, it sends a request to our third party check
warranty service provider, asking whether it would be willing to accept the risk of cashing the check. If the
check warranty provider accepts the risk and warrants the check, the gaming establishment negotiates the
patron’s  check  by  providing  cash  for  the  face  amount  of  the  check.  If  the  check  is  dishonored  by  the
patron’s bank upon presentment, the gaming establishment invokes the warranty, and the check warranty
service  provider  purchases  the  check  from  the  gaming  establishment  for  the  full  check  amount  and  then
pursues  collection  activities  on  its  own.  In  our  Central  Credit  Check  Warranty  product  under  our
agreement  with  the  third  party  service  provider,  we  receive  all  of  the  check  warranty  revenue.  We  are
exposed to risk for the losses associated with any warranted items that cannot be collected from patrons
issuing the items. Warranty receivables are defined as any amounts paid by the third party check warranty
service provider to gaming establishments to purchase dishonored checks. Additionally, we pay a fee to the
third party check warranty service provider for its services.

The warranty receivables amount is recorded in other receivables, net on our consolidated balance sheets.
On a monthly basis, the Company evaluates the collectability of the outstanding balances and establishes a
reserve for the face amount of the expected losses on these receivables. The warranty expense associated
with  this  reserve  is  included  within  cost  of  revenues  (exclusive  of  depreciation  and  amortization)  on  our
consolidated statements of income and  comprehensive income.

Inventory

We currently maintain separate inventories for our Payments and Games products. Our Payments related
inventory  primarily  consists  of  parts  as  well  as  finished  goods  and  work-in-progress  and  is  stated  at  the
lower  of  cost  or  market  accounted  for  using  the  average  cost  method.  Our  Games  related  inventory
primarily  consists  of  component  parts,  completed  player  terminals  and  back-office  computer  equipment
and is stated at fair value as a result of the Merger. However, our games segment historically accounted for
inventory  at  lower  of  cost  (first  in,  first  out)  or  market.  The  cost  of  inventory  includes  cost  of  materials,
labor, overhead and freight.

Property, Equipment and Leased Assets

Property,  equipment  and  leased  gaming  equipment  are  stated  at  cost,  less  accumulated  depreciation,
computed using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated life of the related assets, generally
three to five years, or the related lease term. Player terminals and related components and equipment are
included in our rental pool. The rental pool can be further delineated as ‘‘rental pool—deployed,’’ which
consists  of  assets  deployed  at  customer  sites  under  participation  arrangements,  and  ‘‘rental  pool—

73

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING  POLICIES  (Continued)

undeployed,’’  which  consists  of  assets  held  by  us  that  are  available  for  customer  use.  Rental  pool—
undeployed  consists  of  both  new  units  awaiting  deployment  to  a  customer  site  and  previously  deployed
units currently back with us to be refurbished awaiting re-deployment. Routine maintenance of property,
equipment  and  leased  gaming  equipment  is  expensed  in  the  period  incurred,  while  major  component
upgrades are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated remaining useful life of the component. Sales
and  retirements  of  depreciable  property  are  recorded  by  removing  the  related  cost  and  accumulated
depreciation from the accounts. Gains or losses on sales and retirements of property are reflected in our
consolidated statements of income and  comprehensive income.

Property,  equipment  and  leased  gaming  equipment  are  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events  or
circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Impairment is indicated when
undiscounted future cash flows do not exceed the asset’s carrying value. There was no material impairment
for  any  of  our  property,  equipment,  or  leasehold  improvements  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2014,
2013 and 2012.

Development and Placement Fee Agreements

We enter into development and placement fee agreements to provide financing for new gaming facilities or
for  the  expansion  of  existing  facilities.  All  or  a  portion  of  the  funds  provided  under  development
agreements  are  reimbursed  to  us,  while  funds  provided  under  placement  fee  agreements  are  not
reimbursed.  In  return,  the  facility  dedicates  a  percentage  of  its  floor  space  to  placement  of  our  player
terminals, and we receive a fixed percentage of those player terminals’ hold per day over the term of the
agreement  which  is  generally  for  12  to  83  months.  Certain  of  the  agreements  contain  player  terminal
performance standards that could allow the facility to reduce a portion of our guaranteed floor space. In
addition, certain development agreements allow the facilities to buy out floor space after advances that are
subject  to  repayment  have  been  repaid.  The  agreements  typically  provide  for  a  portion  of  the  amounts
retained  by  the  gaming  facility  for  their  share  of  the  operating  profits  of  the  facility  to  be  used  to  repay
some or all of the advances recorded  as notes  receivable.

Goodwill

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  identifiable  tangible  and  intangible  assets
acquired plus liabilities assumed arising from business combinations. We test for impairment annually on a
reporting  unit  basis,  at  the  beginning  of  our  fourth  fiscal  quarter,  or  more  often  under  certain
circumstances. The annual impairment test is completed using either: a qualitative Step 0 assessment based
on reviewing relevant events and circumstances; or a quantitative Step 1 assessment, which determines the
fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit,  using  an  income  approach  that  discounts  future  cash  flows  based  on  the
estimated future results of our reporting units and a market approach that compares market multiples of
comparable companies to determine whether or not any impairment exists. If the fair value of a reporting
unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount,  we  use  the  Step  2  assessment  to  determine  the  impairment.  Our
reporting units are identified as operating segments or one level below an operating segment. Reporting
units must: (a) engage in business activities from which they earn revenues and incur expenses; (b) have
operating  results  that  are  regularly  reviewed  by  our  chief  operating  decision  maker  to  ascertain  the
resources  to  be  allocated  to  the  segment  and  assess  its  performance;  and  (c)  have  discrete  financial
information available. As of December 31, 2014, our reporting units included: Cash Advance, ATM, Check
Services, Games, Fully Integrated Kiosk Sales and Services, Central Credit, and Anti-Money Laundering

74

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING  POLICIES  (Continued)

and  Tax  Compliance  Software.  Our  goodwill  was  not  impaired  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2014,
2013 and 2012.

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets consist primarily of: (a) customer contracts (rights to provide Payments and Games
services  to  gaming  establishment  customers),  developed  technology,  trade  names  and  trademarks  and
contract  rights  acquired  through  business  combinations;  (b)  capitalized  software  development  costs;  and
(c) the acquisition cost of our patent related to the 3-in-1 rollover technology acquired in 2005. Customer
contracts require us to make renewal assumptions, which impact the estimated useful lives of such assets.
Capitalized  software  development  costs  require  us  to  make  certain  judgments  as  to  the  stages  of
development and costs eligible for capitalization. Capitalized software costs placed in service are amortized
over their useful lives, generally not to exceed five years. The acquisition cost of the 3-in-1 Rollover patent
is being amortized over the term of the patent, which expires in 2018. We review intangible assets whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.
Such events or circumstances include, but are not limited to, a significant decrease in the fair value of the
underlying business or market price of the asset, a significant adverse change in legal factors or business
climate  that  could  affect  the  value  of  an  asset,  or  a  current  period  operating  or  cash  flow  loss  combined
with a history of operating or cash flow losses. We group intangible assets for impairment analysis at the
lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and
liabilities.  Recoverability  of  intangible  assets  is  measured  by  a  comparison  of  the  carrying  amount  of  the
asset to future, net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset, undiscounted and without interest. If
such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by
which  the  carrying  amount  of  the  assets  exceeds  the  fair  value  of  the  assets.  For  the  year  ended
December 31, 2014, we recognized $3.1 million of impairment on our other intangible assets. There was no
impairment for any of our other intangible assets  for the  years  ended December  31, 2013 and 2012.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt  issuance  costs  incurred  in  connection  with  long-term  borrowings  are  capitalized  and  amortized  to
interest  expense  based  upon  the  related  debt  agreements  using  the  straight-line  method,  which
approximates  the  effective  interest  method.  Debt  issuance  costs  are  included  in  other  assets  on  the
consolidated balance sheets.

Original Issue Discounts

Original issue discounts incurred in connection with long-term borrowings are capitalized and amortized to
interest  expense  based  upon  the  related  debt  agreements  using  the  straight-line  method,  which
approximates the effective interest method. These amounts are recorded as contra-liabilities and included
in long-term debt on the consolidated  balance sheets.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue represents amounts from the sale of fully integrated kiosks and related service contracts,
anti-money  laundering  and  tax  compliance  software,  and  gaming  equipment  and  systems  that  have  been
billed, or for which notes receivable have been executed, but which transaction has not met our revenue
recognition  criteria.  The  cost  of  the  fully  integrated  kiosks  and  related  service  contracts,  anti-money

75

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING  POLICIES  (Continued)

laundering and tax compliance software, and gaming equipment and systems is deferred and recorded at
the  time  revenue  is  recognized.  Amounts  are  classified  between  current  and  long-term  liabilities,  based
upon the expected period in which the revenue will be recognized.

Revenue Recognition

Overall

We recognize revenue when evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered or goods have
been delivered, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We evaluate our
revenue streams for proper timing of  revenue recognition.

Payments Revenues

Cash  advance  revenues  are  comprised  of  transaction  fees  assessed  to  gaming  patrons  in  connection  with
credit card cash access and POS debit card transactions and are recognized at the time the transactions are
authorized. Such fees are based on a combination of a fixed amount plus a percentage of the face amount
of the credit card cash access or POS debit card  transaction amount.

ATM revenues are comprised of transaction fees in the form of cardholder surcharges assessed to gaming
patrons in connection with ATM cash withdrawals at the time the transactions are authorized and reverse
interchange fees paid to us by the patrons’ issuing banks. Cardholder surcharges are recognized as revenue
when a transaction is initiated and reverse interchange is recognized as revenue on a monthly basis based
on  the  total  transactions  occurring  during  the  month.  The  cardholder  surcharges  assessed  to  gaming
patrons in connection with ATM cash withdrawals are currently a fixed dollar amount and not a percentage
of the transaction amount.

Check  services  revenues  are  principally  comprised  of  check  warranty  revenues  and  are  generally  based
upon  a  percentage  of  the  face  amount  of  checks  warranted.  These  fees  are  paid  to  us  by  gaming
establishments.

Other  revenues  include  amounts  derived  from  the  sale  of  cash  access  devices,  such  as  the  provision  of
certain  professional  services,  software  licensing,  and  certain  other  ancillary  fees  associated  with  the  sale,
installation  and  maintenance  of  those  devices.  In  addition,  other  revenues  consist  of  Central  Credit
revenues that are based upon either a flat monthly unlimited usage fee or a variable fee structure driven by
the volume of patron credit histories generated. Also included in other revenues are revenues generated
from ancillary marketing, database and  Internet gaming activities.

Games Revenues

Games  revenues  are  primarily  generated  by  our  gaming  operations  under  development,  placement,  and
participation  arrangements  in  which  we  provide  our  customers  with  player  terminals,  player  terminal-
content  licenses  and  back-office  equipment,  collectively  referred  to  herein  as  leased  gaming  equipment.
Under  these  arrangements,  we  retain  ownership  of  the  leased  gaming  equipment  installed  at  customer
facilities,  and  we  receive  revenue  based  on  a  percentage  of  the  net  win  per  day  generated  by  the  leased
gaming  equipment  or  a  fixed  daily  fee  based  on  the  number  of  player  terminals  installed  at  the  facility.
Revenue from lease participation or daily fee arrangements are considered both realizable and earned at
the end of each gaming day.

76

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING  POLICIES  (Continued)

Games  revenues  generated  by  player  terminals  deployed  at  sites  under  development  or  placement  fee
agreements is reduced by the accretion of contract rights acquired as part of those agreements. Contract
rights are amounts allocated to intangible assets for dedicated floor space resulting from such agreements,
described  under  ‘‘Development  and  Placement  Fee  Agreements.’’  The  related  amortization  expense,  or
accretion  of  contract  rights,  is  netted  against  our  respective  revenue  category  in  the  consolidated
statements of operations and other comprehensive  income.

We also generate games revenues from back-office fees with certain customers. Back-office fees cover the
service  and  maintenance  costs  for  back-office  servers  installed  in  each  gaming  facility  to  run  our  gaming
equipment, as well as the cost of related software updates. Back-office fees are considered both realizable
and earned at the end of each gaming day.

Equipment and Systems Revenues

We  sell  gaming  equipment,  fully  integrated  kiosks  and  gaming  systems  directly  to  our  customers  under
independent  sales  contracts  through  normal  credit  terms,  or  may  grant  extended  credit  terms  under
contracts secured by the related equipment.

For  sales  arrangements  with  multiple  deliverables,  we  apply  the  guidance  from  ASU  No.  2009-13,
‘‘Revenue Recognition (Topic 605), Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements.’’ In addition, we apply
the guidance from ASU No. 2009-14, ‘‘Software (Topic 985), Certain Revenue Arrangements that Include
Software  Elements,’’  which  affects  vendors  that  sell  or  lease  tangible  products  in  an  arrangement  that
contains  software  that  is  more  than  incidental  to  the  tangible  product  as  a  whole  and  clarifies  what
guidance should be used in allocating and  measuring revenue.

The  majority  of  our  multiple  element  sales  contracts  are  for  some  combination  of  gaming  equipment,
player terminals, content, system software, license fees, ancillary equipment and  maintenance.

Revenue  related  to  systems  arrangements  that  contain  both  software  and  non-software  deliverables
requires  allocation  of  the  arrangement  fee  to  the  separate  deliverables  using  the  relative  selling  price
method.  Revenue  for  software  deliverables  is  recognized  under  software  revenue  recognition  guidance.
Revenue resulting from the sale of non-software deliverables, such as gaming devices and other hardware,
are  accounted  for  based  on  other  applicable  revenue  recognition  guidance  as  the  devices  are  tangible
products  containing  both  software  and  non-software  components  that  function  together  to  deliver  the
product’s essential functionality.

In allocating the arrangement fees to separate deliverables, we evaluate whether we have vendor-specific
objective  evidence  (‘‘VSOE’’)  of  selling  price,  third  party  evidence  (‘‘TPE’’)  or  estimate  of  selling  price
(‘‘ESP’’)  for  gaming  devices,  maintenance  and  product  support  fees  and  other  revenue  sources.  We
generally use ESP to determine the selling price used in the allocation of separate deliverables, as VSOE
and  TPE  are  generally  not  available.  We  determine  the  ESP  on  separate  deliverables  by  estimating  a
margin typically received on such items  and applying that  margin to the product cost incurred.

Generally,  player  terminal  sales  include  ancillary  equipment,  such  as  networking  gear,  bases,  chairs,  and
occasionally signage, some of which may be necessary for the full functionality of the player terminals in a
casino.  This  ancillary  equipment  comprises  an  install  kit  that  is  shipped  simultaneously  with  the  player
terminals.  Although  our  products  are  analyzed  as  multiple  deliverable  arrangements,  revenue  for  the
player terminal and ancillary equipment is not recognized until all elements essential for the functionality
of the product have been shipped or delivered. This includes game theme software and essential ancillary

77

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING  POLICIES  (Continued)

equipment. If elements that are not essential to the functionality of the player terminals are shipped after
the unit, such as signage, chairs, or bases, these items would be classified as deferred revenue until shipped
or delivered.

Cost of Revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

The cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) represents the direct costs required to
perform revenue generating transactions. The principal costs included within cost of revenues (exclusive of
depreciation and amortization) are commissions paid to gaming establishments, interchange fees paid to
credit  and  debit  card  networks,  transaction  processing  fees  to  our  transaction  processor,  inventory  and
related costs associated with the sale of our fully integrated kiosks, electronic gaming machines and system
sales, check cashing warranties, field service and network operations personnel.

Advertising, Marketing and Promotional Costs

We  expense  advertising,  marketing  and  promotional  costs  as  incurred.  Total  advertising,  marketing  and
promotional  costs,  included  in  operating  expenses  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  and
comprehensive income, were $1.1 million, $0.7 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31,
2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Research and Development Costs

We conduct research and development activities primarily to develop new gaming systems, gaming engines,
casino data management systems, casino central monitoring systems, video lottery outcome determination
systems, gaming platforms, and gaming content and to add enhancements to our existing product lines. We
believe our ability to deliver differentiated, appealing products and services to the marketplace is based in
our  research  and  development  investments,  and  we  expect  to  continue  to  make  such  investments  in  the
future.  These  research  and  development  costs  consist  primarily  of  salaries  and  benefits,  consulting  fees,
game  lab  testing  fees,  and  an  allocation  of  corporate  facilities  costs  related  to  these  activities.  Once  the
technological feasibility of a project has been established, it is transferred from research to development,
and capitalization of development costs begins until the  product is  available  for general release.

Research and development costs were $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. As research and
development  costs  relate  to  our  Games  segment  which  was  acquired  in  2014,  there  were  no  material
research and development costs for the  years  ended December 31, 2013  and 2012.

Income Taxes

Income  tax  expense  includes  U.S.  and  international  income  taxes,  plus  the  provision  for  U.S.  taxes  on
undistributed  earnings  of  international  subsidiaries  not  deemed  to  be  permanently  invested.  Since  it  is
management’s  practice  and  intent  to  reinvest  the  earnings  in  the  international  operations  of  our  foreign
subsidiaries, U.S. federal income taxes have not been provided on the undistributed earnings of any foreign
subsidiaries  except  for  GCA  Macau.  Some  items  of  income  and  expense  are  not  reported  in  tax  returns
and the consolidated financial statements in the same year. The tax effect of such temporary differences is
reported as deferred income taxes.

78

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING  POLICIES  (Continued)

Employee Benefits Plan

We have a retirement savings plan (the ‘‘401(k) Plan’’) under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code
covering  our  employees.  The  401(k)  Plan  allows  employees  to  defer  up  to  the  lesser  of  the  Internal
Revenue  Code  prescribed  maximum  amount  or  100%  of  their  income  on  a  pre-tax  basis  through
contributions  to  the  plan.  As  a  benefit  to  employees,  we  match  a  percentage  of  these  employee
contributions.  Expenses  related  to  the  matching  portion  of  the  contributions  to  the  401(k)  Plan  were
$0.5  million,  $0.5  million  and  $0.3  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2014,  2013  and  2012,
respectively.

Fair  Values of Financial Instruments

The fair value of a financial instrument represents the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged
in  a  current  transaction  between  willing  parties,  other  than  in  a  forced  or  liquidation  sale.  Fair  value
estimates are made at a specific point in time, based upon relevant market information about the financial
instrument.

In  determining  fair  value,  we  use  a  hierarchy  that  includes  three  levels  which  are  based  on  the  extent  to
which inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market. Level 1 indicates that the fair value
is determined by using quoted prices in active markets for identical investments. Level 2 indicates that the
fair value is determined using pricing inputs other than quoted prices in active markets such as models or
other valuation methodologies. Level 3 indicates that the fair value is determined using pricing inputs that
are unobservable for the investment and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for
the investment. Significant management estimates and judgment are used in the determination of the fair
value of level 3 pricing inputs.

The  carrying  amount  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  settlement  receivables,  trade  receivables,  other
receivables,  settlement  liabilities,  accounts  payable  and  accrued  expenses  approximates  fair  value  due  to
the  short-term  maturities  of  these  instruments.  The  fair  value  of  our  borrowings  are  estimated  based  on
various inputs to determine a market price, such as: market demand and supply, size of tranche, maturity
and similar instruments trading in more active markets.

As of December 31, 2014, the fair value of our long-term debt was considered to approximate the carrying
amount of each instrument since the Merger occurred on December 19, 2014. As of December 31, 2013,
the  fair  value  of  our  Prior  Credit  Facility  was  approximately  $104.0  million  as  compared  to  a  carrying
amount of $103.0 million using a Level 2  input.

Foreign Currency Translation

Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities for those foreign entities for which the local currency is
the  functional  currency  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  based  on  exchange  rates  prevailing  at  the  end  of
each year. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the year. The effects of
foreign  exchange  gains  and  losses  arising  from  these  translations  are  included  as  a  component  of  other
comprehensive income on the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. Translation
adjustments on intercompany balances of a long-term investment nature are recorded as a component of
accumulated other comprehensive income  on our consolidated balance sheets.

79

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING  POLICIES  (Continued)

Use of Estimates

We have made estimates and judgments affecting the amounts reported in these financial statements and
the  accompanying  notes.  The  actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates.  These  accounting  estimates
incorporated into the consolidated financial  statements  include, but are not limited to:

(cid:127) the  estimates  and  assumptions  related  to  the  preparation  of  the  unaudited  pro  forma  financial

information contained herein;

(cid:127) the  estimates  and  assumptions  related  to  the  preliminary  purchase  price  allocation  based  on  the
estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Multimedia Games as of the date
of Merger and the acquisition of NEWave;

(cid:127) the estimated reserve for warranty expense associated  with our check warranty  receivables;

(cid:127) the valuation and recognition of share-based compensation;

(cid:127) the valuation allowance on our deferred income tax  assets;

(cid:127) the estimated cash flows in assessing the  recoverability of long-lived assets;

(cid:127) the estimates of future operating performance, weighted average cost of capital (‘‘WACC’’) and growth
rates  as  well  as  other  factors  used  in  our  annual  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  impairment
evaluations;

(cid:127) the renewal assumptions used for customer contracts  to  estimate the  useful lives  of  such assets; and

(cid:127) the  judgments  used  to  determine  the  stages  of  development  and  costs  eligible  for  capitalization  as

internally developed software.

Earnings Applicable to Common Stock

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common
shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect the effect of potential common stock
resulting from assumed stock option exercises and vesting of restricted  stock.

Share-Based Compensation

Share-based payment awards result in a cost that is measured at fair value on the award’s grant date. Our
time-based stock options, including our cliff vesting time-based awards, expected to be exercised currently,
and in future periods, were measured at fair value on the grant date using the Black Scholes model. Our
restricted stock awards expected to be vested currently, and in future periods, were measured at fair value
based on the stock price on the grant date. The compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis
over the awards’ vesting periods.

Our market-based stock options will vest if our average stock price in any period of 30 consecutive trading
days  meets  certain  target  prices  during  a  four  year  period  that  commenced  on  the  grant  date  of  these
options. If these target prices are not met during the four year period, the unvested shares underlying the
options will terminate except if there is a change in control of the Company as defined in the 2014 Equity
Incentive Plan, in which case, the unvested shares underlying such options shall become fully vested on the
effective date of such change in control transaction. The options were measured at fair value on the grant
date  using  a  lattice-based  valuation  model  based  on  the  median  time  horizon  from  the  date  of  grant  for
these options to the vesting date for those paths that achieved the target threshold(s). The compensation
expense  is  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  median  vesting  periods  calculated  under  such
valuation model.

80

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING  POLICIES  (Continued)

Forfeitures  are  estimated  at  the  grant  date  for  our  time-based  and  market-based  awards,  with  such
estimates  updated  periodically;  and  with  actual  forfeitures  recognized  currently  to  the  extent  they  differ
from  the  estimates.  Unless  otherwise  provided  by  the  administrator  of  our  equity  incentive  plans,  stock
options  granted  under  our  plans  generally  expire  ten  years  from  the  date  of  grant.  The  exercise  price  of
stock  options  is  generally  the  closing  market  price  of  our  common  stock  on  the  date  of  the  stock  option
grant.

Reclassification of Prior Year Balances

Reclassifications  were  made  to  the  prior-period  financial  statements  to  conform  to  the  current  period
presentation. We classified our balance sheet for short-term and long-term assets and liabilities as a result
of the Merger.

Recent  Accounting Guidance

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

In  November  2014,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (‘‘FASB’’)  issued  Accounting  Standard
Update  (‘‘ASU’’)  No.  2014-17,  which  provides  guidance  on  whether  and  at  what  threshold  an  acquired
entity  that  is  a  business  or  nonprofit  activity  can  apply  pushdown  accounting  in  its  separate  financial
statements. The pronouncement was effective on November 18, 2014. There was no impact of the adoption
of ASU No. 2014-17 as we do not apply  push-down accounting to our acquired subsidiaries.

Recent Accounting Guidance Not Yet Adopted

In  August  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2014-15,  which  provides  guidance  on  determining  when  and
how  reporting  entities  must  disclose  going-concern  uncertainties  in  their  financial  statements.  The
pronouncement  is  effective  for  annual  periods  ending  after  December  15,  2016,  and  interim  periods
thereafter,  and  early  adoption  is  permitted.  We  are  currently  evaluating  the  impact  of  adopting  this
guidance on our Consolidated Financial Statements and disclosures included within Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.

In  June  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2014-12,  which  requires  that  a  performance  target  that  affects
vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition.
As  such,  the  performance  target  should  not  be  reflected  in  estimating  the  grant-date  fair  value  of  the
award.  The  standard  is  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2015,  with
early  adoption  permitted.  We  are  currently  evaluating  the  impact  of  adopting  this  guidance  on  our
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  disclosures  included  within  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2014-09,  which  creates  FASB  ASC  Topic  606,  ‘‘Revenue  from
Contracts  with  Customers’’  and  supersedes  ASC  Topic  605,  ‘‘Revenue  Recognition’’.  The  guidance
replaces  industry-specific  guidance  and  establishes  a  single  five-step  model  to  identify  and  recognize
revenue.  The  core  principle  of  the  guidance  is  that  an  entity  should  recognize  revenue  upon  transfer  of
control of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which
an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Additionally, the guidance requires
the entity to disclose further quantitative and qualitative information regarding the nature and amount of
revenues  arising  from  contracts  with  customers,  as  well  as  other  information  about  the  significant

81

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING  POLICIES  (Continued)

judgments  and  estimates  used  in  recognizing  revenues  from  contracts  with  customers.  This  guidance  is
effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early application is
not  permitted.  This  guidance  may  be  adopted  retrospectively  or  under  a  modified  retrospective  method
where the cumulative effect is recognized at the date of initial application. We are currently evaluating the
impact  of  adopting  this  guidance  on  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  disclosures  included
within our Notes to Consolidated Financial  Statements.

3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

We account for business combinations in accordance with the accounting standards, which require that the
assets acquired and liabilities assumed  be  recorded at their estimated fair  values.

NEWave, Inc.

In  April  2014,  we  acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  capital  stock  of  NEWave,  Inc.,  (‘‘NEWave’’)  for  an
aggregate purchase price of approximately $14.9 million, of which approximately $2.5 million is expected to
be  paid  in  April  2015.  NEWave  is  a  supplier  of  compliance,  audit  and  data  efficiency  software  to  the
gaming industry.

We have not provided the supplemental pro forma impact of the NEWave acquisition on the revenue and
earnings  of  the  combined  entity  as  if  the  acquisition  date  had  been  January  1,  2013,  and  the  amount  of
revenue  and  earnings  derived  from  NEWave  have  not  been  presented  on  a  supplemental  basis  as  such
amounts are not material for the twelve  months ended December 31, 2014 and  2013, respectively.

Multimedia Games Holding Company,  Inc.

On December 19, 2014, Holdings completed its acquisition of Multimedia Games. Pursuant to the terms of
the  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger,  dated  as  of  September  8,  2014  (the  ‘‘Merger  Agreement’’),  by  and
among  Holdings,  Movie  Merger  Sub,  Inc.,  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Holdings  (‘‘Merger  Sub’’),  and
Multimedia  Games,  Merger  Sub  merged  with  and  into  Multimedia  Games,  with  Multimedia  Games
continuing  as  the  surviving  corporation  (the  ‘‘Merger’’).  In  the  Merger,  Multimedia  Games  became  a
wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings. Also, as a result of the Merger, each outstanding share of common
stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Multimedia  Games, other  than shares held by Holdings,  Multimedia
Games, Merger Sub or their respective subsidiaries, was cancelled and converted into the right to receive
$36.50 in cash, without interest (‘‘Merger Consideration’’), together with the acceleration and full vesting
of Multimedia equity awards, (collectively, the ‘‘Total Merger Consideration’’).

Multimedia Games designs, manufactures and supplies gaming machines and systems to commercial and
Native  American  casino  operators  as  well  as  select  lottery  operators  and  commercial  bingo  facility
operators.  Multimedia  Games’  revenue  is  generated  from  the  operation  of  gaming  machines  in  revenue
sharing or lease arrangements and from the sale of gaming machines and systems that feature proprietary
game themes.

Our  combination  with  Multimedia  Games  creates  a  provider  of  Payments  and  Games  solutions  for  our
gaming  establishment  customers.  The  business  combination  provides  us  with:  (a)  growth  opportunities,
(b)  enhanced  scale,  diversification  and  margins,  and  (c)  the  ability  to  increase  profitability  through  cost
synergies.

82

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (Continued)

The  total  purchase  consideration  for  Multimedia  Games  was  as  follows  (in  thousands,  except  per  share
amounts):

Amount

Purchase consideration

Total purchase price for Multimedia  Games common stock  (29,948

shares at $36.50 per share) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.

Payment  in respect to Multimedia Games outstanding equity  awards

$1,093,105
56,284

Total merger consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,149,389

Repayments of Multimedia Games debt  and other  obligations . . . . . .
Less: Multimedia Games outstanding cash at acquisition  date . . . . . . .

25,065
(118,299)

Total purchase consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,056,155

The Merger was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires, among other
things,  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  be  recognized  at  their  respective  fair  values  as  of  the
acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over those fair values was recorded as goodwill, none of
which  is  deductible  for  tax  purposes.  The  goodwill  recognized  is  attributable  primarily  to  the  income
potential from Multimedia Games penetrating into the Class III commercial casino market, the assembled
workforce of Multimedia Games and  expected synergies.

The  estimates  and  assumptions  used  include  the  projected  timing  and  amount  of  future  cash  flows  and
discount rates reflecting risk inherent in the future cash flows. The estimated fair values of Multimedia’s
assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  and  resulting  goodwill  are  subject  to  adjustment  as  the  Company
finalizes its fair value analysis. The significant items for which a final fair value has not been determined as
of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K include accrued liabilities, the valuation and estimated
useful  lives  of  tangible  and  intangible  assets  and  deferred  income  taxes.  We  expect  to  complete  our  fair
value  determinations  no  later  than  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015.  We  do  not  expect  our  fair  value
determinations  to  materially  change;  however,  there  may  be  differences  compared  to  those  amounts  at
December 31, 2014 as we finalize our  fair  value analysis.

83

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (Continued)

The information below reflects the preliminary purchase  price allocation (in thousands):

Purchase price allocation

Current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other intangible assets, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other receivables, non-current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets, long-term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax asset, non-current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amount

$

68,548
87,283
669,542
403,300
5,030
3,392
22,287

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,259,382

Current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax liability, non-current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other accrued expenses and liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

44,291
158,418
518

203,227

Net  assets acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,056,155

Trade  receivables  acquired  of  $24.7  million  were  considered  to  be  collectible  and  therefore  the  carrying
amounts  were  considered  to  approximate  fair  value.  Inventory  acquired  of  $16.5  million  was  fair  valued
based on model-based valuations for  which inputs  and  value  drivers  were  observable.

The following table summarizes acquired  tangible  assets (in thousands):

Property, Equipment and Leased Assets

Useful Life
(years)

Estimated
Fair Value

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gaming equipment
Leasehold and building improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lease Term
Machinery and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3  - 5
2 - 7

2 - 4

Total property, equipment and leased assets . . . . . . . . .

$78,201
2,105
4,126
2,851

$87,283

The  fair  value  of  property,  equipment  and  leased  assets  was  determined  using  the  cost  approach  as  the
primary  approach  for  valuing  the  majority  of  the  personal  property.  The  market  approach  was  used  to
estimate the value of vehicles. The income approach was used to quantify any economic obsolescence that
may  be  present  in  the  personal  property.  No  economic  obsolescence  adjustments  were  made  to  the
personal property, as the business enterprise valuation indicated sufficient cash flows to support the values
established through the cost and market  approaches.

84

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (Continued)

The following table summarizes acquired  intangible assets (in thousands):

Useful Life
(years)

Estimated
Fair Value

Other intangible assets

Tradenames and trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Computer software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Developed technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contract rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3 - 7
3 - 5
2 -  6
8 - 12
1 - 7

Total other intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 14,800
3,755
139,645
231,100
14,000

$403,300

The fair values of trade names and trademarks and developed technology were determined by applying the
income  approach  utilizing  the  relief  from  royalty  methodology.  The  fair  value  of  customer  relationships
was determined by applying the income approach utilizing the excess earnings methodology. The fair value
of  contract  rights  was  considered  to  approximate  the  carrying  amount  based  on  contractual  obligations
associated with these other intangible assets. The discount rates utilized to estimate the fair value of these
other intangible assets ranged from 10.0% to 11.0%.

GCA  and  Multimedia  Games  had  different  fiscal  year  ends.  Accordingly,  the  unaudited  pro  forma
condensed  combined  statements  of  income  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014  combined  historical
GCA consolidated statement of income for its year ended December 31, 2014 with historical Multimedia
Games  consolidated  statement  of  operations  for  its  year  ended  September  30,  2014,  giving  effect  to  the
Merger as if it had occurred on January 1, 2013. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements
of  income  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  combined  historical  GCA  consolidated  statement  of
income for its year ended December 31, 2013 with historical Multimedia Games consolidated statement of
operations  for  its  year  ended  September  30,  2013,  giving  effect  to  the  Merger  as  if  it  had  occurred  on
January 1, 2013.

The  unaudited  pro  forma  condensed  combined  financial  information  does  not  purport  to  represent  the
results of operations of GCA that would have actually resulted had the Merger been completed as of the
dates  indicated,  nor  should  the  information  be  taken  as  indicative  of  the  future  results  of  operations  or
financial  position  of  the  combined  company.  The  unaudited  pro  forma  condensed  combined  financial
statements do not reflect the impacts of any potential operational efficiencies, cost savings or economies of
scale that GCA may achieve with respect to the combined operations of GCA and Multimedia Games. The
unaudited  pro  forma  amounts  include  the  historical  operating  results  of  the  Company  and  Multimedia
Games prior to the Merger, with adjustments directly attributable to the Merger. The unaudited pro forma
results  include  increases  to  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  based  on  the  purchased  intangible
assets and the step-up in basis associated with tangible assets acquired and increases to interest expense,
related  to  debt  issued  to  fund  the  Merger.  Also  reflected  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014  are
adjustments  for  the  impact  of  acquisition-related  costs  and  other  costs  as  a  result  of  the  Merger  of
$27.4 million. There were no acquisition-related costs incurred for the year ended December 31, 2013. All
adjustments utilized an effective federal  statutory  tax rate of 35.0%.

85

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (Continued)

The  following  table  reflects  selected  financial  data  from  the  unaudited  pro  forma  consolidated  financial
information assuming the Merger occurred  as of January  1,  2013 (in thousands):

Year Ended
December 31,

2014

2013

Unaudited pro forma results of operations  (in  thousands,

except per share amounts)
Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic loss per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted loss per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$800,732
(5,083)
(0.08)
(0.08)

$771,810
(7,003)
(0.11)
(0.10)

The  financial  results  for  Multimedia  Games  included  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  since
the acquisition date of December 19, 2014 reflected revenues of approximately $7.4 million and net loss of
approximately $3.0 million, including acquisition-related costs  of $1.3 million.

Through December 31, 2014, we expensed approximately $10.7 million of costs related to the acquisition
of Multimedia Games for financial advisory services, financing related fees, accounting and legal fees and
other  transaction-related  expenses  and  are  included  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  and
comprehensive  income  within  operating  expenses.  These  costs  do  not  include  any  costs  related  to
additional site consolidation or rationalization that we might consider following the closing of the Merger.

4. ATM FUNDING AGREEMENTS

Wells Fargo Contract Cash Solutions Agreement

Our Contract Cash Solutions Agreement with Wells Fargo allows us to use funds owned by Wells Fargo to
provide the currency needed for normal operating requirements for our ATMs. For the use of these funds,
we  pay  Wells  Fargo  a  cash  usage  fee  on  the  average  daily  balance  of  funds  utilized  multiplied  by  a
contractually defined cash usage rate. Under this agreement, all currency supplied by Wells Fargo remains
the  sole  property  of  Wells  Fargo  at  all  times  until  it  is  dispensed,  at  which  time  Wells  Fargo  obtains  an
interest in the corresponding settlement receivable. As the cash is never an asset of ours, supplied cash is
not reflected on our balance sheet.

In  June  2012,  we  amended  the  Contract  Cash  Solutions  Agreement  with  Wells  Fargo  to  increase  the
maximum amount of cash to be provided to us from $400.0 million to $500.0 million, and the initial term of
the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement has been extended from November 30, 2013 until November 30,
2015.  The  outstanding  balances  of  ATM  cash  utilized  by  us  from  Wells  Fargo  were  $396.3  million  and
$427.1 million as of December 31, 2014 and  2013, respectively.

Under the terms of the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, we pay a monthly cash usage fee based upon
the product of the average daily dollars outstanding in all ATMs multiplied by a contractually defined cash
usage  rate.  This  cash  usage  rate  is  determined  by  an  applicable  LIBOR  plus  a  mutually  agreed  upon
margin.

We  are exposed to interest rate risk to the extent that  the applicable  LIBOR increases.

86

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. ATM FUNDING AGREEMENTS  (Continued)

Cash  usage  fees,  reflected  as  interest  expense  within  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  and
comprehensive income, were $2.3 million, $2.2 million and $3.1 million for the years ended December 31,
2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

We  are  responsible  for  any  losses  of  cash  in  the  ATMs  under  our  agreement  with  Wells  Fargo  and  we
self-insure  for  this  risk.  We  incurred  no  material  losses  related  to  this  self-insurance  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Site-Funded ATMs

We  operate  ATMs  at  certain  customer  gaming  establishments  where  the  gaming  establishment  provides
the  cash  required  for  the  ATM  operational  needs.  We  are  required  to  reimburse  the  customer  for  the
amount of cash dispensed from these Site-Funded ATMs. The Site-Funded ATM liability is included within
settlement  liabilities  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  was  $69.3  million  and
$68.9 million as of December 31, 2014 and  2013, respectively.

5. TRADE RECEIVABLES

Trade  receivables  represent  short-term  credit  granted  to  customers  for  which  collateral  is  generally  not
required.  The  balance  of  trade  receivables  consists  of  outstanding  balances  owed  to  us  by  gaming
establishments. The balance of trade  receivables  consisted of the following (in thousands):

Trade receivables, net

Games trade receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kiosk trade receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty and other trade receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$28,270
5,247
4,180

$ —
8,262
3,396

Total trade receivables, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$37,697

$11,658

At December 31,

2014

2013

The  material  balance  of  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  for  trade  receivables  is  from  warranty
receivables. On a monthly basis, we evaluate the collectability of the outstanding balances and establish a
reserve for the face amount of the expected losses on these receivables. The warranty expense associated
with  this  reserve  is  included  within  cost  of  revenues  (exclusive  of  depreciation  and  amortization)  in  the
consolidated statements of income and  comprehensive income.

87

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. TRADE RECEIVABLES (Continued)

A summary activity of the reserve for warranty losses is  as follows (in thousands):

Amount

Balance, December 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 6,756

Warranty expense provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charge offs against reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,226
(5,074)

Balance, December 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 6,908

Warranty expense provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charge offs against reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7,874
(12,005)

Balance, December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,777

Warranty expense provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charge offs against reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9,029
(9,022)

Balance, December 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 2,784

6. OTHER RECEIVABLES

Other  receivables  includes  the  balance  of  notes  and  loans  receivable  on  our  gaming  and  fully  integrated
kiosk  products  as  well  as  income  taxes  receivable  and  other  miscellaneous  receivables.  The  balance  of
other receivables consisted of the following (in thousands):

At December 31,

2014

2013

Other receivables

Notes and loans receivable, net of discount of $853  and $0,

respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Federal and state income tax receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$13,939
15,092
706

$3,249
16
2,039

Total other receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

29,737

5,304

Less: Notes and loans receivable, non-current . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9,184

699

Total other receivables, current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$20,553

$4,605

Notes  receivable  from  development  agreements  are  generated  from  reimbursable  amounts  advanced
under  development  agreements.  The  notes  receivable  from  development  agreements  balance  includes  a
development  agreement  with  the  Chickasaw  Nation  for  the  Winstar  Casino  expansion  entered  into  on
November 19, 2012.

On July 17, 2014, Multimedia Games entered into an agreement with Bee Caves Games, Inc. (‘‘Bee Caves
Games’’) under which Multimedia Games agreed to make a loan pursuant to a secured promissory note in
the amount of $4.5 million. In association with the promissory note, Multimedia Games received warrants
to purchase Bee Caves Games common stock, and recorded a discount to the note for the fair value of the
warrants  received.  The  note,  which  bears  interest  at  7%,  requires  interest  only  payments  for  the  first
24 months followed by repayments of principal  and interest in  48 equal monthly installments.

88

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. PREPAID AND OTHER ASSETS

Prepaid and other assets include the balance of prepaid expenses, deposits, debt issuance costs and other
assets.  The  short-term  portion  of  these  assets  is  included  in  prepaid  and  other  assets  and  the  long-term
portion is included in other assets, non-current.

The balance of prepaid and other assets  consisted  of the following (in thousands):

Prepaid expenses and other assets

Prepaid expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 7,163
8,781
3,044

$ 7,679
6,260
2,735

Total  prepaid expenses and other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$18,988

$16,674

The balance of other assets, non-current consisted of the following (in thousands):

At December 31,

2014

2013

Other assets, non-current

Debt issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid expenses and deposits, non-current
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$41,109
3,956
5,878

$ 4,081
1,320
4,985

Total other assets non-current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$50,943

$10,386

At December 31,

2014

2013

8. INVENTORY

We currently maintain separate inventories for our Payments and Games products. Our Payments related
inventory  primarily  consists  of  parts  as  well  as  finished  goods  and  work-in-progress  and  is  stated  at  the
lower  of  cost  or  market  accounted  for  using  the  average  cost  method.  Our  Games  related  inventory
primarily  consists  of  component  parts,  completed  player  terminals  and  back-office  computer  equipment
and  is  stated  at  fair  value  based  as  a  result  of  the  Merger.  However,  our  Games  segment  historically
accounted for inventory at lower of cost (first in, first out) or market. The cost of inventory includes cost of
materials, labor, overhead and freight.

Inventory consisted of the following (in  thousands):

At December 31,

2014

2013

Inventory

Raw materials and component parts, net of reserves of  $22  and
$50, respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Work in progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finished goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$21,151
803
5,209

$7,147
1,504
762

Total inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$27,163

$9,413

89

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. DEVELOPMENT AND PLACEMENT FEE AGREEMENTS

We enter into development and placement fee agreements to provide financing for new gaming facilities or
for  the  expansion  or  improvement  of  existing  facilities.  All  or  a  portion  of  the  funds  provided  under
development  agreements  are  reimbursed  to  us,  while  funding  under  placement  fee  agreements  is  not
reimbursed.  In  return  for  the  fees  under  the  agreements,  the  facility  dedicates  a  percentage  of  its  floor
space  for  the  placement  of  our  EGMs  over  the  term  of  the  agreement,  which  is  generally  for  12  to
83 months, and we receive a fixed percentage or flat fee of those machines’ hold per day. Certain of the
agreements contain EGM performance standards that could allow the facility to reduce a portion of our
guaranteed floor space.

In addition, certain development agreements allow the facilities to buy out floor space after advances that
are subject to repayment have been repaid. The development agreements typically provide for a portion of
the amounts retained by the gaming facility for their share of the operating profits of the facility to be used
to repay some or all of the advances recorded as notes receivable. Placement fees and amounts advanced
in excess of those to be reimbursed by the customer for real property and land improvements are allocated
to  intangible  assets  and  are  generally  amortized  over  the  term  of  the  contract,  which  is  recorded  as  a
reduction of revenue generated from the gaming facility. In the past we have, and in the future, we may, by
mutual agreement, amend these contracts to reduce our floor space at the facilities. Any proceeds received
for the reduction of floor space is first applied against the intangible asset for that particular development
or  placement  fee  agreement,  if  any,  and  the  remaining  net  book  value  of  the  intangible  asset  is
prospectively amortized on a straight-line  method over the remaining estimated useful life.

On  November  19,  2012,  Multimedia  Games  entered  into  a  development  agreement  with  the  Chickasaw
Nation to assist with the expansion of the Winstar World Casino. As part of this agreement, Multimedia
Games received the right to 150 unit placements for a period of 68 months in exchange for a payment of
$6.5 million. The payment was made in two equal installments  in November 2012 and January 2013.

On  March  7,  2013,  Multimedia  Games  paid  a  placement  fee  of  approximately  $2.0  million  to  the
Chickasaw  Nation  to  extend  the  placement  of  201  units  in  six  casino  locations  across  Oklahoma  for  an
additional term of 50 months.

Management  reviews  intangible  assets  related  to  development  and  placement  fee  agreements  for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may
not  be  recoverable.  There  were  no  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  during  the  period  ended
December 31, 2014 that required an impairment charge to the carrying value of intangible assets recorded
in connection with these agreements.

90

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND LEASED ASSETS

Property, equipment and leased assets  consist of the  following  (amounts  in thousands):

At December 31, 2014

At December 31,  2013

Useful Life
(years)

Cost

Accumulated Net Book
Depreciation

Value

Cost

Accumulated Net Book
Depreciation

Value

Property, equipment and

leased assets
Rental pool—deployed . . .
Rental pool—undeployed . .
ATM equipment . . . . . . . .
Office, computer and other
equipment . . . . . . . . . . .

Leasehold and building

2 - 4
2 - 4
5

$ 70,295
10,562
23,572

$

876
151
16,543

$ 69,419 $ — $ — $ —
—
6,383

—
28,394

—
22,011

10,411
7,029

3

15,238

8,848

6,390

11,729

5,408

6,321

improvements . . . . . . . . Lease Term

Machinery and equipment .
Cash advance equipment . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3 - 5
3
2 - 5

6,289
3,395
3,372
2,772

895
34
1,873
189

5,394
3,361
1,499
2,583

6,362
—
3,178
—

1,268
—
2,266
—

5,094
—
912
—

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$135,495

$29,410

$106,085 $49,663

$30,953

$18,710

11. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are  as follows (in  thousands):

Cash Advance

ATM

Check Services

Games

Other

Total

Goodwill

Balance, December 31, 2012 .
Foreign translation

adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance, December 31,

$100,937

$33,051

$23,281

(57)

—

—

2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$100,880

$33,051

$23,281

$

$

— $22,872

$180,141

—

—

(57)

— $22,872

$180,084

Goodwill acquired during the
year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Foreign translation

adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance, December 31,

—

(62)

—

—

—

—

669,452

8,439

677,891

—

—

(62)

2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$100,818

$33,051

$23,281

$669,452

$31,311

$857,913

In accordance with ASC 350, we test goodwill at the reporting unit level, which in certain cases may be a
component of an operating segment, for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests if events
and circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its
carrying amount. Our goodwill was not impaired as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 based
upon the results of our testing.

91

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

Goodwill Testing

In  performing  the  2014  annual  impairment  test,  we  utilized  the  two-step  approach  prescribed  under
ASC 350. The first step required a comparison of the carrying value of each reporting unit to its estimated
fair value. To estimate the fair value of our reporting units for Step 1, we used a combination of the income
approach and the market approach. The income approach is based on a discounted cash flow analysis, or
DCF method. This method involves estimating the after-tax cash flows attributable to a reporting unit and
then discounting the after-tax cash flows to a present value (‘‘DCF’’), using a risk-adjusted discount rate.
Assumptions  used  in  the  DCF  require  the  exercise  of  significant  judgment,  including  judgment  about
appropriate discount rates and terminal values, growth rates and the amount and timing of expected future
cash  flows.  The  forecasted  cash  flows  are  based  on  our  most  recent  budget  and  for  years  beyond  the
budget.  Our  budgets  are  based  on  estimated  future  growth  rates.  We  believe  our  assumptions  are
consistent  with  the  plans  and  estimates  used  to  manage  the  underlying  businesses.  The  discount  rates,
which are intended to reflect the risks inherent in future cash flow projections, used in the DCF are based
on  estimates  of  the  weighted  average  cost  of  capital,  or  WACC,  of  market  participants  relative  to  each
respective reporting unit. The market approach considers comparable market data based on multiples of
revenue or earnings before taxes, depreciation  and amortization  (‘‘EBITDA’’).

If  the  carrying  value  of  a  reporting  unit  exceeds  its  estimated  fair  value,  we  are  required  to  perform  the
second step of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second
step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill to its
carrying value. The implied fair value of goodwill is derived by performing a hypothetical purchase price
allocation for the reporting unit as of the measurement date, allocating the reporting unit’s estimated fair
value  to  its  assets  and  liabilities.  The  residual  amount  from  performing  this  allocation  represents  the
implied  fair  value  of  goodwill.  To  the  extent  this  amount  is  below  the  carrying  amount  of  goodwill,  an
impairment charge is recorded.

Key  assumptions  used  in  estimating  fair  value  under  the  discounted  cash  flow  approach  included  a
discount  rate  of:  (a)  11.0%  for  the  Cash  Advance,  ATM,  Check  Services  and  Central  Credit  reporting
units;  (b)  11.5%  for  the  Fully  Integrated  Kiosk  Sales  and  Services  reporting  unit;  and  (c)  15.5%,  for  the
Anti-Money  Laundering  and  Tax  Compliance  Software  reporting  unit.  In  addition,  projected  compound
average revenue growth rates of 0.0% to 4.0% and terminal value growth rates of 1.0% to 2.5% were used
in the analyses. The discounted cash flow analyses for our reporting units included estimated future cash
inflows from operations and estimated future cash outflows  for capital  expenditures.

Key assumptions used in estimating fair value under the market approach were based on observed market
multiples of enterprise value to revenue and EBITDA for both comparable publicly traded companies and
recent merger and acquisition transactions involving similar companies to estimate appropriate controlling
basis multiples to apply to each of the reporting units. Based on the multiples implied by this market data,
we selected multiples of revenue of 0.0 to 5.2 times  and multiples of EBITDA  of 6.2 to 8.6  times.

The estimate of fair value requires significant judgment. We based our fair value estimates on assumptions
that we believe to be reasonable but that are unpredictable and inherently uncertain, including estimates of
future  growth  rates  and  operating  margins  and  assumptions  about  the  overall  economic  climate  and  the
competitive  environment  for  our  business  units.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  estimates  and
assumptions made for purposes of our goodwill and identifiable intangible asset testing as of the time of
testing  will  prove  to  be  accurate  predictions  of  the  future.  If  our  assumptions  regarding  business  plans,
competitive  environments  or  anticipated  growth  rates  are  not  correct,  we  may  be  required  to  record

92

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

goodwill and/or intangible asset impairment charges in future periods, whether in connection with our next
annual  impairment  testing  or  earlier,  if  an  indicator  of  an  impairment  is  present  before  our  next  annual
evaluation.

We  conducted  our  annual  impairment  test  for  our  reporting  units  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014  and
2013 and no impairment was identified.

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):

At December 31, 2014

At December 31,  2013

Useful Life
(years)

Cost

Accumulated Net Book
Amortization

Value

Cost

Accumulated Net Book
Amortization

Value

Intangible assets

Contract rights under

development and placement
fee agreements . . . . . . . . . .
Customer contracts . . . . . . . .
Customer relationships . . . . .
Developed technology . . . . . .
Computer software . . . . . . . .
Patents, trademarks and other

1 - 7
7 - 14
8 - 12
2 - 6
1 - 5
1 - 17

$ 14,000
43,938
231,100
140,289
34,128
27,856

$

301
29,931
733
1,571
13,033
8,957

$ 13,699 $ — $ — $ —
13,472
—
—
13,317
4,746

14,007
230,367
138,718
21,095
18,899

39,142
—
—
26,386
12,423

25,670
—
—
13,069
7,677

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$491,311

$54,526

$436,785 $77,951

$46,416

$31,535

In the fourth quarter 2014, we evaluated our other intangible assets for potential impairment as part of our
review  process.  Our  online  payment  processing  intangible  assets  were  identified  for  further  testing.  We
determined  that  these  definite-lived  intangible  assets  were  potentially  impaired  primarily  due  to  a
combination of the following factors: (a) legislative constraints at the state and federal level; (b) significant
changes in management; and (c) lower than anticipated operating results.

These  definite-lived  intangible  assets  were  evaluated  using  an  undiscounted  cash  flow  approach  to
determine  if  an  impairment  existed.  As  impairment  was  indicated  based  on  the  undiscounted  cash  flow
approach, we discounted the cash flows and applied probability factors to calculate the resulting fair values
and  compared  to  the  existing  carrying  value  to  determine  the  amount  of  impairment.  The  amount  of
impairment was approximately $3.1 million. The revised cost basis of $1.6 million for our online payment
processing intangible asset will be amortized over an estimated remaining useful life of three years. These
assets have been valued using level 3 fair value  inputs.

Amortization  expense  related  to  other  intangible  assets  totaled  approximately  $14.2  million,  $9.6  million
and $9.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. We capitalized and
placed into service $8.2 million, $5.1 million and $0.7 million of software development costs for the years
ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The  total  net  book  value  of  amortizable  intangible  assets  was  approximately  $436.8  million  at
December  31,  2014.  The  total  net  book  value  of  amortizable  intangible  assets  was  approximately
$31.5 million at December 31, 2013.

93

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

The  anticipated  amortization  expense  related  to  other  intangible  assets,  assuming  no  subsequent
impairment of the underlying assets,  is  as  follows (in  thousands):

Anticipated amortization expense

2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amount

$ 91,651
85,757
47,522
36,559
35,392
139,904

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$436,785

12. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

The following table presents our accounts  payable and accrued expenses  (amounts in  thousands):

At December 31,

2014

2013

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

Trade accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payroll and related expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash access processing and related expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred and unearned revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 48,962
10,889
4,414
8,016
3,195
3,387
25,805

$35,662
4,758
4,300
4,270
1,024
208
3,379

Total accounts payable and accrued  expenses . . . . . . . . . .

$104,668

$53,601

13. LONG-TERM DEBT

The following table summarizes our indebtedness at  December  31, (in thousands):

At December 31,

2014

2013

Long-term debt

Senior credit facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior secured term loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior secured notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior unsecured notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

— $103,000
—
—
—

500,000
350,000
350,000

Total debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: original issue discount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total debt after discount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Less: current portion of long-term debt

1,200,000
(11,213)

1,188,787
(10,000)

103,000
—

103,000
(1,030)

Long-term debt, less current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,178,787

$101,970

94

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13. LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

On  December  19,  2014  and  in  connection  with  the  Merger,  we  refinanced  all  of  our  indebtedness
outstanding under the Prior Credit Facilities with proceeds from the Credit Facilities  and the  Notes.

Credit Facilities

On  December  19,  2014,  GCA,  as  borrower,  and  Holdings  entered  into  a  credit  agreement  among  GCA,
Holdings, Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender and letter of
credit  issuer;  Deutsche  Bank  Securities  Inc.,  as  syndication  agent;  and  Merrill  Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner  &
Smith  Incorporated  and  Deutsche  Bank  Securities,  Inc.  as  joint  lead  arrangers  and  joint  book  managers
(the ‘‘Credit Agreement’’). The Credit Agreement provides for a $50.0 million five-year Revolving Credit
Facility  that  matures  in  2019  and  a  $500.0  million  six-year  Term  Loan  that  matures  in  2020.  The  fees
associated  with  the  Credit  Facilities  included  discounts  of  approximately  $7.5  million  and  debt  issuance
costs  of  approximately  $13.9  million.  All  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facilities  are  subject  to  the
satisfaction  of  customary  conditions,  including  the  absence  of  a  default  and  compliance  with
representations and warranties.

The interest rate per annum applicable to the Revolving Credit Facility is, at GCA’s option, the base rate or
LIBOR plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The interest rate per annum applicable to the Term Loan
is also, at GCA’s option, the base rate or LIBOR plus, in each case, an applicable margin. LIBOR will be
reset at the beginning of each selected interest period based on the LIBOR rate then in effect; provided
that, with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, if LIBOR is below zero, then such rate will be equal to
zero plus the applicable margin, and, with respect to the Term Loan, if LIBOR is below 1.0%, then such
rate will be equal to 1.0% plus the applicable margin. The base rate is a fluctuating interest rate equal to
the  highest  of  (a)  the  prime  lending  rate  announced  by  the  administrative  agent,  (b)  the  federal  funds
effective rate from time to time plus 0.50%, and (c) LIBOR (after taking account of any applicable floor)
applicable for an interest period of one month plus 1.00%. The applicable margins of 4.75% and 5.25% for
the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  and  Term  Loan,  respectively,  are  subject  to  adjustment  based  on  our
consolidated secured leverage ratio.

Voluntary  prepayments  of  the  term  loan  and  the  revolving  loans  and  voluntary  reductions  in  the  unused
commitments are permitted in whole or in part, in minimum amounts as set forth in the Credit Agreement
governing  the  Credit  Facilities,  with  prior  notice  but  without  premium  or  penalty,  except  that  certain
refinancing  transactions  of  the  Term  Loan  within  twelve  months  after  the  closing  of  the  Credit  Facilities
will be subject to a prepayment premium of 1.00% of  the principal amount repaid.

Subject to certain exceptions, the obligations under the Credit Facilities are secured by substantially all of
the  present  and  after  acquired  assets  of  each  of  GCA,  Holdings  and  the  subsidiary  guarantors  (the
‘‘Collateral’’)  including:  (a)  a  perfected  first  priority  pledge  of  all  the  capital  stock  of  GCA  and  each
domestic direct, wholly owned material restricted subsidiary held by Holdings, GCA or any such subsidiary
guarantor;  and  (b)  a  perfected  first  priority  security  interest  in  substantially  all  other  tangible  and
intangible assets of Holdings, GCA, and such subsidiary guarantors (including, but not limited to, accounts
receivable,  inventory,  equipment,  general  intangibles,  investment  property,  real  property,  intellectual
property  and  the  proceeds  of  the  foregoing).  Subject  to  certain  exceptions,  the  Credit  Facilities  are
unconditionally  guaranteed  by  Holdings  and  such  subsidiary  guarantors  and  Multimedia  Games  and  its
material domestic  subsidiaries.

The Credit Agreement governing the Credit Facilities contains certain covenants that, among other things,
limit  Holdings’  ability,  and  the  ability  of  certain  of  its  subsidiaries,  to  incur  additional  indebtedness;  sell

95

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13. LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

assets  or  consolidate  or  merge  with  or  into  other  companies;  pay  dividends  or  repurchase  or  redeem
capital stock; make certain investments; issue capital stock of subsidiaries; incur liens; prepay, redeem or
repurchase subordinated debt; and enter into certain types of transactions with our affiliates. The Credit
Agreement governing the Credit Facilities also requires Holdings, together with its subsidiaries, to comply
with a consolidated secured leverage  ratio as well as an annual excess cash  flow requirement.

Events  of  default  under  the  Credit  Agreement  governing  the  Credit  Facilities  include  customary  events
such  as  a  cross-default  provision  with  respect  to  other  material  debt  (which  includes  the  Notes).  In
addition,  an  event  of  default  will  occur  if  Holdings  undergoes  a  change  of  control.  This  is  defined  to
include the case where Holdings ceases to own 100% of the equity interests of GCA, or where any person
or  group  acquires  a  percentage  of  the  economic  or  voting  interests  of  Holdings’  capital  stock  of  35%  or
more (determined on a fully diluted basis), or where a majority of the board of directors of Holdings ceases
to  consist  of  persons  who  are  directors  of  Holdings  on  the  closing  date  of  the  Credit  Facilities  or  other
directors whose nomination for election to the board of directors of GCA was recommended by a majority
of the then continuing directors.

At  December  31,  2014,  we  had  approximately  $500.0  million  of  borrowings  outstanding  under  the  Term
Loan and $50.0 million of additional borrowing availability under the Revolving Credit Facility, based upon
borrowing base calculations as of such date. We were in compliance with the terms of the Credit Facilities
as of  December 31, 2014.

Senior Notes

At  December  31,  2014,  we  had  two  series  of  outstanding  notes:  (a)  $350.0  million  aggregate  principal
amount of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 (the ‘‘Secured Notes’’), and (b) $350.0 million aggregate
principal amount of 10.00% Senior Unsecured Notes due  2022 (the ‘‘Unsecured  Notes’’).

On  December  19,  2014,  we  issued  the  Secured  Notes  at  an  initial  offering  price  of  100%  and  the
Unsecured Notes at an initial offering price of 98.921%. Our net proceeds from the sale of the Notes were
approximately $680.0 million after deducting discounts of approximately $3.8 million and commissions of
approximately  $16.2  million  and  before  deducting  any  other  fees  and  expenses  related  to  the  Notes
offering.  Other  fees  and  expenses  included  additional  debt  issuance  costs  associated  with  the  Notes  of
approximately $11.2 million.

The  Secured  Notes  are  senior  secured  obligations  of  the  Company,  equally  and  ratably  secured  with  the
Company’s  obligations  under  the  Credit  Facilities.  The  Secured  Notes  rank  equally  with  the  Company’s
existing and future senior debt and senior to the Company’s existing and future senior subordinated debt.
The  Unsecured  Notes  are  senior  unsecured  obligations  of  the  Company,  and  rank  equally  with  the
Company’s  existing  and  future  senior  debt  and  senior  to  the  Company’s  existing  and  future  senior
subordinated debt. The Secured Notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by Holdings and all of its
material  domestic  subsidiaries  (other  than  GCA)  and  the  Unsecured  Notes  are  guaranteed  on  a  senior
unsecured basis by Holdings and all of its material  domestic  subsidiaries (other than  GCA).

The indentures governing the Notes contain certain covenants that, among other things, limit our ability,
and  the  ability  of  certain  of  our  subsidiaries,  to  incur  additional  indebtedness,  pay  dividends  or  make
distributions or certain other restricted payments, purchase or redeem capital stock, make investments or
extend  credit,  engage  in  certain  transactions  with  affiliates,  consummate  certain  asset  sales,  effect  a

96

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13. LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

consolidation or merger, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets,
or create certain liens and other encumbrances on  our  assets.

The indentures governing the Notes contain events of default customary for agreements of their type (with
customary  grace  periods,  as  applicable)  and  provide  that,  upon  the  occurrence  of  an  event  of  default
arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to Holdings or GCA, all outstanding
notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other type of event
of default occurs and is continuing, then the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
the then outstanding Secured Notes or Unsecured Notes, as applicable, may declare all such notes to be
due and payable immediately.

At the closing of the offering of the Notes, the Notes were acquired by the initial purchasers pursuant to
the terms of a purchase agreement. Under the terms of the purchase agreement, during a one year period
following  the  closing  and  upon  prior  notice  from  the  initial  purchasers,  the  Company  must  use
commercially reasonable efforts to aid the purchasers in the resale of the Notes, including by preparing an
updated offering memorandum and participating in reasonable marketing efforts including road shows, to
the extent required therein.

In  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  Unsecured  Notes,  the  Company  entered  into  a  registration  rights
agreement pursuant to which the Company agreed, for the benefit of the holders of the Unsecured Notes,
to  file  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  ‘‘SEC’’),  and  use  its  commercially  reasonable
efforts  to  cause  to  become  effective,  a  registration  statement  relating  to  an  offer  to  exchange  the
Unsecured Notes for an issue of SEC-registered notes (the ‘‘Exchange Notes’’) with terms identical to the
Unsecured Notes (except that the Exchange Notes will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any
increase in annual interest rate as described below). Under certain circumstances, including if applicable
interpretations  of  the  staff  of  the  SEC  do  not  permit  the  Company  to  effect  the  exchange  offer,  the
Company and the guarantors must use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective a
shelf registration statement relating to resales of the Unsecured Notes and to keep that shelf registration
statement  effective  until  the  first  anniversary  of  the  date  such  shelf  registration  statement  becomes
effective,  or  such  shorter  period  that  will  terminate  when  all  Unsecured  Notes  covered  by  the  shelf
registration  statement  have  been  sold.  The  obligation  to  complete  the  exchange  offer  and/or  file  a  shelf
registration  statement  will  terminate  on  the  second  anniversary  of  the  date  of  the  Registration  Rights
Agreement. If the exchange offer is not completed (or, if required, the shelf registration statement is not
declared  effective)  on  or  before  December 19,  2015,  the  annual  interest  rate  borne  by  the  Unsecured
Notes will be increased by 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following such date
and by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, up to a maximum
additional  rate  of  1.00%  per  annum  thereafter  until  the  exchange  offer  is  completed  or  the  shelf
registration  statement  is  declared  effective,  at  which  time  the  interest  rate  will  revert  to  the  original
interest rate on the date the Unsecured  Notes were originally issued.

We  were in compliance with the covenants of the  Notes as of December 31, 2014.

97

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13. LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

Principal Repayments

The maturities of our borrowings at December 31,  2014 are  as follows (in thousands):

Amount

Maturities of borrowings

2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
1,150,000

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,200,000

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Obligations

We lease office facilities and operating equipment under cancelable and non-cancelable agreements. Total
rent  expense  was  approximately  $1.9  million,  $1.8  million  and  $0.7  million  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

In  October  2012,  we  entered  into  a  long-term  lease  agreement  related  to  office  space  for  our  new
corporate headquarters located in Las Vegas, Nevada, which we occupied  in the first half of 2013.

In September 2014, the long-term lease agreement for office space in Austin, Texas, was extended through
March 2021.

As of December 31, 2014, the minimum aggregate rental commitment under all non-cancelable operating
leases were as follows (in thousands):

Minimum aggregate rental commitments

2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amount

$ 3,392
3,125
2,626
2,440
2,452
5,829

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$19,864

Litigation Claims and Assessments

Multimedia Games Shareholder Litigation

In connection with the Merger, certain actions were filed by putative shareholders of Multimedia Games in
the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  Western  District  of  Texas  (the  ‘‘Texas  Federal  Action’’)  and  the

98

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

District Court of Travis County, Texas (the ‘‘Texas State Court Action’’). In both the Texas Federal Action
and  the  Texas  State  Court  Action,  plaintiffs  alleged  that  Multimedia  Games’  directors  breached  their
fiduciary  duties  to  Multimedia  Games  and/or  its  shareholders  because,  among  other  things,  the  Merger
allegedly  involved  an  unfair  price,  an  inadequate  sales  process,  self-dealing  and  unreasonable  deal
protection  devices.  The  complaints  further  alleged  that  Holdings  and  its  formerly  wholly  owned  merger
subsidiary,  Movie  Merger  Sub,  Inc.,  aided  and  abetted  those  purported  breaches  of  fiduciary  duty.  On
November 20, 2014, the defendants in the Texas Federal Action reached an agreement in principle with the
plaintiffs in the Texas Federal Action regarding settlement of all claims asserted on behalf of the alleged
class  of  Multimedia  Games  shareholders  and  on  behalf  of  Multimedia  Games,  and  that  agreement  is
reflected  in  a  memorandum  of  understanding.  In  connection  with  the  settlement  contemplated  by  the
memorandum  of  understanding,  Multimedia  Games  agreed  to  make  certain  additional  disclosures  in  its
proxy statement related to the Merger, which disclosure Multimedia Games made in a Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2014. The memorandum of understanding contemplates that the parties
will enter into a stipulation of settlement.

The stipulation of settlement will be subject to customary conditions, including court approval. In the event
that  the  parties  enter  into  a  stipulation  of  settlement,  a  hearing  will  be  scheduled  at  which  the  United
States  District  Court  for  the  Western  District  of  Texas  will  consider  the  fairness,  reasonableness,  and
adequacy  of  the  settlement.  If  the  settlement  is  approved  by  the  court  in  the  form  contemplated  by  the
parties,  it  will  resolve  and  release  all  claims  in  the  Texas  Federal  Action  that  were  or  could  have  been
brought  challenging  any  aspect  of  the  Merger,  the  Merger  Agreement,  and  any  disclosure  made  in
connection therewith, including in Multimedia Games’ definitive proxy statement, pursuant to terms that
will be disclosed to shareholders prior to final approval of the settlement. In addition, in connection with
the  settlement,  the  defendants  in  the  Texas  Federal  Action  agreed  not  to  oppose  an  application  by
plaintiffs in the Texas Federal Action for an attorneys’ fee award from the United States District Court for
the  Western  District  of  Texas  of  up  to  $310,000,  which  fee  has  been  paid  by  Holdings.  There  can  be  no
assurance  that  the  parties  will  ultimately  enter  into  a  stipulation  of  settlement  or  that  the  United  States
District  Court  for  the  Western  District  of  Texas  will  approve  the  settlement  even  if  the  parties  were  to
enter into such stipulation. In such event, the proposed settlement as contemplated by the memorandum
of understanding may be terminated.

The Texas State Court Action remains pending as of March 16, 2015, the date these consolidated financial
statements were issued.

Alabama Litigation

The  Company  is  currently  involved  in  two  lawsuits,  as  further  described  below,  related  to  Multimedia
Games’ former charity bingo operations in the State of Alabama, neither of which it believes are material
from a damages perspective. The lawsuits are currently pending in federal court, and include claims related
to the alleged illegality of electronic  charity bingo in the  State  of  Alabama.

Dollie Williams, et al., v. Macon County Greyhound Park, Inc., et al., a civil action, was filed on March 8,
2010,  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  Middle  District  of  Alabama,  Eastern  Division,  against
Multimedia Games and others. The plaintiffs, who claim to have been patrons of VictoryLand, allege that
Multimedia  Games  participated  in  gambling  operations  that  violated  Alabama  state  law  by  supplying  to
VictoryLand  purportedly  unlawful  electronic  bingo  machines  played  by  the  plaintiffs,  and  the  plaintiffs
seek  recovery  of  the  monies  lost  on  all  electronic  bingo  games  played  by  the  plaintiffs  in  the  six  months

99

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

prior to the filing of the complaint under Ala. Code Sec. 8-1-150(A). The plaintiffs requested that the court
certify the action as a class action. On March 29, 2013, the court entered an order granting the plaintiffs’
motion for class certification. On April 12, 2013, the defendants jointly filed a petition with the Eleventh
Circuit Court of Appeals seeking permission to appeal the court’s ruling on class certification. On June 18,
2013, the Eleventh Circuit Court of Appeals entered an order granting the petition to appeal. Following
briefing  and  oral  argument,  on  April  2,  2014,  the  Eleventh  Circuit  Court  of  Appeals  entered  an  order
reversing the district court’s ruling on class certification and remanding the case to the district court. The
Company  continues  to  vigorously  defend  this  matter.  Given  the  inherent  uncertainties  in  this  litigation,
however, the Company is unable to make any  prediction as  to  the ultimate outcome.

Ozetta Hardy v. Whitehall Gaming Center, LLC, et al., a civil action, was filed against Whitehall Gaming
Center,  LLC  (an  entity  that  does  not  exist),  Cornerstone  Community  Outreach,  Inc.,  and  Freedom  Trail
Ventures, Ltd., in the Circuit Court of Lowndes County, Alabama. On June 3, 2010, Multimedia Games
and  other  manufacturers  were  added  as  defendants.  The  plaintiffs,  who  claim  to  have  been  patrons  of
White Hall, allege that Multimedia Games participated in gambling operations that violated Alabama state
law  by  supplying  to  White  Hall  purportedly  unlawful  electronic  bingo  machines  played  by  the  plaintiffs,
and the plaintiffs seek recovery of the monies lost on all electronic bingo games played by the plaintiffs in
the  six  months  prior  to  the  filing  of  the  complaint  under  Ala.  Code,  Sec  8-1-150(A).  The  plaintiffs
requested that the court certify the action as a class action. On July 2, 2010, the defendants removed the
case to the United States District Court for the Middle District of Alabama, Northern Division. The court
has not ruled on the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. The Company continues to vigorously defend
this  matter.  Given  the  inherent  uncertainties  in  this  litigation,  however,  the  Company  is  unable  to  make
any prediction as to the ultimate outcome.

We  are  subject  to  other  claims  and  suits  that  arise  from  time  to  time  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,
including those discussed above. We do not believe the liabilities, if any, which may ultimately result from
the outcome of such matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse impact on our
financial position, liquidity or results of  operations.

15. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred  Stock. Our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  allows  our  Board  of  Directors,
without further action by stockholders, to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more
series  and  to  fix  the  designations,  powers,  preferences,  privileges  and  relative  participating,  optional,  or
special  rights  as  well  as  the  qualifications,  limitations  or  restrictions  of  the  preferred  stock,  including
dividend  rights,  conversion  rights,  voting  rights,  terms  of  redemption  and  liquidation  preferences.  As  of
December 31, 2014, we had no shares of  preferred stock  outstanding.

Common  Stock. Subject  to  the  preferences  that  may  apply  to  shares  of  preferred  stock  that  may  be
outstanding  at  the  time,  the  holders  of  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock  are  entitled  to  receive
dividends  out  of  assets  legally  available  at  the  times  and  in  the  amounts  as  our  Board  of  Directors  may
from time to time determine. All dividends are non-cumulative. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution
or  winding  up  of  the  Company,  the  holders  of  common  stock  are  entitled  to  share  ratably  in  all  assets
remaining after the payment of liabilities, subject to the prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any,
then  outstanding.  Each  stockholder  is  entitled  to  one  vote  for  each  share  of  common  stock  held  on  all
matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Cumulative voting for the election of directors is not provided
for. The common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion or redemption.

100

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)

There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. Each outstanding share of common
stock  is  fully  paid  and  non-assessable.  As  of  December  31,  2014,  we  had  90,405,450  shares  of  common
stock issued.

Common Stock Repurchase Program. Our share repurchase program granted us the authority to repurchase
up to $40.0 million of our outstanding common stock over a two-year period, which commenced in the first
quarter  of  2013  and  expired  at  the  end  of  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014.  We  repurchased  approximately
1.5  million  shares  of  common  stock  for  cash  of  approximately  $11.7  million  under  the  share  repurchase
program  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014.  We  repurchased  approximately  2.6  million  shares  of
common  stock  for  cash  of  approximately  $18.2  million  under  the  share  repurchase  program  for  the  year
ended  December  31,  2013.  We  completed  the  share  repurchases  with  cash  on  hand.  The  repurchase
program  authorized  us  to  buy  our  common  stock  from  time  to  time  through  open  market,  privately
negotiated  or  other  transactions,  including  pursuant  to  trading  plans  established  in  accordance  with
Rules 10b5-1 and 10b-18 of the Exchange Act, or  by  a combination of  such methods.

Treasury  Stock. Employees  may  direct  us  to  withhold  vested  shares  of  restricted  stock  to  satisfy  the
minimum statutory withholding requirements applicable to their restricted stock vesting. We repurchased
or  withheld  from  restricted  stock  awards  55,502  and  14,901  shares  of  common  stock  at  an  aggregate
purchase  price  of  $0.5  million  and  $0.1  million,  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2014  and  2013,
respectively,  to  satisfy  the  minimum  applicable  tax  withholding  obligations  related  to  the  vesting  of  such
restricted stock awards.

The following table provides the treasury stock activity that occurred in 2014 (number of shares and cost
in thousands):

Total Number of Average Price Cost of Shares
Shares Purchased Purchased or Purchased or

or Withheld
(in thousands)

Withheld
(per share)

Withheld
(in thousands)

Outstanding, December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . .
Shares repurchased under current plan . .
Shares withheld from restricted stock

23,303
1,458

vesting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

55

Outstanding, December 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . .

24,816

$7.03
$8.04

$8.35

$7.09

$163,840
11,721

459

$176,020

101

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OF  COMMON STOCK

The weighted average number of common stock outstanding used in the computation of basic and diluted
earnings per share is as follows (in thousands):

At December 31,

2014

2013

2012

Weighted average shares

Weighted average number of common shares

outstanding—basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Potential dilution from equity grants(1) . . . . . . . . . . . .

65,780
1,083

66,014
1,191

65,933
1,404

Weighted average number of common shares

outstanding—diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

66,863

67,205

67,337

(1) The  potential  dilution  excludes  the  weighted  average  effect  of  stock  options  to  acquire
7.6 million, 5.9 million and 5.1 million shares of our common stock at December 31, 2014,
2013  and  2012,  respectively,  because  the  application  of  the  treasury  stock  method,  as
required, makes them anti-dilutive.

17. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Equity Incentive Awards

In January 2005, we adopted the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the ‘‘2005 Plan’’) to attract and retain the best
available  personnel,  to  provide  additional  incentives  to  employees,  directors  and  consultants  and  thus  to
promote the success of our business. The 2005 Plan is administered by our Compensation Committee. The
administrator of the 2005 Plan has the authority to select individuals who are to receive options or other
equity incentive awards under the 2005 Plan and to specify the terms and conditions of grants of options or
other equity incentive awards, the vesting provisions, the term  and the exercise price.

In May 2014, we adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the ‘‘2014 Plan’’) to attract and retain the best
available  personnel,  to  provide  additional  incentives  to  employees,  directors  and  consultants  and  thus  to
promote the success of our business. The 2014 Plan is administered by our Compensation Committee. The
administrator of the 2014 Plan has the authority to select individuals who are to receive options or other
equity incentive awards under the 2014 Plan and to specify the terms and conditions of grants of options or
other equity incentive awards, the vesting provisions, the term  and the exercise price.

Generally,  our  time-based  stock  options  granted  under  the  2005  Plan  (other  than  those  granted  to
non-employee directors) will vest at a rate of 25% of the shares underlying the option after one year and
the remaining shares vest in equal portions over the following 36 months, such that all shares are vested
after four years.

Generally, our time-based stock options and restricted stock granted under the 2014 Plan will vest at a rate
of 25% per year on each of the first  four  yearly anniversaries  of  the option grant dates.

Our market-based stock options granted under the 2005 Plan typically vest if our average stock price in any
period of 30 consecutive trading days meets certain target prices during a four year period that commenced
on the date of grant for these options. If these target prices are not met during such four year period, the
unvested  shares  underlying  the  options  will  terminate,  except  if  there  is  a  change  in  control  of  the

102

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

Company  as  defined  in  the  2005  Plan,  in  which  case,  the  unvested  shares  underlying  such  options  shall
become  fully vested on the effective  date of such change  in control.

Our  cliff  vesting  time-based  stock  options  granted  under  the  2005  Plan  will  vest  based  on  the  requisite
service periods with a portion to vest after five years and another portion  to  vest after  six years.

The vesting provisions of restricted stock under the 2005 Plan are similar to those applicable to time-based
stock options under the 2005 Plan. As these restricted shares were issued primarily to our employees when
all or a portion of the restricted stock award vests, in most cases, a certain portion of the shares subject to
the  restricted  stock  award  will  be  withheld  by  us  to  satisfy  the  statutory  withholding  requirements
applicable  to  the  restricted  stock  grants.  Therefore,  as  these  awards  vest  the  actual  number  of  shares
outstanding  as  a  result  of  the  restricted  stock  awards  is  reduced.  These  restricted  shares  will  vest  over  a
period of four years.

As part of the Merger Agreement, each option  to  purchase  shares  of  Multimedia Games  common stock
granted  after  September  8,  2014,  was  converted  into  a  new  award  covering  shares  of  Holdings  common
stock using a customary exchange ratio. These options will vest at a rate of 25% per year on each of the
first  four  yearly  anniversaries  of  the  option  grant  dates.  A  summary  of  award  activity  is  as  follows  (in
thousands):

Stock Options
Granted

Restricted Stock
Granted

Outstanding, December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Additional authorized shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Merger conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised options or vested shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canceled or forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8,872

—
5,523
1,095
(971)
(893)

Outstanding, December 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13,626

404

—
342
—
(201)
(105)

440

The maximum number of shares available for future equity awards under the 2014 Plan is approximately
11.9 million shares of our common stock; and there are no shares available for future equity awards under
the 2005 Plan.

Stock Options

The  fair  value  of  options  was  determined  as  of  the  date  of  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing
model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

Risk-free interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected life of options (in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected dividend yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1% 1% 1%
4
4
54% 61% 62%
0% 0% 0%

6

Year Ended
December 31,

2014

2013

2012

103

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

The  fair  value  of  our  cliff  vesting  time-based  options  was  determined  using  the  Black  Scholes  option
pricing  model  as  of  the  date  of  grant.  For  the  five  year  cliff  vesting  time-based  options,  the  assumptions
were: (a) risk-free interest rate of 2%; (b) expected term of five years; (c) expected volatility of 52%; and
(d)  no  expected  dividend  yield.  For  the  six  year  cliff  vesting  time-based  options,  the  assumptions  were:
(a) risk-free interest rate of 2%; (b) expected term of six years; (c) expected volatility of 58%; and (d) no
expected dividend yield.

The fair value of our market-based options was determined using a lattice-based option valuation model as
of the date of grant. For the market-based options issued in the first quarter 2014, the assumptions were:
(a) risk-free interest rate of 1%; (b) measurement period of four years; (c) expected volatility of 51%; and
(d)  no  expected  dividend  yield.  For  the  market-based  options  issued  in  the  second  quarter  2014,  the
assumptions  were:  (a)  risk-free  interest  rate  of  1%;  (b)  measurement  period  of  four  years;  (c)  expected
volatility of 52%; and (d) no expected dividend  yield.

The fair value of the converted options related to the Merger was recalculated upon consummation of the
acquisition and it was determined that the original fair value approximated the value upon conversion and
was still applicable and will continue to amortize to stock compensation expense over the remaining life of
the award.

The following tables present the options activity:

Number of
Common Shares
(in thousands)

Weighted Average
Exercise Price
(per share)

Outstanding, December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . .

Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Merger conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canceled or forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8,872

5,523
1,095
(971)
(893)

Outstanding, December 31, 2014 . . . . . . . .

13,626

Vested and expected to vest, December  31,

2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Exercisable, December 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . .

12,358

6,771

$7.54

7.54
6.43
5.43
6.89

$7.64

$7.65

$8.00

Weighted
Average Life
Remaining
(years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic  Value
(in thousands)

5.9

$27,301

6.5

6.2

3.7

$ 9,148

$ 8,689

$ 6,246

104

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

Options Outstanding

Options  Exercisable

Range of Exercise
Prices

Number
Outstanding
(000’s)

$ —
6.00
9.00
13.00
14.00
15.00
16.00

$ 5.99
8.99
12.99
13.99
14.99
15.99
18.99

2,418
9,008
1,007
783
160
125
125

13,626

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contract
Life (Years)

6.0
7.8
2.9
0.1
1.4
1.4
1.5

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$ 4.46
7.34
9.99
13.98
14.22
15.16
16.63

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$ 4.33
7.17
9.99
13.98
14.22
15.16
16.63

Number
Exercisable
(000’s)

2,047
2,531
1,000
783
160
125
125

6,771

There were 6.6 million, 1.2 million and 2.4 million options granted for the years ended December 31, 2014,
2013 and 2012, respectively. Of the 6.6 million options granted, 1.1 million options were converted as part
of the Merger. The weighted average grant date fair value per share of the options granted was $3.20, $3.31
and $2.93 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The total intrinsic value of
options exercised was $2.8 million, $4.6 million and $6.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2014,
2013 and 2012, respectively.

There was $15.4 million in unrecognized compensation expense related to options expected to vest as of
December  31,  2014.  This  cost  was  expected  to  be  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  a  weighted
average  period  of  3.1  years.  We  received  $5.3  million  in  proceeds  from  the  exercise  of  options  and
recorded $7.6 million in non-cash compensation expense related to options granted that were expected to
vest for the year ended and as of December  31, 2014.

We  recorded  $4.4  million  and  $6.2  million  in  non-cash  compensation  expense  related  to  options  granted
that were expected to vest as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. We received $8.4 million and
$6.7  million  in  cash  from  the  exercise  of  options  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012,
respectively.

Restricted Stock

The following is a summary of non-vested  share awards for our time-based restricted shares:

Shares
Outstanding
(in thousands)

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
(per share)

Outstanding, December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding, December 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

404

342
(201)
(105)

440

$7.05

7.12
7.11
6.91

$7.11

105

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

There were 0.3 million, 0.4 million and 0.1 million shares of restricted stock granted for the years ended
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value per share of
restricted stock granted was $7.12, $7.09 and $6.80 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
The total fair value of restricted stock vested was $1.4 million, $0.7 million and $1.3 million for the years
ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

There  was  $3.0  million  in  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to  shares  of  time-based  restricted
shares expected to vest as of December 31, 2014 and is expected to be recognized on a straight-line basis
over  a  weighted  average  period  of  3.3  years.  There  were  0.2  million  shares,  0.1  million  shares  and
0.2 million shares of restricted stock that vested and we recorded $1.2 million, $0.7 million and $0.4 million
in non-cash compensation expense related to the restricted stock granted that was expected to vest during
2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

18. INCOME TAXES

The following presents consolidated income before tax for domestic and foreign operations (in thousands):

Consolidated income before tax

Domestic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$13,870
6,431

$35,473
3,412

$39,280
1,183

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$20,301

$38,885

$40,463

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

The  income  tax  provision  attributable  to  income  from  operations  before  tax  consists  of  the  following
components (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

Income tax provision

Domestic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$6,637
1,524

$13,626
861

$14,358
416

Total income tax provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$8,161

$14,487

$14,774

Income tax provision components

Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,598
6,563

$

844
13,643

$

430
14,344

Total income tax provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$8,161

$14,487

$14,774

106

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

18. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

A reconciliation of the federal statutory  rate and the effective income tax rate is as  follows:

Income tax reconciliation

Federal statutory rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State/province income tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-deductible compensation cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-deductible acquisition cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment to carrying value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign dividends  and IRC Sec. 956 inclusions, net of

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

35.0% 35.0% 35.0%
(3.6)% (1.0)% (0.4)%
0.9% 1.3% 1.7%
0.7% 1.1% 0.2%
5.9% 0.0% 0.0%
(0.9)% 0.2% 1.0%
1.9% 0.3% (2.2)%

foreign tax deduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-deductible expenses and other items . . . . . . . . . . . .

(0.1)% 0.1% 1.1%
0.4% 0.3% 0.1%

Effective tax rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40.2% 37.3% 36.5%

The major tax-effected components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

Deferred income tax assets related to:

Intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net operating losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable allowances . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued and prepaid expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term debt
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property, equipment and leased assets . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

— $44,845
37,333
7,066
1,703
1,331
348
406
—
333
(1,379)

64,357
8,841
1,613
7,917
290
373
5,146
—
(2,319)

$ 63,899
32,171
6,775
1,968
1,279
—
367
—
312
(1,307)

Total deferred income tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . .

86,218

91,986

105,464

Deferred income tax liabilities related to:

Property, equipment and leased assets . . . . . . . . .
Intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

23,785
109,103
1,072

Total deferred income tax liabilities . . . . . . . . .

133,960

$

—
—
942

942

$

—
—
800

800

Deferred income taxes, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (47,742) $91,044

$104,664

107

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

18. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

Year Ended
December 31,

2014

2013

2012

Unrecognized tax benefit at the beginning of the period

Gross increases—tax positions in prior period . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross decreases—tax positions in prior period . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross increases—tax positions in current period . . . . . . . . . . .
Settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $— $—
— — —
729 — —
— — —

Unrecognized tax benefit at the end of the  period . . . . . . . .

$729

$— $—

For all of our investments in foreign subsidiaries, except for GCA (Macau), deferred taxes have not been
provided on unrepatriated foreign earnings. Unrepatriated earnings were approximately $11.7 million as of
December  31,  2014.  These  earnings  were  considered  permanently  reinvested,  as  it  was  management’s
intention to reinvest foreign earnings in foreign operations. We project sufficient cash flow in the U.S. and
we do not need to repatriate these foreign earnings to finance U.S. operations.

As  a  result  of  certain  realization  requirements  under  the  accounting  guidance  on  share-based  payments,
the table of deferred tax assets and liabilities shown above does not include certain deferred tax assets that
arose  directly  from  tax  deductions  related  to  equity  compensation  in  excess  of  compensation  recognized
for  financial  reporting  at  December  31,  2014,  2013  and  2012,  respectively.  Equity  will  be  increased  by
$4.4 million if, and when, such deferred tax assets are ultimately realized. We use the accounting guidance
on income taxes ordering for purposes  of  determining  when excess tax benefits  have been realized.

We  had  $179.9  million,  or  $63.0  million  tax-effected,  of  accumulated  federal  net  operating  losses  as  of
December 31, 2014. The net operating losses can be carried forward and applied to offset taxable income
for 20 years and will expire starting in 2025.

We  had  tax-effected  state  net  operating  loss  carry  forwards  of  approximately  $5.9  million  as  of
December  31,  2014.  The  state  net  operating  loss  carry  forwards  will  expire  between  2015  and  2033.  The
determination  and  utilization  of  these  state  net  operating  loss  carry  forwards  are  dependent  upon
apportionment  percentages  and  other  respective  state  laws,  which  can  change  from  year  to  year.  As  of
December 31, 2014, $1.6 million of our valuation allowance related to certain state net operating loss carry
forwards  which  are  expected  to  expire  before  utilization,  due  to  shorter  carry  forward  periods  and
decreased  apportionment  percentages  in  those  states.  The  remaining  valuation  allowance  of  $0.7  million
related to foreign net operating losses.

We recognized a deferred tax asset upon our conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation
on May 14, 2004. Prior to that time, all tax attributes flowed through to the members of the limited liability
company. The principal component of the deferred tax asset is a difference between our assets for financial
accounting  and  tax  purposes.  This  difference  results  from  a  significant  balance  of  acquired  goodwill  of
approximately  $687.4  million  that  was  generated  as  part  of  the  conversion  to  a  corporation  plus
approximately  $97.6  million  in  pre-existing  goodwill  carried  over  from  periods  prior  to  the  conversion.
Both of these assets are recorded for tax purposes but not for accounting purposes. This asset is amortized
over 15 years for tax purposes, resulting in annual pretax income being $52.3 million lower for tax purposes
than for financial accounting purposes. At an estimated blended domestic statutory tax rate of 36.3%, this
results in tax payments being approximately $19.0 million less than the annual provision for income taxes

108

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

18. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

shown on the income statement for financial accounting purposes, or the amount of the annual provision,
if less. There is an expected aggregate of $82.3 million in cash savings over the remaining life of the portion
of  our  deferred  tax  asset  related  to  the  conversion.  This  deferred  tax  asset  may  be  subject  to  certain
limitations. We believe that it is more likely than not that we will be able to utilize our deferred tax asset.
However, the utilization of this tax asset is subject to many factors including, but not limited to, a change of
control of the Company and future earnings.

We have analyzed filing positions in all of the federal, state and foreign jurisdictions where we are required
to  file  income  tax  returns,  as  well  as  all  open  tax  years  in  these  jurisdictions.  As  part  of  the  Merger,  the
Company  recorded  $0.7  million  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits.  Other  than  the  unrecognized  tax  benefit
related  to  the  Merger,  we  believe  that  our  income  tax  filing  positions  and  deductions  will  be  sustained
upon  audit  and  we  do  not  anticipate  any  other  adjustments  that  will  result  in  a  material  change  to  our
financial position. We may from time to time be assessed interest or penalties by tax jurisdictions, although
any such assessments historically have been minimal and immaterial to our financial results. Our policy for
recording  interest  and  penalties  associated  with  audits  and  unrecognized  tax  benefits  is  to  record  such
items as a component of income tax expense.

We are subject to taxation in the U.S. and various states and foreign jurisdictions. We have a number of
federal  and  state  income  tax  years  still  open  for  examination  as  a  result  of  our  net  operating  loss  carry
forwards. Accordingly, we are subject to examination for both U.S. federal and a few state tax returns for
the years 2005 to present. For the remaining state, local and foreign jurisdictions, with few exceptions, we
are no longer subject to examination by  tax  authorities for  years  before  2011.

19. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A member of our Board of Directors served as a member of the board of directors of a gaming company
until April 2013 for which we provide various cash access products and services that are insignificant to our
net income. Our Board Member received both cash and equity compensation from this gaming company in
consideration  for  serving  on  its  board  of  directors,  however,  none  of  this  consideration  was  tied  in  any
manner to our performance or obligations under our cash access agreements with the gaming company. In
addition, our Board member was not involved in the negotiation of our cash access agreements with this
gaming company.

In  October  2012,  we  entered  into  a  long-term  lease  agreement  related  to  office  space  for  our  corporate
headquarters that we moved into during the first half of 2013, for which we engaged a brokerage firm. An
executive  officer  of  this  brokerage  firm  is  the  brother  of  our  former  Chief  Financial  Officer.  This
brokerage firm received approximately  $0.4 million as  compensation  for  acting  as our broker.

20. SEGMENT INFORMATION

Operating  segments  are  components  of  an  enterprise  about  which  separate  financial  information  is
available  that  is  evaluated  regularly  by  the  chief  operating  decision  maker,  or  decision-making  group,  in
deciding  how  to  allocate  resources  and  in  assessing  performance.  Our  chief  operating  decision-making
group  consists  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer.  The  operating  segments  are
reviewed  separately  because  each  represents  products  that  can  be,  and  often  are,  sold  separately  to  our
customers.

We  operate  in  the  following  business  segments:  (1)  Cash  Advance,  (2)  ATM,  (3)  Check  Services,
(4)  Games  and  (5)  Other.  Each  of  these  segments  is  monitored  by  our  management  for  performance

109

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

20. SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

against its internal forecast and is consistent with our internal management reporting. The Games segment
is currently being evaluated as we have not yet determined what our management will review to assess the
performance  of  the  newly  acquired  Multimedia  Games  business.  The  Other  segment  consists  of  certain
lines of business, none of which exceeds the established materiality for segment reporting, which includes:
Kiosk  Sales,  Kiosk  Parts  and  Services,  Central  Credit  reporting  services,  compliance,  audit  and  data
services and our online payment processing solution, among others.

We  do  not  allocate  depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  to  the  business  segments.  Certain  corporate
overhead expenses have been allocated to the segments for identifiable items related to such segments or
based on a reasonable methodology.

Our business is predominantly domestic, with no specific regional concentrations and no significant assets
in foreign locations.

Major customers. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, no single customer accounted
for  more  than  10%  of  our  revenues.  Our  five  largest  customers  accounted  for  approximately  28%,  33%
and 34% of our total revenue in 2014, 2013 and  2012, respectively.

The  accounting  policies  of  the  operating  segments  are  generally  the  same  as  those  described  in  the
summary of significant accounting policies.

The following tables present segment information (in thousands):

For and At the Year Ended
December 31,

2014

2013

2012

Revenues

Cash advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 233,950
281,469
21,118
7,406
49,110
—
$ 593,053

$231,134
286,049
21,611
—
43,650
—
$582,444

$227,517
303,159
25,401
—
28,409
—
$584,486

Operating income

Cash advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

63,565
24,934
10,812
2,151
22,107
(89,787)
33,782

$ 60,977
25,347
12,365

$ 63,785
32,333
13,930

19,631
(69,170)
$ 49,150

14,457
(68,523)
$ 55,982

Total assets

Cash advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 166,922
73,961
28,445
1,242,822
75,411
119,724
$1,707,285

$145,939
69,627
30,930
—
56,946
223,885
$527,327

110

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

21. QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

The  unaudited  selected  quarterly  results  of  operations  are  as  follows  (in  thousands,  except  for  per  share
amounts):

First

Second

Quarter

Third

Fourth(1)

Year

2014

Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$150,571
13,013
7,489

$144,946
9,622
4,724

$145,481
10,771
5,676

$152,055
376
(5,749)

$593,053
33,782
12,140

Net income

Basic earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . .

$
$

0.11
0.11

$
$

0.07
0.07

$
$

0.09
0.09

$
$

(0.09) $
(0.09) $

0.18
0.18

Weighted average common shares

outstanding
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2013

65,910
67,370

65,970
67,087

65,589
66,747

65,608
66,397

65,780
66,863

Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$146,822
12,901
6,136

$149,065
13,633
6,776

$146,101
11,420
5,782

$140,456
11,196
5,704

$582,444
49,150
24,398

Net income

Basic earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . .

$
$

0.09
0.09

$
$

0.10
0.10

$
$

0.09
0.09

$
$

0.09
0.08

$
$

0.37
0.36

Weighted average common shares

outstanding
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

66,697
67,882

66,116
66,993

65,525
66,630

65,730
67,394

66,014
67,205

(1) Our fourth quarter results of operations include the operating results of Multimedia Games as well as

the costs related to the Merger.

22. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Gain Contingency Settlement

On  January  14,  2014,  we  filed  a  complaint  against  certain  defendants  alleging  conspiracy  in  restraint  of
competition  regarding  interchange  fees,  monopolization  by  defendants  in  the  relevant  market,  and
attempted  monopolization  of  the  defendants  in  the  relevant  market.  We  demanded  a  trial  by  jury  of  all
issues so triable. The defendants filed a motion to dismiss on March 13, 2014. A settlement agreement was
made as of January 16, 2015 and on January 22, 2015 the settlement agreement was executed and delivered
for  which  we  received  $14.4  million  in  cash  and  recorded  the  settlement  proceeds  in  the  first  quarter  of
2015.

111

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

We  maintain  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  that  are  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that
information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  our  reports  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  recorded,  processed,
summarized,  and  reported  within  the  time  period  specified  in  the  SEC’s  rules  and  forms  and  that  such
information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow  timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As  required  by  Rule  13a-15(b)  promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act,  our  management,  with  the
participation  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  evaluated  the  design  and
operating effectiveness as of December 31, 2014 of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in
Rule  13a-15(e)  promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Based  on  this  evaluation  our  Chief  Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective
as of  December 31, 2014.

Attached as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K are certifications of our Chief Executive Officer
and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  which  are  required  pursuant  to  Rule  13a-14  of  the  Exchange  Act.  This
‘‘Controls and Procedures’’ section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K includes information concerning
management’s  assessment  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  the  controls  evaluation
referenced in the certifications. The report of Deloitte & Touche, LLP, our independent registered public
accounting  firm,  is  also  included  below.  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP’s  report  addresses  their  audit  of  our
internal control over financial reporting. This section of the Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read
in  conjunction  with  the  certifications  and  the  report  of  Deloitte  &  Touche,  LLP  for  a  more  complete
understanding of the matters presented.

Management’s Report of Internal Control  over  Financial Reporting

Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial
reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting
is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and
the  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally
accepted accounting principles (‘‘GAAP’’).

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those  policies and procedures that:

(a) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the

transactions and dispositions of our assets;

(b) provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of
consolidated  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and  directors; and

(c) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,
use,  or  disposition  of  our  assets  that  could  have  a  material  effect  on  the  consolidated  financial
statements.

Because of its inherent limitation, our internal control systems and procedures may not prevent or detect
misstatements. An internal control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only
reasonable,  not  absolute,  assurance  that  the  objectives  of  the  control  system  are  met.  Because  of  the
inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all
control  issues  and  instances  of  fraud,  if  any,  have  been  detected.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of

112

effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risks  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of
changes in condition, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
based  on  the  framework  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded
that  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  effective  as  of  December  31,  2014.
Deloitte & Touche LLP has audited our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014
as stated in their attestation report which is included herein. We completed the Merger with Multimedia
Games  in  December  of  2014,  which  has  not  been  fully  integrated  into  our  internal  control  framework.
Multimedia Games was excluded from our evaluation on the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting.  This  exclusion  is  in  accordance  with  the  SEC’s  general  guidance  that  a  recently  acquired
business may be omitted from the scope of the assessment in the year of acquisition. Multimedia Games
constituted approximately 72% of our total assets as of December 31, 2014 and 1% of total revenues for
the year then ended.

Changes  in Internal Control over Financial Reporting  during the Quarter Ended December 31, 2014

No  change  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)
under the Exchange Act) occurred during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2014 that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal  control over financial reporting.

113

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders  of
Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc.
Las Vegas, NV

We  have  audited  the  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  of  Global  Cash  Access  Holdings,  Inc.  and
subsidiaries  (the  ‘‘Company’’)  as  of  December  31,  2014,  based  on  the  criteria  established  in  Internal
Control—Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the
Treadway Commission. As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting,
management  excluded  from  its  assessment  the  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  at  Multimedia
Games  Holding  Company,  Inc.  (‘‘Multimedia  Games’’),  which  was  acquired  on  December  19,  2014  and
whose  financial  statements  constitute  72%  of  total  assets  and  1%  of  total  revenues  of  the  consolidated
financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014. Accordingly, our audit did
not  include  the  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  at  Multimedia  Games.  The  Company’s
management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying
Management’s  Report  of  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an
opinion on the Company’s internal control  over financial reporting based on our audit.

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,
assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of,
the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions,
and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable
assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the
assets  of  the  company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to
permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,
and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations
of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention
or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have
a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of
collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may
not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of
the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or
procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting  as  of  December  31,  2014,  based  on  the  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring  Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

114

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight
Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31,
2014  of  the  Company  and  our  report  dated  March  16,  2015  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  those
financial statements.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Las Vegas, NV
March 16, 2015

115

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and  Corporate Governance.

PART III

The  information  regarding  our  directors,  executive  officers  and  corporate  governance  set  forth  in  our
Definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the ‘‘2015 Proxy
Statement’’),  which  will  be  filed  with  the  SEC  within  120  days  after  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,
2014, under the captions ‘‘Proposal 1—Election of Class I Director,’’ ‘‘Executive Officers’’ and ‘‘Board and
Corporate Governance Matters’’ is incorporated herein by reference.

The information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K set forth in our 2015 Proxy Statement under the
caption ‘‘Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance’’ is incorporated herein by reference.

The information required by 10A-3(d) of the Exchange Act set forth in our 2015 Proxy Statement under
the caption ‘‘Board and Corporate Governance Matters’’  is incorporated herein  by  reference.

The information regarding our audit committee and our audit committee financial experts is incorporated
herein by reference to information included in the  2015 Proxy Statement.

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that is designed to qualify as a ‘‘code of ethics’’
within  the  meaning  of  Section  406  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  and  the  rules  promulgated
thereunder. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our website at www.gcainc.com. To
the  extent  required  by  law,  any  amendments  to,  or  waivers  from,  any  provision  of  the  Code  of  Business
Conduct  and  Ethics  will  be  promptly  disclosed  to  the  public.  To  the  extent  permitted  by  such  legal
requirements, we intend to make such public disclosure by posting the relevant material on our website in
accordance with SEC rules.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The  information  set  forth  in  our  2015  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions  ‘‘Executive  Compensation,’’
‘‘—Director  Compensation’’  and  ‘‘Report  of  Compensation  Committee’’  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners  and  Management and Related Stockholder

Matters.

The information set forth in our 2015 Proxy Statement under the captions ‘‘Security Ownership of Certain
Beneficial  Owners  and  Management’’  and  ‘‘Equity  Compensation  Plans’’  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director  Independence.

The  information  set  forth  in  our  2015  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions  ‘‘Transactions  with  Related
Persons’’ and ‘‘—Director Independence’’ is incorporated  herein by  reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees  and  Services.

The information set forth in our 2015 Proxy Statement under the caption ‘‘—Audit and Non-Audit Fees’’ is
incorporated herein by reference.

116

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

PART IV

(a) The following documents are filed as  part of this Annual  Report on Form 10-K:

1.

Financial Statements

Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting Firm . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income  for the three years ended

December 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31,  2014 and 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  for  the three years ended  December 31,  2014 . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the  three years ended December 31, 2014 . . . .
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

66

67
68
69
70
71

2.

Financial Statement Schedules

All  schedules  have  been  omitted  as  they  are  either  not  required  or  not  applicable  or  the  required
information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

3.

See Item 15(b)

(b) Exhibits:

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit Description

2.1 Agreement and Plan of Merger,  dated as of September  8, 2014, by and among Global
Cash Access Holdings, Inc., Movie Merger Sub,  Inc. and Multimedia Games Holding
Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  2.1 of the Registrant’s  Current
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC  on September  8, 2014).

3.1 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to

Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Registration  Statement on  Form  S-1 (Registration
No. 333-123514) filed with the SEC on May 26, 2005).

3.2 Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report  on Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on April 30, 2009).

3.3 Amended and Restated Bylaws (effective as of July  31, 2014) (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K filed with the  SEC on
August 5, 2014).

4.1

4.2

Indenture, dated as of December 19,  2014, between Movie  Escrow, Inc. (a former  wholly
owned subsidiary of Global Cash Access, Inc.), as  issuer,  and  Deutsche  Bank Trust
Company Americas, as collateral agent and  trustee,  related to the 7.75% Senior Secured
Notes due 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of  the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC  on December 22,  2014).

Supplemental Indenture, dated as  of  December  19, 2014, among Global  Cash  Access, Inc.,
as issuer, Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., as a guarantor,  the subsidiary guarantors
party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust  Company Americas, as collateral agent and
trustee, related to the 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due  2021 (incorporated  by  reference
to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K filed with the  SEC on
December 22, 2014).

117

Exhibit
Number

4.3

Exhibit Description

Indenture, dated as of December 19,  2014, between Movie  Escrow, Inc. (a former  wholly
owned subsidiary of Global Cash Access, Inc.), as  issuer,  and  Deutsche  Bank Trust
Company Americas, as trustee, related to the 10.00% Senior  Unsecured  Notes due 2022
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Registrant’s Current Report  on Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on December 22, 2014).

4.4

Supplemental Indenture, dated as  of  December  19, 2014, among Global  Cash  Access, Inc.,
as issuer, Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., as a guarantor,  the subsidiary guarantors
party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust  Company Americas, as trustee, related to the
10.00% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2022 (incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K  filed with  the SEC on December  22, 2014).

4.5 Registration Rights Agreement, dated  as of December 19, 2014,  among Movie

Escrow, Inc. (and,  by a joinder agreement, Global Cash  Access, Inc., Global Cash Access
Holdings, Inc., as a guarantor and the subsidiary  guarantors  party thereto)  and Merrill
Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as  representative for the initial purchasers
listed therein, related to the 10.00% Senior Unsecured Notes  due 2022  (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the
SEC on December 22, 2014).

10.1 Purchase Agreement, dated as  of  December  17, 2014, among Movie  Escrow, Inc. (a

former wholly owned subsidiary of Global Cash  Access, Inc.),  as issuer,  and Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,  as representative for the initial  purchasers  listed
therein (incorporated by reference to  Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 22, 2014).

10.2

Security Agreement, dated as of December 19,  2014, among Global Cash Access,  Inc., as
issuer, Global Cash Access Holdings,  Inc., as a guarantor,  the  subsidiary guarantors party
thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as  collateral agent,  related to the
7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of  the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K  filed with  the SEC on December  22, 2014).

10.3 Credit Agreement, dated as of December 19,  2014, among Global Cash Access,  Inc.,

Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., Bank  of America, N.A. as  administrative  agent,
collateral agent, swing line lender and letter of credit issuer;  Deutsche  Bank
Securities Inc., as syndication agent; and Merrill  Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. as joint lead arrangers and  joint book
managers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3  of  the Registrant’s Current  Report on
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 22, 2014).

10.4

Security Agreement, dated December  19, 2014, among Global Cash Access, Inc.,  Global
Cash Access Holdings, Inc., as a guarantor, the subsidiary  guarantors  party thereto, and
Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent, related to the Credit Agreement  (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Current Report on  Form 8-K  filed with the
SEC on December 22, 2014).

10.5 Guaranty, dated December 19, 2014, by  Global  Cash Access Holdings, Inc., as  a

guarantor, and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, in favor of the lenders party  from
time to time to the Credit Agreement and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative
agent. (incorporated by reference to  Exhibit  10.5 of the Registrant’s  Current  Report  on
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 22, 2014).

118

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit Description

10.6 Patent Purchase and License Agreement, dated as  of March 22, 2005, by and between
Global Cash Access, Inc. and USA Payments, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.28 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration
No. 333-123514) filed with the SEC on March 22,  2005).

+10.7 Processing Services Agreement,  dated as of August 21, 2009, between Global  Cash

Access, Inc., and TSYS Acquiring Solutions,  LLC (effective July  1, 2009)  (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed  with the
SEC on August 24, 2009).

+10.8

Second Amendment to Processing Services Agreement, dated  as of December 27, 2011,
between Global Cash Access, Inc. and TSYS Acquiring Solutions, LLC (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.57 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on  Form 10-K filed with  the
SEC on March 12, 2012).

+10.9 Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated November 12, 2010, between Global Cash

Access, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.52 of
the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A  filed with the SEC on April 11,  2011).

10.10

Second Amendment to Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated June 4,  2012, between
Global Cash Access, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.  (incorporated by reference  to
Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current  Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on
June 7, 2012).

10.11 Third Amendment to Contract Cash Solutions Agreement,  dated November 4,  2013,

between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Quarterly  Report  on Form 10-Q  filed November 5,
2013).

+10.12 Fee Letter, dated November 12, 2010, between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Wells Fargo
Bank, N.A regarding the Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated November 12, 2010
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 14, 2011).

+10.13

Sponsorship Agreement, dated February 11,  2011,  between  Global Cash Access, Inc.  and
American State Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.54 of the Registrant’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March  14, 2011).

10.14 Professional Services  Agreement, dated as of March  10, 2004, between TSYS and Global
Cash Access, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.11 of the Registration
Statement of Global Cash Access, Inc. on Form  S-4 (File No.  333-117218)  filed with the
SEC on July 8, 2004).

10.15 Amended and Restated Software License Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004,

between TSYS and Global Cash Access, L.L.C.  (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.10 of the Registration Statement  of  Global Cash  Access, Inc. on Form S-4  (File
No. 333-117218) filed with the SEC on  July 8, 2004).

+10.16 Amendment to Professional  Services  Agreement, Amended  and Restated  Software License

Agreement, and Transending  Services Agreement, dated  as  of August 21, 2009, between
Global Cash Access, Inc. and TSYS  Acquiring Solutions,  LLC (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report  on Form 8-K filed with the  SEC on
August 24, 2009).

119

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit Description

†10.17 Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. 2005  Stock  Incentive Plan  (incorporated  by  reference

to Exhibit 10.25 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Global Cash Access,  Inc. filed
with the SEC on March 10, 2005).

†10.18 Form of Stock Option Award for Performance Price Vesting under the 2005  Stock

Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s  Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on  August 5, 2014).

†10.19 Form of Stock Option Award for Cliff Vesting under  the 2005 Stock  Incentive Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the  Registrant’s  Quarterly Report  on
Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2014).

†10.20 Form of Stock Option Award for Non-Employee  Directors  under the 2005 Stock Incentive

Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s  Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2014).

†10.21 Form of Stock Option Award for Executives  under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the  Registrant’s  Quarterly Report  on
Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2014).

†10.22 Form of Stock Option Award for Employees under  the 2005 Stock  Incentive Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the  Registrant’s  Quarterly Report  on
Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2014).

†10.23 Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. 2014  Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q  filed with the SEC on
August 5, 2014).

†10.24 Form of Stock Option Agreement under the  2014 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by

reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s  Quarterly Report on  Form 10-Q filed with
the SEC on August 5, 2014).

†10.25 Form of Stock Option Award for Non-Employee  Directors  under the 2014 Equity

Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s  Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on  August 5, 2014).

†10.26 Form of Stock Option Award for Executives  under the 2014 Equity  Incentive Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the  Registrant’s  Quarterly Report  on
Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2014).

†10.27 Form of Stock Option Award for Employees under  the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the  Registrant’s  Quarterly Report  on
Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2014).

†10.28 Form of Indemnification Agreement  between Global Cash  Access Holdings, Inc. and each

of its executive officers and directors  (incorporated by  reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the
Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-123514) filed
March 22, 2005).

†10.29 Employment Agreement with Ram V. Chary  (effective January 27, 2014) (incorporated by

reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report  on Form 8-K filed  with the
SEC on January 28, 2014).

†10.30 Amendment No.1 to Employment Agreement with Ram V. Chary (effective as of

August 5, 2014) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.4 of the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC  on August 5, 2014).

120

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit Description

†10.31 Form of Stock Option Agreement for  Ram V. Chary (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on  Form 8-K filed with the SEC on
January 28, 2014).

†10.32 Form of Indemnification Agreement  for Ram V. Chary (incorporated by reference  to

Exhibit 10.3of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form  8-K filed with the  SEC on
January 28, 2014).

†10.33 Employment Agreement with Randy L. Taylor (effective as of August  5, 2014)

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August  5, 2014).

*†10.34 Employment Agreement with Juliet A. Lim (effective as  of August 5, 2014).

†10.35 Employment Agreement with David Lucchese (effective as of August 5, 2014)

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August  5, 2014).

†10.36 Employment Agreement with Edward Peters (effective January  15, 2015) (incorporated by

reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report  on Form 8-K filed  with the
SEC on January 22, 2015).

†10.37 Form of Notice of Stock Option Award  and Stock  Option Award  Agreement for Michael

Rumbolz (effective August 30, 2010)  (incorporated by  reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K  filed with  the SEC on September 2, 2010).

†10.38 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement  with David Lopez (effective  March 29,
2013) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 7,  2013).

†10.39 Form of Stock Option Agreement for  David Lopez (incorporated by reference  to

Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q filed August 7, 2012).

†10.40 Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for  David Lopez (incorporated by reference to

Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q filed August 7, 2012).

†10.41 Agreement with Mary E. Higgins (effective September 14,  2010) (incorporated by

reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report  on Form 8-K filed  with the
SEC on September 2, 2010).

†10.42 Amendment to Employment Agreement  with Mary E. Higgins  (effective March 29, 2013)
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Quarterly  Report on
Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 7,  2013).

†10.43 Form of Notice of Stock Option Award  and Stock  Option Award  Agreement for Mary E.

Higgins (effective September 14, 2010) (incorporated by  reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K  filed with  the SEC on September 2, 2010).

†10.44 Employment Agreement with Robert Myhre  (effective as of August  5, 2014) (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Current Report on  Form 8-K  filed with the
SEC on August 5, 2014).

†10.45 Form of Stock Option Agreement for  Robert Myhre (incorporated by reference to

Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q filed November 7,  2012).

†10.46 Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for  Robert  Myhre (incorporated by reference  to

Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q filed November 7,  2012).

121

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit Description

*21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

*23.1 Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

*24.1 Power of Attorney (see the signature page).

*31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. in

accordance with Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a)  of the Securities Exchange  Act, as
amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act  of 2002.

*31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer of Global Cash Access  Holdings, Inc.  in

accordance with Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a)  of the Securities Exchange  Act, as
amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act  of 2002.

**32 Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and  Chief Financial  Officer of Global Cash
Access Holdings, Inc. in accordance with 18  U.S.C.  1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

*101.INS XBRL Instance Document.

*101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension  Schema  Document.

*101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

*101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase  Document.

*101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label  Linkbase  Document.

*101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension  Presentation  Linkbase Document.

*

Filed herewith.

** Furnished herewith.

† Management contracts or compensatory  plans or  arrangements.

+ Certain  confidential  information  contained  in  this  exhibit  was  omitted.  This  exhibit  has  been  filed
separately  with  the  Secretary  of  the  SEC  without  the  redaction  pursuant  to  Confidential  Treatment
Request under Rule 406 of the Securities Act.

122

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant
has duly caused this report to be signed  on its  behalf  by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

/s/ RAM V. CHARY

Ram V. Chary
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Dated: March 16, 2015

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW  ALL  PERSONS  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  person  whose  signature  appears  below
constitutes and appoints Ram V. Chary and Randy L. Taylor, and each of them, his attorneys-in-fact, each
with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual
Report  on  Form  10-K  and  to  file  the  same,  with  exhibits  thereto  and  other  documents  in  connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of
said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute  or substitutes, may do  or cause  to  be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K
has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  on  behalf  of  the  registrant  in  the  capacities  and  on  the  date
indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ RAM V. CHARY

Ram V. Chary

President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) and
Director

March  16, 2015

/s/ RANDY L.  TAYLOR

Randy L. Taylor

Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial Officer and Accounting
Officer)

/s/ RONALD V. CONGEMI

Ronald V. Congemi

/s/ C. MICHAEL RUMBOLZ

C.  Michael Rumbolz

/s/ E. MILES KILBURN

E. Miles Kilburn

Director

Director

Director

123

March  16, 2015

March 16, 2015

March 16, 2015

March 16, 2015

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ GEOFFREY P. JUDGE

Geoffrey P. Judge

/s/ FRED C. ENLOW

Fred C. Enlow

Director

Director

March 16, 2015

March 16, 2015

124

(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

BR378967-0415-COMBO